4 days trip from london

4 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 4 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You’re planning to spend 4 days in London and you’re looking for the best things to do?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 4-day itinerary in London.

During your trip, you will discover all must-see attractions of the city such as Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Soho, Camden Town and a lot more!

In addition to the best places to visit and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 4 days? Where to stay?

Let’s find out!

1. The London Pass

4 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 4-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern museum, a. saint paul’s cathedral, b. the city, c. the tower of london, d. tower bridge, e. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, a. hampstead village, b. camden town, c. regent’s park, d. abbey road (optional), e. madame tussauds or the british museum, where to stay in london, london in 4 days with kids, more things to do during your 4 days in london, map of your 4-day itinerary in london, find the best flight prices for your 4 days in london, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

Since London is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world , it’s really useful to know how to avoid queuing for hours to see the iconic landmarks of England’s capital.

Every day, thousands of visitors flock to the Tower of London or Westminster Abbey.

You probably agree that there’s nothing more irritating than seeing your plans for your 4 days in London shattered because you lost 3 hours waiting around!

Fortunately, there are 2 very simple solutions to avoid the inconvenience and not miss any of the must-see sites during your 4 days in London.

Here are the details:

To save as much time (and money!) as possible during your 4-day itinerary in London, the first option is to buy the London Pass.

This type of city pass exists for all the most touristic cities around the word.

The London Pass will give you direct access to the most famous sites without having to queue to get your tickets first.

The great thing is that it’s a digital pass , so you can download your London Pass directly on your smartphone and scan it at the entrance of each attractions included in the pass.

Valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on the option you choose), the London Pass works by giving you tourist credits. They are deducted each time you visit a tourist site in London:

For example the 4-day London Pass comes with 515 credits, which corresponds to 515€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 147€ to buy!!

It’s undoubtedly the most comprehensive pass if you’re spending 4 days in London!

What’s included in the London Pass:

• Entry to the main must-see attractions of my itinerary: Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge… It’s quite simple: the 80 best attractions in London are included!
• A trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus, which is a great way to see London without wearing yourself out, especially if you’ve decided to visit London with your kids or don’t want to walk too much.
• Discounts in certain souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city, including opening hours and how to get to each attraction.

To buy your London City Pass, you simply need to click on the button below:

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass which works a bit differently.

You will need to purchase a pass based on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here!

2. Fast track tickets for London’s best tourist attractions

To visit London in 4 days, you can also buy skip the line tickets individually.

Just like the London Pass, they will allow you to access the monuments and tourist attractions without queuing.

There’s a really long list of fast track tickets available for the main historic landmarks and activities you can do in London during your 4-day trip.

For your convenience, I have listed a few of them below . You’ll also find them mentioned throughout this article.

To book, simply click on the attractions names (in orange) or on the green buttons you will find in this guide.

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP Visit
• Tower of London
• Cruise on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – Awesome if you like Harry Potter’s universe!
• The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

4 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

Now let’s see what you can do during your 4-day itinerary in London

For each day of your stay, I will give you all the details you need to organize your visits , as well as a map showing the attractions of the day.

I assume that you’ll be spending 4 full days in London and that you’ve already purchased your London Pass or your fast track tickets.

This way, you won’t waste time waiting in line to buy tickets and will be able to see as many places as possible during your 4 day stay.

And if you have any questions once you’ve read this article or just need help planning your holiday, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of this article.

So, what should you see during your 4 days in London?

First day – the historic centre

Day 1 tourist attractions:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

The best way to start your 4 days in London is for sure to go admire the city’s most iconic landmark.

So first, let’s head to the famous Big Ben , located in London’s historic centre.

Built on the banks of the Thames in 1858, the 106 metres high Elizabeth Tower (Big Ben is actually the name of the bell inside the tower!) features 4 clocks located on each faces of the tower. Each clock is 7 metres in diameter!

Big Ben is part of the Palace of Westminster , perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

If you were thinking of going to the top of the Elizabeth Tower and admiring the view from up high, it’s sadly not that simple: to get to the top of Big Ben, you have to submit an official request.

There’s a few months waiting list and, in addition, you have to be a UK resident.

Continue your visit on foot by heading to Westminster Abbey , located right next to Big Ben.

This historic landmark is the place where many kings and queens have been crowned , including the current monarch Queen Elizabeth II.

Inside the abbey, you can see the tombs of many past kings and queens, including the one of the famous Mary, Queen of Scots .

If you want to learn more about the history of the abbey, you should take an audio guide at the entrance.

The audio guide can be configured to do one of the several tours offered: a short 30 minutes tour, the standard 1 hour tour or the “more fun” tour for families with children.

If you’re visiting Westminster Abbey during your 4 days in London, you really need to buy your fast track ticket if you want to avoid queuing for 2 hours at the entrance!

If you’ve bought the London Pass , entrance is included. Otherwise, you’ll need to buy a fast track ticket by clicking on the button below:

Given your itinerary for the day, you should get to the abbey at the opening (9.30 am on weekdays, 9.00 am on Saturdays and closed on Sundays).

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Let’s now head to Buckingham Palace .

The royal residence is another historic landmark you must see during your 4 days in London!

Situated about 1km from Westminster Abbey , it will only take you around 15 minutes to get there on foot.

For a more immersive experience, you should go in the morning so that you can watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony. It takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays.

It’s an impressive show that follows the rhythm of the band, and that will delight young and old alike.

The Changing of the Guard begins at 11.00 am and lasts for around 40 minutes, but you should get to Buckingham early to secure a good spot. The ceremony attracts thousands of spectators every day, so you won’t be alone!

The Changing of the Guard ceremony is cancelled if it rains . You can check whether it’s taking place on the online calendar .

You can only visit the interior of Buckingham Palace during 2 months of the year, generally in August and September. As the places are very limited, you will need to book as early as possible.

You have a choice between 3 different tickets (click on the orange links):

• Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the reception chambers
• Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery featuring a large collection of works of art
• Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) , where the Royal Family’s carriages are kept.

Once you’ve enjoyed watching the Queen’s soldiers parade to the sound of the band, continue your 4-day trip to London by heading to Trafalgar Square.

It’s a 15-20-minute walk to get there through St James’s Park, a public park with lovely flowerbeds just opposite the Palace.

You’ll probably recognise this famous square with its 4 big statues of black lions . It’s a lively spot where you can watch street performances and enjoy a bite to eat.

While you’re at Trafalgar Square, you should visit the National Gallery.

Like all the national museums in London, entrance is free of charge . So you have no excuse to miss one of the city’s most beautiful museums , founded in 1824 and renowned throughout the world.

Here, you’ll discover a rich collection of European paintings, including original works by Van Gogh, Monet, Cézanne, Rembrandt, Picasso, Leonardo da Vinci and more.

You can grab and audio guide at the entrance , and then opt for one of the several itinerary options to see the museum (including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind).

Opening times can be found on the official website.

After this culture break, let’s continue your 4-day stay in London by returning to the historic centre (a 15 to 20-minute walk – or you can of course take the bus).

The London Eye is located on the banks of the Thames , very close to Big Ben. You have probably already spotted during the morning!

While you’re in London, you shouldn’t miss the opportunity of a ride on the London Eye: the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe allows you to enjoy an incredible panoramic view over the whole of London.

Get ready to ascend to more than 130 metres high in spacious enclosed capsules that can accommodate up to 25 people. As the wheel turns very slowly, the full ride takes 30 minutes.

You need to book your ticket for the London Eye in advance by clicking on the button below:

If you prefer, you can opt for a combined ticket which offers a great value for money: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

To end your first day in London on a cultural touch, you can visit 2 more must-see London museums.

The Tate Britain and Tate Modern museums are both located by the Thames , one on the north bank and the other on the south bank.

A river bus operates between the two galleries every 30 minutes, so you can easily visit them one after the other if you wish to.

Opened in 1897, the Tate Britain houses a magnificent collection dedicated to classical British art . You can appreciate works by Turner, Hogarth and William Blake in particular.

The Tate Modern is dedicated to modern art .

Entry to the two museums is free of charge, and the opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night , you can switch the Tate museums with the London Eye and do the Ferris wheel at the end of the day.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for Embankment Pier , located on the Thames. Take the river bus to Millbank Pier , it will drop you at the entrance to the Tate Britain. For the Tate Modern , get off at Bankside Pier.

2nd day: Things to do and see in London

Day 2 tourist attractions:

A. St Paul’s Paul’s Cathedral B. The City of London C. The Tower of London D. Tower Bridge E. The Shard

Located in the City of London business district, St Paul’s Cathedral is a must-see landmark if you have the chance to spend 4 days in London.

This baroque-style cathedral was built in the 17th century to replace the old church that was destroyed by fire in 1666.

In St Paul’s Cathedral, you can discover:

• The wonderful nave
• The mysterious Whispering Gallery and its incredible acoustics
• The Stone Gallery
• The Golden Gallery and its fantastic panoramic view over the city
• The crypt , featuring tombs of several famous British figures, including the Duke of Wellington and Sir Christopher Wren, the architect of St Paul’s Cathedral.

Entry to St Paul’s cathedral is included in the London Pass .

If you don’t have the City Pass, you can book fast track tickets by clicking on the button below:

After visiting the cathedral, you will stay a bit more in the City of London district.

London’s business district , which is also its geographical centre, is well worth spending some time in.

Take a stroll through the streets and admire the area’s most iconic landmark : nicknamed The Gherkin , this unusually shaped skyscraper is also sometimes called “The suppository”!😆

If you book your place in advance on the Sky Garden website , you can also enjoy a fantastic and free 360° panoramic view over London from the city’s highest public garden.

This 155-metre high skyscraper , nicknamed the “Walkie-Talkie”, is situated at 20 Fenchurch Street, in the heart of the City of London.

There are limited spaces available each day and you can only book 3 weeks to 1 month in advance.

The City district is also home to the famous Tower of London .

The fortress siting on the banks of the Thames (not far from Tower Bridge, your next stop) is just a 15-minute walk from The Gherkin .

Built in 1066 and designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site, the Tower of London was once a royal residence , but has also served as a prison and place of execution.

Today, it’s a museum dedicated to medieval history, and focuses in particular on the macabre aspects.

Tales of execution told by guides in period costume , a tour of the torture chamber and other gory details immerse you in one of the darkest chapters in London’s history.

All in good fun, of course, and with a touch of British humour! The visit is totally suitable for children.

Everyday, hordes of visitors come to see the top attraction of the Tower: The Crown Jewels. You can see the crowns of several kings and queens, including Queen Elizabeth II.

And don’t miss taking a look at the beautiful gardens outside the Tower.

Guided tours start from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

And of course, you should purchase your entrance tickets in advance so you don’t waste time in the often endless queue!

Entry to the Tower of London is included in the London Pass . You can also buy your tickets separately by clicking on the button below:

The Tower Bridge , the next stop on your 4-day trip to London is located close to the Tower of London.

With its 2 huge towers and sky blue ironwork , you will instantly recognise this landmark of the city!

Built over the Thames in the 19th century, this impressive Gothic-style bridge connects the north and south banks of London. It’s a bascule bridge, that means it will open up to let big boats through!

When it was built, Tower Bridge was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

Take your time to admire Tower Bridge from the banks of the Thames over a snack or a drink (there’s plenty of shops around), or simply enjoy the moment.

You can also walk across the bridge and even visit the old engine rooms located inside one of the towers.

If you go up to the highest level , you can walk across the glass walkway and get the feeling you’re floating above the Thames.

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

At the foot of the Tower Bridge, the charming little marina of St Katharine Docks is a lovely place to take a stroll and enjoy something to eat in one of the many restaurants overlooking the Thames.

To end your second day in style, you should go to the top of The Shard to enjoy panoramic views.

The Shard is the name of London’s newest landmark, a skyscraper standing over 300 metres high located a 10-minute walk from Tower Bridge.

It’s also the highest viewing platform in Western Europe , allowing you to enjoy an incredible 360° view across the whole city.

In addition to the spectacular panorama, you can also learn more about London through multimedia displays within the building.

The Shard is well worth a visit, and you need to book your tickets by clicking on the button below:

3rd day in London: The best places to visit

Day 3 tourist attractions:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

For your 3rd day in London, you will head to Notting Hill district, located in the western part of the city.

This fashionable part of London, made famous by the film of the same name – “Notting Hill” has more the feel of a quiet and elegant village. If you’re a fan of the movie, you’ll for sure recognise a number of the locations where it was shot!

There, you can admire beautiful houses featuring pastel-coloured façades and take a stroll to Portobello Road Market (open every morning).

This market is actually the main attraction of the area, and is always busy. You will find Second-hand clothes, vintage items, antiques , diverse accessories and even culinary specialties. You will see, it’s lovely place to stroll around!

If you have the chance to spend 4 days in London in August, don’t miss the major annual event held here in the last weekend of the month: Notting Hill Carnival , a festive parade of over 5 km to the sounds of Caribbean music.

To get to Notting Hill, you can take the metro to Notting Hill Gate underground station.

And if you want to be certain you don’t miss anything, you should book this guided tour:

Following your morning in Notting Hill, let’s continue your day with a visit to London Natural History Museum , one of the biggest and most beautiful museums in the city.

It will take you around 20 minutes by bus to get there.

This museum is literally huge, and attracts over 5 million visitors each year. It’s the most visited natural history museum in Europe!

The Gothic building housing the displays is as magnificent from the outside as it is on the inside . During your visit, you’ll discover exceptional exhibits and learn all about zoology, botany, volcanology, archaeology, the dinosaurs, and much more besides.

You can’t actually see everything in one go unless you spend the whole day there. There are also lots of fun activities for kids.

You should spend a maximum of 2 hours in the museum so you have enough time left for the rest of your day’s visits.

Visiting London in 4 days on foot also gives you time to take in some fresh air.

So now, why not enjoy a little greenery in London biggest park: Hyde Park.

It’s one of the most beautiful city parks in the world, the perfect place to enjoy a picnic, have lunch on a terrace or simply take a walk.

And in the north-east corner of the park, you can see a little London oddity: The Speakers’ Corner . Every Sunday, anonymous speakers give a speech to passers-by , often with a touch of humour.

If you’re in London towards the end of the year , you can explore Hyde Park’s huge Christmas Market . There’s also a Winter Wonderland fair and the biggest outdoor skating rink in the United Kingdom.

If your stay in London happens to be during the summer , you can also enjoy the festivals and concerts that are held in the park each year.

After this short break in Hyde Park, you should head to Oxford Street , a continuation of the north-east entrance to the park (Marble Arch).

This 2.5 km long commercial avenue attracts hordes of tourists, and can be likened to Paris’ Champs-Élysées.

This is your chance for a bit of shopping or window-shopping in the 600 stores that line the street, including the big British names like Marks & Spencer, TopShop, Mush, Primark, Urban Outfitters and more.

If you continue along Oxford Street, you’ll arrive in Soho.

This is the most vibrant part of London , and the favourite place for Londoners and tourists to come to party!

It’s a small area, but it’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs. It’s the perfect place for a good night out and to enjoy the party atmosphere on any day of the week.

You can even watch a musical in one of the many theatres in the area, an unmissable experience during your 4 days in London!

If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.

And if you prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you need to book by clicking there!

If you want an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for the Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Your guide will take you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. The guide is brilliant and the tour is really well put together.

This tour is so good that it’s labelled “GetYourGuide Originals” . It means that if you’re not 100% satisfied of your guided visit, you can ask for a full refund!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

Your walk in Soho will inevitably lead you to Piccadilly Circus , the famous London square recognisable from its gigantic advertising screens.

It can be considered as the Times Square of London . Here too, there’s always a lively party atmosphere.

Continue walking east until you reach Covent Garden (a 10-minute walk from Piccadilly Circus).

Covent Garden was once the site of London’s covered market, before it was relocated in the 1970s.

Fortunately, the very beautiful glass roof was kept and the building now houses several shops, restaurants, artists’ studios as well as the brilliant London Transport Museum.

The area attracts crowds of tourists, and you can watch lots of street performances making it the perfect way to end the day.

4th day – Walk around London

Day 4 tourist attractions:

A. Hampstead Village B. Camden Town C. Regent’s Park D. Abbey Road (optional) E. Madame Tussauds or the British Museum

To conclude your 4-day itinerary in London , you should explore the north of the city.

Start with a stroll in Hampstead Village , a delightfully green and quiet area sat on a hill above London. Hampstead is actually an old village that has retained all its charm.

It’s an integral part of London today, but you really feel like you’ve left the city when you’re there.

As quaint and peaceful as a provincial village, it’s full of flower-filled gardens, beautiful Victorian houses, shops, restaurants and cafés. You will see, Hampstead Village is really a calm and relaxed place to take a stroll .

Just 20 minutes by metro from central London, Hampstead Village is a great place to get away from the hustle and bustle of the city.

Continue exploring the north of the UK’s capital with a tour around Camden Town.

This very trendy area of London is home to alternative cultures and alter-globalisation . It’s a blend of punk, Gothic, hip-hop and hippie cultures all in a condensed array of shapes, colours and eccentric shops.

It’s one of the busiest and liveliest areas of the city, especially thanks to Camden Lock Market which is open every day from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm.

There are all sorts of stalls, unusual clothes and accessories , live music, plus stands selling street food from all over the world.

You can grab something to eat and go by Regent’s Canal, where there’s always a really friendly atmosphere.

Walk south from Camden Town for 10 minutes and you’ll arrive in Regent’s Park.

Of all the parks in London, Regent’s Park boasts the finest flower beds. Covering 166 hectares, this park once belonged to the royal family and was originally (in 1811) intended to accommodate several lavish properties, including a palace.

A lack of funds meant the project was never completed, but not before several neo-classical residences had been built around the park by the architect Josh Nash.

Today, Regent’s Park is one of the most beautiful public green spaces in the city.

A lot of Londoners come here for their daily or weekly running session or to play other sports in the landscaped grounds.

It’s also the perfect place for couples or families to hire a rowing boat or a pedalo , enjoy a picnic or simply stroll through the greenery.

There are also children playground for the little ones, a magnificent rose garden (Queen Mary’s Gardens – not to be missed in the summer!), cafés and restaurants.

If you’re a Beatles fan, you’ll have been waiting for this moment to come!

Abbey Road and its legendary pedestrian crossing is less than 2 km to the west of Regent’s Park. Follow in the footsteps of countless fans, and take a photo on the pedestrian crossing, just like on the famous cover of the group’s Abbey Road album.

You may well face a crowd, and risk annoying drivers who often have problems driving on this very busy street. Opposite the pedestrian crossing, you can see the studios where The Beatles recorded the album as well as a souvenir shop.

So here you are at the final stop of your 4-day itinerary in London .

To end your visit of the city, you can choose one of these two museums:

• Madame Tussauds: 20 minutes by bus from Abbey Road, and one of the most visited museums in London.

It’s a bit like Paris’ Grévin Museum, but fancier and on a bigger scale!

You’ll need 2 to 3 hours here , the idea being to get photographed with the top celebrities …or rather with their wax lookalikes. Most of them are incredibly realistic!

You need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the green button below:

• The British Museum: if you’re more interested in culture and history , this museum located 20 minutes by metro from Regent’s Park is the perfect way to end to your holidays.

Entry is free of charge and you’ll learn about the history of civilizations, in particular through the many archaeological relics (including the famous Rosetta Stone).

The museum has one of the richest collections in the world with more than 7 million exhibits on display.

Don’t hesitate to book a guided visit (click here) to discover the best of the main exhibitions in 2 hours!

You now have all the information and tips you need to see London in 4 days!

Now you know what to do in London in 4 days, but there’s one crucial question to answer: where to stay for these few days?

I’m not going to lie, the cost of accommodation in London is pretty high and it’s not easy to find affordable hotels, especially in central London. The best deals are always booked months in advance.

That’s why you really do need to book as early as possible to get the best rates!

If you already know your travel dates, you should thus really book your accommodation now.

Here is my selection of the best hotels in London depending on your budget:

• The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer an hotel in London that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

If you plan to spend 4 days in London with your children , you can be assured they won’t get bored, and they’ll really love most of attractions. You may however need to adjust the itinerary slightly to suit their age and interests.

Here are a few ideas for a 4-day stay in London with kids:

• Spend a bit less time in the museums and more time in the parks (if the weather permits). Nevertheless, you can visit the majority of London’s museums with your youngsters because most of them offer short, fun tours for children.
• The Tower of London, with its medieval ambience, is one of the attractions children love the most
• A ride on the London Eye will make them feel like they’re on a giant merry-go-round.
• The Changing of the Guard on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace will put a sparkle in their eyes
• An evening seeing a family musical in Soho is also a lovely way to spend time together
• Travel by red double-decker bus and sit upstairs, and right at the front if you can! For kids, this sort of journey is a real adventure in itself. Book this double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here!

You also have a choice of several theme parks: the Shrek Adventure Tour at Dreamworks , Legoland or Kidzania.

If you or your kids are Harry Potter fans , you can also spend a day at Harry Potter Studios , located a bit outside the city.

It’s really a magical experience!

The best tour include the entrance ticket to Harry Potter Studios as well as the transportation from your hotel.

You need to book this tour by clicking on the button below:

If you’ve followed my itinerary for 4 days in London and still want to explore more, you should read my guide of the 20 best places to visit in London .

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London .

It might even leave you wanting to stay longer in London! Why not spend 5 days, or even a whole week there?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 4 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

5 days in Edinburgh: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

Gozo quad rental: The definitive guide

Visit Gozo: Top 10 Things To Do and Best Places to Visit

Discussion 4 comments.

Hi there! Thanks for writing this very interesting article. Will be visiting in May for 4 days and will use this as a base for my visit. Just a question about the London Pass: does it also allow you to book a time slot? Or you just go and have a separate entrance then? For example the tower of london, will it really help to avoid the long queu? Thanks for the help 🙂

Hi Michele,

Thanks! I’m glad that my 4-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your visit.

For the London Pass, it will depend on the attractions. For the Tower of London, you don’t need to book a time slot, just join the queue of people who already have their ticket, at the security checkpoint. But for The View from the Shard for example, you do need to book a time slot. When you receive your London Pass, it also comes with a digital guide giving you full details of each attraction.

Enjoy your 4-day stay in London!

Thank you for this informative itinerary & tour guide to London We are planning our trip in September & looking forward to our visit My question – I want to visit the Pursley Farm in Shenley, do you have any information about it? I am a Pursley descendant & would love to have the history of this old historical place & possibly visit if possible Thank you very much & God bless!

Thanks Catherine! I’m glad that my 4-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your stay.

About the farm, I didn’t know about it as it’s not a touristic sites and there’s virtually no information about it online. The best is to contact them directly and see what it’s possible to do. Here is the phone number that you can find online: +44 1923 855760

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

2 – 4 Day Tours from London

2-4 day tours departing from london.

We love London. The history, the fashion. Culture and music, food and architecture. It’s exhilarating and exciting. But it can also be a little exhausting. So, on your visit, if you fancy getting a little break from the buzzing city life, why not pop into England's quaint surrounds to see the landscapes, visit the villages, and experience things you've only ever read about in Jane Austen novels?

Explore Beautiful England in Comfort

What's a beautiful view without a beautiful place to view it from? Of course, we make sure you're off the bus as often as possible - exploring the beauty of England. But while you are on the bus, we want to make it as pleasant as possible. That's why we take you around in our 16-seat mini-coaches . They're comfy, they're stylish, and they have large windows for you to gaze out of. Sounds ideal, doesn't it?

Tours from London with Guaranteed Departures

We understand there's always a bit of stress around travelling. But with us you can feel safe, knowing that we will never cancel your tour because of minimum numbers. You can relax knowing that your adventure will go ahead even if you're the only traveller on the bus. Well, you and the  driver-guide , who is eager to regale you with great myths and legends the country is steeped in. 

4 Day Trips From London, England: A Guide to Escaping The City!

Today we’re sharing 4 different day trips from London you should consider on your next visit. 

There is so much more to England than London , its dynamic capital city. Shocking, I know! This isn’t meant to sound patronizing at all; this is a fact that even Londoners quite often forget.

It’s all too easy to get caught up in the hustle and bustle of big city life, especially if that city has an incredible range of historic attractions and weekly cultural events .

Day trips from London

However, while London appears to have it all , it certainly doesn’t represent the entirety of England.

Thankfully, the number of trains and buses you can take to explore the rest of the country are plentiful and extremely convenient. I urge you to take full advantage of this and break out of The Big Smoke, even if it’s just for a day.

Also, fun London fact : this city has twice as many tourists each year than residents, so that’s another reason to explore beyond the capital.

Trade in those skyscrapers and noisy streets for a taste of some ancient monuments and rolling, green hills. Go on, I dare you!

Here are some easy day trips from London to get you started:

The Royal Borough of Windsor is located less than 30 miles from London which means easy access by car, train, or bus.

I’d highly recommend taking the train from Paddington Station. After one easy change at Slough, you’ll find yourself arriving at Windsor & Eaton Central in just under 30 minutes.

Not only is this railway station a 19th century gem, but it just so happens to be located almost directly across from Windsor Castle. After all, Windsor Castle is the main attraction!

This is one of several official residences belonging to HRH Queen Elizabeth II and her family, but it’s common knowledge that Windsor is her favourite. As her weekend retreat , she arrives every Friday, or sometimes Thursday if she can get away from Buckingham Palace early.

It was William the Conqueror who chose the site for Windsor Castle and began building in 1070. That’s over 900 incredible years of history! Every monarch since King Henry I in the 12th century has used Windsor Castle.

Just admiring the castle is enough to impress you, but learning about how it survived so many tumultuous years throughout history is truly mind blowing.

If you have more time to explore outside the castle walls, I’d recommend visiting The Guildhall which has been the town hall of Windsor since the 1600’s. Inside you’ll find a few rooms filled with rare portraits of England’s most notable monarchs.

If you’ve had enough of the royals, I’d recommend strolling the cobbled streets in the town center, passing along colourful buildings which date back to the 15th century.

When your feet get tired, hop on a river boat for an hour and sail up and down the River Thames, taking in beautiful views of the castle.

Salisbury is mainly known for its stunning cathedral and its close proximity to Stonehenge. Both of these are reason enough to hop on a 90 minute train from London for a day trip .

This cathedral city recently celebrated its 800 year anniversary and you’ll find traces of its extraordinary history sprinkled throughout the city.

Before heading straight to Salisbury Cathedral, take your time to walk through the charming city center.

If you’re visiting on a Tuesday or Saturday, you’ll see the market in the main square. Like most markets, you’ll be able to purchase locally sourced food, as well as handmade gifts and souvenirs. What’s impressive is the fact that there’s been a market held here since the 1300’s!

I’d recommend eating at the Ox Row Inn on Butcher Row or any of the delicious Indian restaurants on Fisherton Street.

Salisbury’s city center is extremely walkable and you’ll be able to get around easily thanks to helpful street signs for tourists.

When you finally make it to Salisbury Cathedral, take a moment before you enter to admire one of the finest examples of early English Gothic architecture from the 12th century.

Try and fathom the incredible hard work, skill, and bravery it took to build something like this without the help of modern-day machinery.

Luckily, the cathedral is free to enter but I’d highly recommend taking the 90-minute Tower Tour for about 12 pounds.

Expert guides will give you a “behind the scenes” tour of the cathedral and take you up to the very top where you’ll be rewarded with beautiful views over Salisbury and Wiltshire County.

I wouldn’t recommend spending more than an hour or so at Stonehenge, but it is so worth seeing if you’re already in Salisbury. It’s an easy 8-mile bus ride which you can combine with your entry ticket when you book ahead online.

To be honest, I don’t want to tell you much about Stonehenge. I think it’s better to visit with an open mind and imagination.

Why? Well, it’s quite a mysterious place as many historians have varying opinions on how the stones got there and what their purpose was. This leaves some people either fascinated or bored. Personally, I love a good mystery.

There’s also a great audio guide you can download on your smart phone and a brand new visitor’s center which houses permanent and temporary exhibitions.

Two words: Harry Potter. If you’re a fan, then a day trip to Lacock should be very high on your list. Be sure to hop on a Great Western Train from Paddington Station in London with Chippenham as your destination, just two hours away.

Lacock s a very small village without a local rail station so once you’re in Chippenham, take the local X34 bus which takes you directly to Lacock.

It might sound like a lot of fuss, but I promise you it isn’t. And even so, it’s absolutely worth it!

Head straight to Lacock Abbey if you’re a die-hard Harry Potter fan or history buff. This picturesque country home dates back to the 13th century, built upon the foundations of a former nunnery.

Visitors can explore the medieval rooms which may be recognizable from the first and second Harry Potter Films. Several of these rooms, as well as the cloisters , were used as the classrooms and school hallways of Hogwarts.

There are so many different layers of history to discover and learn about at Lacock Abbey.

If the weather is nice, I’d recommend exploring their extensive grounds as well.

Lacock was also used as a film set for the 2005 version of Pride and Prejudice, which is why the streets might look a bit familiar.

Walking through this quaint village is like stepping back in time. You won’t find any chain restaurants here, only cozy pubs and cafes.

Speaking of pubs, you must try the fish and chips at Sign of the Angel. This was actually a coaching inn back in the 1400’s and visitors today can enjoy the charm and history over a good meal. The inviting atmosphere of the pub reflects the overall feel of Lacock.

I’m sure it’s no surprise that the famous collegiate town of Oxford has made this list. Yes, it’s very touristy, but that’s no reason to avoid it!

If you’re adamant about avoiding crowds, I’d steer clear from visiting on weekends or during school holidays. From London , you can easily book a coach through Megabus and pay less than 5 pounds each way if you book ahead. It’s a two hour journey on a very comfortable, double-decker bus. What more could you want?

My number one piece of advice? Don’t make any plans before visiting Oxford. Despite the whole city looking like a movie set, real students attend these prestigious colleges which means certain areas can be closed at weird times or dates which conflict with what their websites say.

Besides, the best activity to do in Oxford is walk. There’s really no better way to explore the winding, cobbled streets, and to soak in the incredible history of this university which was founded over 900 years ago!

Please don’t leave without seeing the stunning views atop the University Church of St Mary the Virgin. It was originally built in the 13th century and is the center from which the University of Oxford grew.

It’s free to enter and 4 pounds to climb to the top of the church tower.

Another must-see is Bodleian Library, where a guided tour for 7 pounds will take you around one of the oldest libraries in Europe , and another filming location for the Harry Potter films.

If the weather is nice, bring a picnic to Christ Church Meadow where you’ll find a tranquil, open space in the middle of Oxford. It’s the perfect place to relax and absorb everything you’ve seen in this enchanting and historic city .

16 Comments

Oxford is my favourite. Harry Potter fan over here. But Brighton and even York are also great and easily doable!

Love Brighton too, it’s been awhile since I’ve been there. I have yet to go to York but it’s definitely on my list!! Thanks for reading 🙂

Good to know about Lacock, that looks like the perfect Instagram spot! And to satisfy my inner Potter nerd. 🙂 I’ll be in London next month and have been looking for day trips (thinking about Stonehenge) so it’s good to know it’s only worth a few hours there.

Oh Lacock is perfect for Instagram! Ha. Thanks for reading, Ashley! I hope you enjoy London and get to go on a few exciting day trips.

Never heard of Lacock before! It’s going on my list. England is such a beautiful country, thanks for sharing 🙂

I love England, especially quaint villages like Lacock!

I’d never hear of Lacock either! Looks beautiful! Salisbury was one of my favourite spots in England to visit- that cathedral and the surrounding countryside is just stunning! Would love to get back there sometime soon!

Glad you enjoyed Salisbury as well! I think you’ll love Lacock, it’s so quaint and charming. Thanks for reading 🙂

Great post guys, Lacock is a stunning little place and a nice alternative to Stonehenge or the Cotswolds that all the package trips do. Plus it has a funny name. Tee Hee. C&K

Thanks, Charlie! The name is quite funny 😉

I’ve seen embarrassingly little of England, and I really need to change that! Oxford especially is high on my wish list – it looks beautiful!

You must visit Oxford!

Thanks for sharing, it’s great to know the places to escape the city’s crowds and rush 😉 Cheers!

Thanks for reading and commenting!

As a local I thoroughly suggest a visit, I always like trotting along there myself as often as possible, the abbey is very interesting. My parents once stayed at The Sign Of The Angel Inn in Lacock, a beautiful building and apparently it’s got a benevolent ghost!

Ooo, I’d love to stay there! Next time 🙂

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Europe Chevron

United Kingdom Chevron

England Chevron

London Chevron

The 21 Best Day Trips From London

By Condé Nast Traveller and Anna Prendergast

London ’s hustle and bustle can become overwhelming, even for the most dedicated locals—but its handy location means that day trips from London are easy for anyone who needs a quick escape, whether it be for a country walk, a seaside jaunt, or a cultural getaway. Most of our selection of the best day trips from London can be reached by train , within less than two hours—and many couldn’t be further from the busy streets and crammed schedules of the capital. Whether you’re looking for fresh air, delicious eateries or a new selection of shops, these easy-to-plan day trips should slot nicely into your schedule.

Below are 21 of our favorite day trips from London, in no particular order.

Read our complete London travel guide here .

All listings featured on  Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase something through our links, we may earn an affiliate commission. This article originally appeared on Condé Nast Traveller UK .

Canterbury, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a colorful, food-fuelled history lesson in the garden of England How to get there from London: The direct train from London St Pancras to Canterbury West can take as little as 53 minutes

Prehistoric settlements have been uncovered in this corner of Kent, and it was a popular haunt of the Romans, who surrounded the early city by constructing an earth bank and fortified walls around 130 acres of land. The story of Canterbury that schoolchildren learn, however, comes from the medieval period, courtesy of Chaucer.

The city is home to one of the UK’s most spectacular cathedrals. Pilgrims have navigated the route to this ethereal site for many centuries, and it’s here that Thomas Becket was infamously slaughtered at the order of Henry II–although this series of events has been contested by countless historians. From the cathedral, scan the selection of novels through the crooked door of the Catching Lives Charity Bookshop, before soaking up the sun in one of the city’s hidden pub gardens–The Dolphin and The Parrot are some of our favorites.

Stroll along the remnant of the ancient wall that is still accessible, or settle in for a lazy afternoon on the colorful banks of the River Stour after collecting treats from The Goods Shed. Historic river tours of the river are touristy but not overly expensive, so well worth booking ahead of a visit to uncover the secrets of these romantic, cobblestone streets.– Connor Sturges

If you decide to stay over: Parts of The Falstaff Hotel date to the 13th century, and original features such as fireplaces and oak beams are a nod to the city’s medieval history. The city’s main attractions are within walking distance, and comfortable beds, craft cocktails, and a signature afternoon tea await once you are back in the cosy setting.

Elmley Nature Reserve

The best day trip from London for:  getting fully immersed in nature How to get there from London:  The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 minutes and then it’s a short taxi ride to Elmley Nature Reserve

Think of day trips to Kent and you’ll probably skip straight over the Isle of Sheppey. Just off the northern coast of Kent next to the Thames Estuary, Sheppey is an unglamorous largely industrial island that initially lacks the tourist appeal of some of its Kentish neighbours. But there’s a secret gem here right off the mainland–the bucolic Elmley Nature Reserve, 3,300 acres of wetlands and wilderness. This family-run estate is a true wildlife conservation haven and is the perfect trip for birdwatchers and nature lovers. With over forty varieties of birds raising their young at Elmley each year, there are some beautiful walking trails to spot them all, plus the other resident hares, frogs, dragonflies, cows, voles, bees and more. As soon as your taxi turns onto the long entry drive, it’s easy to see elegant birds such as egrets, lapwings and redshank happily frolicking on the flat marshlands and that’s before you’ve even started exploring. Open Wednesday to Sunday, the entry fee is £6 and that gets you access to the beautiful open landscape for a self-guided wander (although you have to stay on the paths!); they also arrange organised tours at dusk and dawn for £29.50 if you want an expert to help you spot marsh harriers, long-eared owls, sparrowhawk and peregrine falcons. It might be only 40 miles from London but it feels like another world. As well as an incredible place for a day out in nature, there’s also a lovely barn restaurant to get cosy in for toasties at lunch and more hearty evening meals, plus an impressive range of smart places to stay dotted across the reserve if you want to extend your visit.– Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  From decked-out shepherd’s huts with outside baths to four poster beds in the grand 18th-century main house, there’s a wide range of places to stay – all with stunning views over the nature reserve.

Great Garden Escape, The Newt in Somerset

The best day trip from London for: a VIP experience How to get there: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 25 minutes

If you’re not the planning type, The Newt in Somerset’s Great Garden Escape is a fun-filled organized day trip that shows off the best of the British countryside and its charming traditions. With a jam-packed schedule starting at Paddington station, day trippers travel First Class with breakfast served on-board. On arrival, they’ll be given a tour of the gardens at The Newt, which have been landscaped over hundreds of years and are now home to wildlife including deer and newts–of course. There's even an opportunity to explore the grounds with experts, along with a dive into the history and traditions of Somerset. Plus, a stopover at the incredible Roman Villa Experience.

Lunch leads into a cider tasting, made on-site using apples grown in local orchards, where you’ll undoubtedly be swayed into picking up a bottle or two to take home. When you’ve breathed in just enough country air, the train journey home serves up afternoon tea, depositing you back in the city just in time for sundowners. The whirlwind tour is the ideal tonic for shaking off burnout and reminding yourself of the beauty on your doorstep.– Abigail Malbon

If you decide to stay over : Should you choose to forego the train ride home in favor of waking up somewhere new, The Newt is a Jane Austen dream, whether you choose a room in the Georgian house or the converted outbuildings, barns and stables. Bedrooms are simple and beautiful, with a focus on relaxation, but those with a view are truly exceptional. In the morning, wake up early and treat yourself to a swim in the spa pool as the sun comes up – you’ll return to London feeling like a new person.

Clifton, Bristol

The best day trip from London for : packing a lot in How to get there from London: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 35 minutes.

After hopping off the train at Bristol Temple Meads, take a stroll to Clifton–the city’s most beautiful leafy suburb. Quiet residential streets are lined with pretty Georgian townhouses, spots of greenery to wander through off the cobbled streets and an eclectic mix of independent cafés, restaurants and shops.

Start with a gander around Clifton Arcade in the heart of Clifton Village, where the 17 boutiques are filled with knick-knacks and intriguing antiques. It’s not a true shopping experience without a pit stop for coffee and cake – try one of Bristol’s top coffee spots, Spicer + Cole, or–for a 100-per-cent plant-based menu–refuel with a slice of rose and vanilla loaf and a superfood latte at East Village Café.

Pick up some fresh fruit and vegetables from the local greengrocers and head to Clifton bridge for fabulous views across the River Avon. It's one of the oldest surviving iron suspension bridges in the world. Learn about its history at the Visitor Centre, stopping off for a pint of traditional Somerset cider at the White Lion by its side. Continue the historical tour by walking up to Clifton Observatory, which has a museum featuring a Victorian-era Camera Obscura and a mythical Giant’s Cave, alongside its own rooftop café serving up breathtaking views. And don’t miss out on a walk down Royal York Crescent–one of the most expensive streets in Bristol, which was also once reputed to be the longest terrace in Europe.

Next, spend time at Bristol Lido, a restored Victorian swimming bath from the 1800s surrounded by a spa and poolside bar for the ultimate in pampering. Round off the day with a cozy pub meal at The Albion, an Indian fine-dining experience at Nutmeg or a hearty pizza at Bosco around the corner on Whiteladies Road.– Cordelia Aspinall

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the recently refurbished Number 38 boutique hotel for a peaceful stay overlooking the Clifton Downs, perfect for your morning stroll.

Harrison Pierce

María Casbas

CNT Editors

Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for: soaking up history How to get there from London: The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 20 minutes.

Bath is known for its history, but among the buttery-hued Georgian architecture and ancient thermal springs there’s a fresh independent spirit. When the weather is good, there are a couple of brilliant walking routes to try: the six-mile Bath Skyline, for example, is a short stroll from the city centre and tramps through woodland, meadows and orchards with views of the buildings below.

The Somerset city’s literary heritage is well documented–Jane Austen is probably the most famous one-time resident–and there’s still a thriving network of bookshops and literature festivals here, including at bookworm magnet Topping and Company, which stocks more than 55,000 titles. Restaurants are driven by excellent local produce and seasonal ingredients. Grab a traditional lunch at The Circus (we recommend the Wiltshire lamb two ways) or order bun cha at Vietnamese spot Noya’s Kitchen. After a bite, shop at clever concept stores such as Nām, which sells antique furniture and homeware curated by owner Sharan Kaur, and Found, where you can buy clothes from niche global brands, or spend an afternoon at wine bar Corkage, where about 70 bottles are available to sample by the glass.– Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Small hotel Eight lives up to its name; there are just eight rooms, and the ground-floor restaurant always has eight dishes on the menu.

Read more about the best things to do in Bath, Somerset

The New Forest, Hampshire

The best day trip from London for : woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo usually takes about 1 hour 45 minutes

With its purple carpets of heather, ancient woodland and England-of-yore villages, the New Forest has long been a release valve for Londoners eager to clear the cobwebs and the cortisol. The apex of its beauty has to be autumn, when its rich hues cut through morning mists and dazzle in the afternoon sun. It's best enjoyed during a long ramble, where you’re likely to meet free-roaming New Forest ponies, cattle and even pigs, followed by a hearty pub lunch with local ale and a warming log fire.

Take the train from Waterloo to Beaulieu Road station and fuel your hike with a pint of real ale at the Drift Inn. If independent shops, cafés and beaches are on the agenda, it’s best to head to Lymington instead, as this one-and-a-half-hour loop around the pub on the edge of the New Forest is blissfully rugged and remote. Having traipsed through a mixed mosaic of woodland and absorbed the silence and sweeping views across the heathland, hunker down at the Drift Inn for a Hampshire beef burger, ale-battered haddock or the pie of the day (invariably something along the lines of mud pie with mash and gravy).– Rosalyn Wikeley

If you decide to stay over : Those seeking the quintessential heather-and-wild-ponies New Forest should bed down at The Pig hotel in Brockenhurst or Limewood near Lyndhurst (about five minutes from the Drift Inn). However, the trusted favorite among New Forest devotees, Chewton Glen continues to lure weary urbanites with its coveted position – wedged between woodland and the coast – and commitment to the good, old-fashioned service and comforts of a country club. You’ll find few zeitgeisty design details or next-gen touches here. Instead, antiques, thick carpets and mahogany furniture keep this 18th-century manor house sure of its identity – save a few fun treehouse bedrooms, should privacy or the 21st century fall into your criteria. Don’t miss the fresh salads and fish lunches once you’ve been pummeled in the spa or worked up an appetite in the Grecian-style pool. The gardens are also glorious for afternoon tea after visiting Highcliffe beach.

Hertford, Hertfordshire

The best day trip from London for : pub-crawling and country walks How to get there from London: The train from Finsbury Park takes 35 minutes

With its higgledy-piggledy, pastel-colored buildings and cobbled streets, this county town serves up a slice of English antiquity that’s postcard-pretty enough to satisfy both shiny-eyed visitors from further afield and weary Londoners searching for fresher air, shorter queues and somewhere different to look at for the day. With trains running every half hour, it’s possible to find yourself marching around its 15th-century castle grounds (check ahead for cinema screenings, talks and events), net fishing from a sandy cove in Hartham Common or wandering about its dinky museum within the hour. Alternatively, if you’re feeling ambitious, you can cycle from London along the River Lea towpath.

On arrival, dip into its handful of local shops – The Women's Society Boutique has an imposing exterior but is a real treasure trove–before stopping at one of the many independent cafés and restaurants. Popular deli-bar Giambrone’s serves authentic Italian plates, while Hertford Coffee Lab makes for a cool pit-stop, and Georgian townhouse and B&B Number One Port Hill hosts occasional pop-up suppers. Plus, the artsy Dog and Whistle, once a pop-up café, has blossomed into a hipster foodie pub and music venue with rooms. Indeed, Hertford – quiet market town by day and more bustling nightspot come evening – specializes in pubs, particularly old-world ones. There's The Salisbury Arms Hotel, said to have been the place where Oliver Cromwell stayed during the Civil War and home to a number of ghosts; the 16th-century White Horse; the 17th-century Blackbirds; and the riverside Old Barge (exact age unknown, but 'old' is part of the name…). If you have time, go on the three-mile walk to Ware alongside the River Lea towpath–the neighboring town also has a plethora of pubs – and catch the train back to London from there.– Becky Lucas

If you decide to stay over: Hertford House Hotel took over the former local newspaper’s offices in pretty Parliament Square in 2006 and hasn’t stopped evolving since, with its latest restaurant and bar renovation completed in autumn 2020. Don’t miss out on brunch in the secret garden, a locally sourced roast in the restaurant and a pint in smart sister pub The Quiet Man.

The best day trip from London for: an under-the-radar getaway How to get there from London: The fast train from St Pancras International takes 1 hour 22 minutes

This hillside scribble of Georgian streets tucked behind the Kent coast really hit our radar in 2018. Nicknamed ‘Margate’s little sister’, it’s a much cosier, countryside version of its arty neighbour. And that’s exactly its appeal. Deal is less shouty than Margate, but there’s still an exciting slew of shops, cafés and galleries that have arrived over the past few years. The Saturday Market stalls are worth a rummage, but it’s the food that brings the locals back each weekend. For more of a sit-down lunch we love Frog and Scot where the chef, previously of The Sportsman in Seasalter, cooks up a daily changing menu based on hyper-local produce. Founder of Smugglers Records Will Greenham (ex singer and guitarist of the band Cocos Lovers, who’ve supported Mumford & Sons on tour) is at the heart of the town’s music scene, and in terms of art, Linden Hall Studio is a contemporary gallery in a converted chapel that wouldn’t look out of place in Mayfair.– Tabitha Joyce

If you decide to stay over: The Rose was revamped in 2018 and now there are eight cute bedrooms splashed in bold colors and filled with vintage finds. The restaurant is looked after by Rachel O’Sullivan (previously of East London’s Towpath Café) who dishes up Scandi-inspired breakfast plates of smoked salmon, avocado, soft-boiled egg, dill and whipped cream cheese.

Read more about Deal, Kent

Whitstable, Kent

The best day trip from London for: oysters on the beach How to get there from London : The train from from St Pancras takes 1hr 13 minutes

This little town on the north Kent coast isn’t quite the sort-of-secret it was back in the 1990s, when DFLs (local jargon for Londoners) rediscovered it, arriving at weekends for seafood at Wheelers on the high street and pints of Kentish ale at the beach-side Old Neptune pub. But it’s still an atmospheric place to head for a hit of vitamin B12 – via a dozen or so oysters – then a scrunch along the shingle shore, spotting Second World War sea forts across the waves and seals in the harbour. There are plenty of places to eat: avoid the overpriced Royal Native Oyster Stores and head instead to JoJo’s, just down the road in Tankerton, for mackerel fillets and Med-inspired small plates. Or Samphire, a Whitstable bistro with cuttlefish risotto and Romney Marsh lamb on the menu. There’s also a thriving micropub scene here, with The Handsome Sam, The Black Dog, and the larger Twelve Taps for hoppy experimentation. But our favorite pastime is picking up a pot of cockles and whelks from the quayside, or fish and chips and oysters from The Forge shack, and devouring them in the shade of a wooden groyne on the beach, preferably with a bottle of English fizz to hand.– Rick Jordan

If you decide to stay over: The Victorian fisherman’s huts on the beach are the best place in which to hole up, the sound of waves and boat masts jangling in the wind outside, and can be booked via Hotel Continental. Along the coast in Seasalter is the Driftwood Beach House B&B .

Rye, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : a bracingly fresh seaside getaway How to get there from London: The train from St Pancras International takes about 1 hour 10 minutes with a change at Ashford International.

Rye is home to what might just be Britain’s prettiest (and most prettily named) street, and a wave of newcomers have moved in alongside the quaint old-timers in Mermaid Street and beyond, opening smart interiors stores and artisan bakeries next to unironically vintage tea rooms and souvenir shops. After breakfast at Whitehouse Rye–order the halloumi hash–pick up a new read at The Tiny Book Store (the clue’s in the name) and window shop for that fantasy mansion at striking antiques shop Strand House Interiors. The blustery dunes and invigorating waters of Camber Sands, one of the best beach near London , are a 15 minute ride away on the local bus, but head back in time for a rustic supper at Tuscan Rye, where fresh pasta (ricotta ravioli with brown-butter sauce, potato and thyme tortellini in a rich ragu) draws loyal locals.– Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the lively George in Rye , which welcomes A-list guests (George Clooney and Helena Bonham Carter have both checked in for sleepovers) and smart locals in the same breath.

These are our favourite things to do in Rye

Margate, Kent

The best day trip from London for : a cultural day out How to get there from London: the fast train from London St Pancras takes 1 hour 25 minutes.

It’s no secret that this Victorian seaside town has had quite the hipster renaissance in recent years, sparked mostly by the arrival of the Turner Contemporary gallery in 2011 and spurred on by a slew of new openings and a wave of Londoners upping sticks and moving down to the Kent coast. For a cultural outing, the waterside Turner Contemporary is still a must. Entry is free so it’s worth popping in even if you’ve never heard of the artists on show, and the shop has some nice local products. For more contemporary art head to Crate, an artist-led project space in an old printworks. If you’d prefer something older–much older–wander over to the most ancient building in town, the Tudor House, a Grade II-listed 16th-century timber-framed house on King Street. It’s on your route from the seafront to the mysterious Shell Grotto, a spooky set of underground tunnels covered in more than four million shells.

A trip to Margate isn’t complete without a few hours in Dreamland, whether it’s for some spins on the rides or to see one of the amusement park’s impressive line-up of gigs in the evenings. Do take a stroll around town to hit up the vintage shops selling retro clothes, furniture and homewares, where you can still find some decent bargains. And don’t forget to head over to Cliff Terrace to visit the flagship store of cult natural skincare brand Haeckels, which makes divine-smelling beauty products using seaweed gathered on the beach nearby. Speaking of the beach, if you want to go swimming walk along the coast to Walpole Bay Tidal Pool, a man-made sea lagoon where you can find calm waters and steps for easier access. If you arrive early (or stay the night), tuck into cracking breakfast at Storeroom coffee shop or at Cliffs, where there’s also a record shop, a hair salon and a yoga studio. In fact, the whole up-and-coming area of Cliftonville is worth exploring. After all that roaming, great seafood can be found for dinner at either Angela’s or Hantverk & Found–reserve a table in advance though, as both get booked up. – Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over: The best beds in town are at The Reading Rooms , a boutique b&b in a restored Georgian townhouse a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Be sure you don’t have to rush off in the morning as they’ll bring breakfast to your room so you can eat it overlooking the leafy square.

Read more about Margate's best things to do

Eastbourne, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : fair-weather walkers How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 30 minutes.

Eastbourne is an old-timey British seaside town with a Victorian pier, a pebble beach, and a much-loved bandstand where tribute acts reign: ‘Queen’, ‘ABBA’, ‘Frank Sinatra’ and ‘Lady Gaga’ have all played. You could spend the day taking in the town’s thriving art galleries, with plenty of opportunities for refueling stops along the way (our favorite is the stripped-back-trendy Nelson Coffee Co opposite the station) but the real draw here is enjoying the great outdoors at Beachy Head, where you’ll find the famous Seven Sisters chalk cliffs. A hike with seriously impressive views out to sea runs across the top. Wander all the way along to neighboring Seaford or make one of the secret beaches tucked away at the foot of the cliffs your way point. It’s a steep climb down, but Falling Sands Beach is quiet and sandy and well worth the adventure. Eastbourne often makes the list of the sunniest places in the UK, so don’t forget your sunglasses.– Olivia Holborow

If you decide to stay over: Book into the Beachy Head holiday cottages –there’s a choice of 8, all set around a rambling walled garden with fruit and vegetables you can help yourself to.

An insider guide to the South Downs

Brighton, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 34 minutes.

Brighton is a brilliant mish-mash of retro, seaside fun and progressive culture. Book in advance and you can get return tickets from London for as little as £10. A maze of bunting-lined streets, The Lanes bursts at the seams with vintage shops–don’t miss Beyond Retro and Dirty Harry, and our two favorite independent boutiques, Our Daily Edit and Peggs & Son, as well as retro memorabilia (navigate the turnstile at Snoopers Paradise for collectors’ items, vinyl, and furniture). Time your day trip to include breakfast at Kensingtons – grab a table on the balcony for giant plates piled high with eggs, toast and beans. It’s not the easiest spot to find, so look out for a shop called Artemis on Kensington Gardens, which overflows with sheepskin rugs and pelts – the café is on the left; follow the smell of bacon up the stairs. Later, reserve a table at Food for Friends, a superb veggie restaurant with award-winning flavours and presentation. A short walk away is the huge 8km pebbly beach–the section near the Palace Pier is dotted with stripy deckchairs and usually buzzing from spring to autumn (and often absolutely crammed in summer). There’s something terribly British about layering up and enjoying a windswept walk in the winter months, too. Reward yourself with a bag of hot, sugary donuts from the pier.

If you decide to stay over : Walk along the seafront to The Ginger Pig, a restaurant-with-rooms with pre-mixed cocktails in the minibars and Cowshed bottles by the standalone bathtubs.

The best restaurants in Brighton

Lewes, Sussex

The best day trip from London for : history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes just over 1 hour.

Lewes: the market town in the South Downs that sits against a backdrop of chalk hills and green peaks. Cobblestoned 'twittens' (narrow streets), hand-painted shop signs and crumbling tiles from the 1960s make it feel like a town time forgot, and its slower rhythm makes for a reinvigorating gear-change. The Needlemakers on West Street is home to a range of small, independent shops that sell local craftsmanship, from jewelry to books–Alexis Dove is a favorite for delicate silverware and Susie Petrou has an eye for vintage blouses and Romanian embroidery. There’s an incongruous well at the bottom by the vintage shops – throw in a penny for good luck before you start hunting through piles of clothes and bags. Lewes Flea Market is an alluring source for antique furniture and quirky homeware, and is open daily (not to be confused with the outdoor Sunday market, which is also worth a visit). At the other end of town, at the bottom of Cliffe High Street, you can find Bill Collison’s very first Bill’s restaurant, a European deli-turned-eatery, where you can get hearty dishes such as pumpkin, fig and chestnut roast, or a beef, bacon and camembert burger. After lunch, ponder the paperbacks at the Fifteenth Century Bookshop, which has been carefully restored in recent years but remains as much of a landmark as Lewes Castle. Finish the day with a pint; Harvey’s Brewery is the only independent brewery in Sussex and provides the John Harvey Tavern over the road with local cask ales (download the self-titled app to find out where you can get it in London).

If you decide to stay over : Head to Firle for a night at The Ram Inn , and enjoy crisp linen and generous breakfasts served by an open fire.

Folkestone, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a coastal up-and-comer How to get there from London : The fast train from London St Pancras to Ashford takes 40 minutes, where you can change for Folkestone Central.

The seaside town of Folkestone is mid-makeover, which is the ideal time to visit – before everything gets priced up and the place’s quirks glossed over. The appeal of Sunny Sands beach is self-explanatory – this tiny, windswept slip of sand is one of the best beaches in Kent and the ideal spot to kick off your day (unsurprisingly, it fills up with families wielding buckets and spades, sticky with sunscreen, too). A trio of swashbuckling pubs and restaurants–The Ship Inn, The Mariner, and The Captain’s Table–lines the seafront, but the real treasure can be found in the Creative Quarter. At the bottom of The Old High Street is Bounce Vintage, an open space with rails full of retro sportswear, French chore jackets and Aloha shirts. If you exchange smiles and pleasantries with the rosy-cheeked owners, they might just offer you an espresso on the house. Failing that, further up the road, Steep Street sells specialty coffee, homemade cake and books . Floor-to-ceiling, wall-to-wall shelves of hardbacks tower over fat leather armchairs and blackboard tables that you can doodle on in chalk. There are endless places to eat and drink around town: Rocksalt for a smart menu and sea views; Papas for old-fashioned fish’n’chips ; Beano’s for veggies; La Casa Del Bello Gelato for ice cream Follies for pizza and The Pullman for pints. The Harbour Arm, though, is where Folkestone’s own folk go – the Champagne bar hidden in the lighthouse at the end is rustic, romantic, and completely charming.

If you decide to stay over : Book a room at the Linen Shed , a dove-grey, weatherboarded house on the old Roman road to Canterbury.

The best restaurants in Kent

Oxford, Oxfordshire

The best day trip from London for : a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London : The Oxford Tube coach service takes 1 hour 30 minutes and runs until 3am; trains also run from Paddington and Marylebone stations and take 1 hour.

In one of the most quintessentially English cities in the UK (and the most expensive to live in outside London), cream tea is not just a rite of passage – it’s a requirement. And there’s only one place to take it – The Vaults & Garden Café, signposted by the presence of an antique bicycle with a flowerbed in its basket, is a gorgeous 14th-century building surrounded by colleges (Oriel, Brasenose, Murton, All Souls), where scones come loaded with clotted cream and seasonal homemade jam (the café has serious sustainability credentials, too). Architecture is a major draw in Oxford ; the libraries, bridges and even cinemas feature Palladian domes, Norman design, ziggurat influences and listed buildings which make this a city to see on foot (Radcliffe Square is a must, and it’s worth paying £4 to climb the tower at the Church of St Mary The Virgin for the best view of Oxford). If you’re taking kids, the Pitt Rivers Museum is packed with bizarre artefacts and stories they’ll tell their friends about, and The Story Museum welcomes you through a wardrobe into Narnia and other fictional worlds of wonder. If you booked a babysitter, however, grab a drink at the brilliant Freud bar in Jericho–a stained-glass church-turned-cool-cocktail-bar that is grown-up enough to feel sophisticated but student-y enough to have plenty of atmosphere and frivolity in the air (or perhaps it’s something in the drinks).

If you decide to stay over : There are plenty of lovely hotels in the Cotswolds , such as The Wild Rabbit –the latest outpost from eco-queen Carole Bamford of Daylesford Organic fame.

Cambridge, Cambridgeshire

The best day trip from London for : people-watching and scenery How to get there from London : The train from London King’s Cross takes 45 minutes.

Like cycling in Amsterdam or taking trams in San Francisco , punting really is the most sophisticated way to see the city of Cambridge and the university grounds. Scudamore’s is the oldest ‘chauffeur’ company and offers a more traditional tour, but board a boat from the Garret Hostel Bridge for a younger, more humorous experience (ask your punter why the GHB is also known as Orgasm Bridge). For lunch, foodPark is a top hawker convoy of Sri Lankan curries, wood-fired pizza and open-wide burgers that sets up from 12pm until 2pm in varying locations around Cambridge from Wednesday to Friday. For something more upscale, book one of Galleria’s terrace tables on the south side of the Magdalene Bridge, with British fusion food and views of the River Cam (your gluten- and dairy-free friends will thank you, as there are two separate menus specifically catering to their diets). In the autumn, the leaf-covered colleges are particularly picturesque as they turn red and rust, and in spring, Parker’s Piece is a scenic stretch of greenery from which to navigate (spot the lamppost that supposedly inspired the post in CS Lewis’ Narnia). From here, find eccentric English shop Bowes & Co, Fitzbillies for iced buns, Aromi for Italian nibbles, Kettle’s Yard art gallery and G David for antique books. Finish your day with the choral evensong at King’s College Chapel around 5.30pm: goosebumps guaranteed. For more ideas, see our guide to the best things to do in Cambridge .

If you decide to stay over : It doesn’t get much better than the iconic University Arms hotel , reopened in 2018 after a serious reboot.

Ashdown Forest, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for: welly-wielding outdoorsy types How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour to East Grinstead (a 15-minute drive from Forest Row).

AA Milne famously wrote the stories of Winnie the Pooh while living just north of Ashdown Forest. Known as 100 Acre Wood in Pooh’s world, the forest is home to the spellbinding stories and is an enchanting place to stretch your legs for a day, easily accessible via East Grinstead station. Stretches of open heathland give way to leafy walkways and carpets of bluebells in spring, where the woods teem with wildlife (spot fallow deer, badgers and the odd friendly pheasant–no honey-eating bears, though), and the only noise is birdsong. You can even visit Pooh Bridge (for a game of Poohsticks, naturally), but be warned, it’s a prominent tourist spot. Pooh was a big fan of having ‘a little smackerel of something’, and nearby village Forest Row has plenty of places for elevenses. Taffels deli is a family-run café and much-loved lunch spot (there is nothing skinny about the skinny chips; they are double-fried and divine) and caters to all dietary requirements, while Java & Jazz serves huge hot chocolates cakes and crispy-crusted pizza. For proper pub food, the cosy Hatch Inn (one of our favorite country pubs near London) is known for roasts with all the trimmings and offers plenty of dog-patting opportunities. If you’re not in a hurry to get home, head to Linton’s car park–locally known as ‘the viewpoint’–for sunset.

If you decide to stay over : Gravetye Manor is a very English Elizabethan country-house classic and one of our favorite weekend breaks in the UK .

Dungeness, Kent

The best day trip from London for : nature enthusiasts How to get there from London : The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20 and M20 takes 2 hours.

Arriving in Dungeness from London feels a little like stepping out of a Tardis into a different time zone, where a recent apocalypse has left the landscape barren, the wildlife overrun, the buildings flattened, and the population dramatically compromised (in fact, the Dungeness Power Station appeared in Doctor Who in 1971). Unofficially known as ‘Britain’s only desert’, Dungeness has a unique environment–single-story buildings appear to have been swallowed by the shingle and plants let loose with little regard for human-imposed order. The beach resembles a mass shipwreck; abandoned fishing boats, crumbling shacks, winches and forgotten tractors coated in decades of rust sit, untouched, unmoved and as mysterious as a Russell T Davies plot. There’s not a whole lot to do here – but there’s so much to see, and so much to pique your curiosity that you’ll spend the journey back Googling the area. Kids will love the sheer strangeness of it all, and it’s impossible to resist the childlike urge to climb and run and play. Few places so close to London feel like such an adventure; the journey can take less than two hours and, if you time it right, you can order the catch of the day for lunch from roadside hut the Snack Shack, which does the freshest fish, lobster rolls and ice-cold cans of San Pellegrino.

If you decide to stay over : You’ll have to venture out of Dungeness–try The Rose in Deal , a grown-up bolthole splashed with bold colors and covetable vintage finds.

The best day trip from London for : switching off How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo to Dorking takes 50 minutes.

Surrey’s proximity to London makes the journey a breeze–and it’s an especially astute pick if you’re likely to be coming with a car full of little ones. At Henry VIII’s home Hampton Court Palace, there are family-friendly events such as beast quests and ghost tours, as well as the famous giant hedge maze, where adventurous kids can lead the troops. In winter, an ice rink is set against the historic backdrop of the palace, a building whose grandiose architecture is shaped by both the Tudor and Baroque periods. If you’re escaping the city (and the kids), however, check in at Grayshott Health Spa, a traditional country home with cutting-edge treatments. Surrounded by 47 acres of flowering gardens, it’s a peaceful place to step back and take stock. Connect with nature at Kew, too, where the Royal Botanic Gardens are open to the public all year round. The winter light show is particularly mesmerizing, when the sun starts to sink earlier and earlier. Be sure to take cash for mince pies and mulled wine as you wander through the grounds. Having been awarded a Michelin star, Steve Drake’s restaurant Sorrel in Dorking (a market town with chocolate-box charm) is currently the county’s hottest restaurant with the most exciting ‘discovery menu’.

If you decide to stay over : Surrey is home to some of the best spas near London, such as Grayshott, where the Manor House rooms offer faded charm.

Hastings and St Leonards

The best day trip from London for:  old-school seaside charm How to get there from London:  The fast train from London St Pancras International takes 1 hour 32 minutes with a change at Ashford International

There’s almost too much to fit into a one-day visit to Hastings, especially if you want to pop over to the neighbouring town of St Leonards. Over the last few years, these two East Sussex enclaves have become a popular bolthole for burnt-out Londoners looking for a bohemian seaside escape. To see what all the fuss is about, head straight to explore Hasting’s quaint Old Town, a picturesque maze of streets sandwiched between two dramatic cliffs. Pedestrianised scenic George Street is where most of the action happens, with a thrum of cafés, shops and pubs, but it’s worth wandering the surrounding streets too. Seek out AG Hendy & Co on the High Street for well-curated vintage homewares and stop into The Crown for cozy pub grub made with excellent local produce. If you’re up for a wander, get the funicular up and walk along to the cliff to Fairlight Glen, a beautiful secluded beach where clothing is optional. Or if that sounds a bit much, stay in the Old Town and explore the dramatic black fisherman’s huts on Rock-A-Nore beach where there’s Hastings Contemporary art gallery, a tiny shipwreck museum, fresh seafood stalls and a very cute miniature railway. Next up, take the 40-minute amble along the beach past the pier to St Leonards and stop off for food at the fabulous seafront café, Goat Ledge. It’s worth the trip for their crispy panko fish baps and katsu curry sauce chips alone. Nearby, there are great independent shops selling everything from candles to kimonos on Norman Road and King’s Road where you can easily spend a few hours happily browsing and café hopping before settling into dinner at Michelin-recommended pub The Royal.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  Book into  The Old Rectory , a bijou  b&b  in Hasting’s Old Town with treatment rooms and a walled garden.

Recommended

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s 4-Day Trips from London You’ll Love Taking

Today I want to share my list of the best 4-day trips from London with you. If you have a long weekend or you want to go somewhere further afield, these trips are ideal escapes and getaways. Whether you’re looking for bank holiday breaks or you just want a couple extra days to travel, these 4-day tours and excursions will allow you check off some new destinations from your bucket list.

4-Day Trips from London

From the English countryside to the Scottish Highlands, my list of 4-day trips from London covers a diverse range of places. It includes spots in Wales, Northern Ireland, and continental Europe, too.

Whether you’re passionate about city breaks, coastal retreats, bucolic landscapes, or country villages, there’s a 4-day trip from London that will satisfy your wanderlust and suit your travel style.

You can do these as independent trips or as guided tours. I’ve done many of them with Rabbie’s , a company offering small-group tours throughout the UK and Europe.

They provide the driver and you choose what you want to do and where you want to stay. It’s the perfect balance between a guided tour and an independent trip. You can see their tours here .

1. Edinburgh

I’ll start my list of 4-day trips from London with Edinburgh. This city in Scotland is hard to beat when it comes to aesthetics and historic charm.

From the castle on the hill to the Royal Mile and the storybook houses in Dean Village, Edinburgh is one of the most beautiful cities in the UK .

This is the perfect 4-day trip to Scotland from London. It’s enough time to explore the highlights of the city and the best secret places in Edinburgh while you’re visiting. My itinerary for 4 days in Edinburgh can show you more.

You’ll also have time to take a day trip from Edinburgh if you want to explore the surrounding area. Places like Rosslyn Chapel, the Scottish Borders , Culross, Falkland , North Berwick , Dunbar , and St Andrews are easy excursions from the city.

You can get to Edinburgh from London by train or flight. It takes around 4.5 hours all-in either way, so it’s up to you how you prefer to travel to the Scottish capital.

If this appeals, you can book a hotel in Edinburgh here . My top pick for a place to stay is The George . It’s in a central location on George Street near St Andrew Square. You can book a room here .

2. Cornwall

Next on my list of 4-day trips from London is Cornwall . There are plenty of things to do and see in this part of the UK, from coastal walks to big beaches and historic sites.

Whether you choose to visit St Ives with its beaches and world-class art museums, surf-friendly Newquay, or foodie Padstow, you’ll be spoiled for choice when it comes to 4-day tours of Britain here.

There are also highlights like St Michael’s Mount and unique attractions like the Eden Project. The former is a tidal island with a castle in Mount’s Bay, and the latter is a visitor attraction with huge biomes in a reclaimed clay pit.

And that’s to say nothing of Land’s End, the westernmost point in mainland England. There’s plenty of rugged coastal scenery to admire here.

If you want to visit, you can get to Cornwall by train (I took the overnight train once and I loved it), flight, or car. Just don’t underestimate how far it is from London.

If that all appeals, you can book a place to stay in Cornwall here . My favorite town to base myself in is St Ives. You can book accommodation in St Ives here .

3. Belfast and the Causeway Coastal Route

In Northern Ireland, Belfast and the Causeway Coastal Route make for another of the best 4-day trips from London.

Belfast is known for its lively nightlife, friendly locals, and history, and the coast around it is packed with beautiful views and stunning scenery.

The Causeway Coastal Route starts in Belfast and runs north through the nine Glens of Antrim and along the water.

From medieval castles and hanging rope bridges to famous distilleries and Game of Thrones filming locations, there’s a lot to discover along this driving route.

And that’s to say nothing of the Giant’s Causeway, where interlocking basalt columns result in a stunning natural landscape. It’s worth seeing on a 4-day getaway from London.

You can easily fly to Belfast from the UK capital. There are daily flights on multiple airlines, and fares tend to be reasonable if you book well in advance.

If that all sounds good, you can book accommodation in Northern Ireland here . There are lots of good places to stay.

4. South Wales

Another of the best 4-day trips from London is South Wales. From Cardiff to the Gower Peninsula , Pembrokeshire, and Brecon Beacons National Park, there are lots of fun places to visit here.

Cardiff is home to a fairy-tale castle, the Gower shows off the best of the Welsh coast, Pembrokeshire has some of the most beautiful beaches in the United Kingdom, and Brecon Beacons has great walking paths and waterfalls.

Worm’s Head and Rhossili Beach are two of my favorite places to get outdoors here, Castell Coch is straight out of a storybook, and hiking Pen-y-Fan is a rewarding experience.

Which is to say nothing of St Davids. This pint-size city in Pembrokeshire is home to the famous 12th-century St Davids Cathedral. It’s one of the most important religious sites in Wales.

If you want more ideas, you can take a look at my guide to weekend breaks in Wales or my itinerary for this part of Wales .

You can get to South Wales by train or car from London. Once in the area, it’s easiest to travel by car. If you need ideas for places to stay, you can see recommendations and book accommodation here .

5. Edinburgh & the Scottish Highlands

Back in Scotland, Edinburgh and the Scottish Highlands are another of my favorite 4-day trips from London. It’s hard to top this part of the UK when it comes to beauty. The hills and glens, lochs and coos all make for a rugged beauty rarely seen away from Scotland.

Add to that hilltop castles, famous monsters (in Loch Ness, anyway), and tragic history, and Edinburgh and the Scottish Highlands are the stuff of legends.

Whether you want to visit the Hebridean islands , the Cairngorms National Park, Aberdeen , Inverness , the Isle of Skye or Glen Coe, there are a lot of options for places to travel in this part of Scotland.

If you need inspiration, you can take a look at my 4-day Scotland itinerary . It will show you how to see both the capital and the highlights of the Highlands in one trip.

You can travel independently or go on a tour. You can see all the Rabbie’s 4-day Scottish Highlands tours here .

Either way, you can book your accommodation here . There are lots of great places to stay in Edinburgh and the Highlands (including fairy-tale castles!).

6. North Wales

North Wales is another of the top 4-day trips from London. This part of Britain is renowned for its dramatic landscapes, legendary castles , and beautiful coastline.

There’s no shortage of places to visit in North Wales. If you like the outdoors, Snowdonia is popular for hiking, Llandudno is a seaside resort town, and Anglesey has stunning island scenery.

If history and culture are your passions, Caernarfon is home to a huge castle and Portmeirion feels like an Italian village on the Welsh coast (it’s one of the most magical places to visit in the UK ).

If you want more inspiration, take a look at my blog post about a road trip in North Wales . It has additional ideas for places to visit in the region.

You can get to North Wales from London by car or train to somewhere like Chester . Once you arrive, it’s easiest to get around by driving.

If this sounds like your kind of trip, you can book accommodation in North Wales here . There’s a range of accommodation on offer here, from hotels to B&Bs and more.

7. Isles of Scilly

Next on my list of the best 4-day trips from London are the Isles of Scilly . This archipelago off the coast of Cornwall is one of the most remote places in England .

The islands are a treasure trove of natural and human-made wonders. From white-sand beaches that look like they could be in the Caribbean to harbors dotted with colorful boats, this is the perfect place to get off the beaten path in Britain.

There are five inhabited islands in the Isles of Scilly. St Mary’s is the largest, but it’s also worth visiting Tresco, St Martin’s, St Agnes, and/or Bryher while you’re in this part of the UK.

Tresco Abbey Garden is home to enchanted ruined arches, and Bryher has a lone red phone box redolent of a bygone era. These isles are truly some of the most enchanting islands in the UK .

If you want to visit, there are several ways to get here. When I went, I took a combination of a train, bus, and flight from London (it’s easier than it might seem).

If that all sounds good, you can book a hotel here . I stayed at the St. Mary’s Hall Hotel , a townhouse with classic decor and a sense of history. If you want to follow in my footsteps, you can book a room here .

When it comes to continental European destinations, Paris is one of my favorite 4-day trips from London. This is one of the most popular places to travel from the UK capital, and a lot of my travel planning clients visit on a twin-city trip with London.

The French capital is one of the prettiest cities in Europe , and 4 days in Paris is enough time to see the sights and take in the major cultural highlights. From Paris landmarks to events and exhibitions, you’ll be spoiled for choice.

You can also do some shopping while you’re in the city. Whether you want to go to the grands magasins or the boutiques in the Marais , there’s no shortage of opportunities for retail therapy in the City of Light.

If want to, you can take a day trip while you’re here. From Giverny to Chartres, the Loire Valley, and Versailles, there are lots of great options.

You can get to Paris by train or flight from London. Most people choose to go by rail, as it’s easy to get from the heart of London to the heart of Paris quickly.

If this trip appeals, you can see my top picks for accommodation on my guide to the best area to stay in Paris .

Next on my list of 4-day trips from London is Rome. The Eternal City is one of the best places to visit in Europe , and there’s a lot to do and see in 4 days in Rome .

This place is famous for its ancient ruins. Several days is enough time to see highlights like the Colosseum, Roman Forum, and Pantheon.

Rome also has world-class art. Whether you want to browse the Galleria Borghese or walk through the Vatican Museums, there’s no shortage of things to see. The Baroque squares, fountains, and churches around the city are worth visiting, too.

There’s delicious food in Rome as well. It’s worth taking the time to seek out the famous Italian cuisine (and gelato!) the city has to offer.

From seasonal dishes like artichokes to Roman pizza and the four pastas Rome is known for, there’s no shortage of good things to eat.

If you want to, you can also take a day trip while you’re here. Spending 1 day in Naples , the Amalfi Coast, or somewhere else in the region is a fun thing to do.

If this getaway sounds good to you, you can book a place to stay here . I love staying at The Hoxton . This hip hotel is in a local neighborhood and I like its stylish decor, buzzing lobby bar, and guest rooms. You can book a stay here .

10. Barcelona

In Spain, Bareclona is another fun trip from London. This Spanish city is an easy flight from the UK, and there’s a lot you can do in 4 days in Barcelona .

That’s because the city is packed with historic streets, stunning beaches, beautiful museums, and fun restaurants and nightlife.

Barcelona has a bit of everything, and it’s a great place to explore for several days. From Barri Gotic to the Sagrada Familia and Park Guell, it’s a beautiful city.

Barcelona’s historic streets are easy to walk around, and the metro is helpful for places like Tibidabo that are further afield.

You have enough time to take a day trip while you’re in town, too. Highlights include the rugged seaside area of Costa Brava, mountain areas like Montserrat, urban centers like Girona, historic places like Tarragona, and beach destinations like Sitges.

If this 4-day getaway sounds good to you, you can book a place to stay here . I’ve stayed at Le Meridien Barcelona and I love its central location. You can book a room here .

11. Santorini

Santorini is next on my list of 4-day trips from London. This island hardly needs an introduction. It’s one of the most famous in the Cyclades, with its unique cliffs rising out of an underwater volcanic crater.

Santorini is one of the best Greek islands for a number of reasons. The views over the caldera are spectacular, the whitewashed buildings with blue trim are classic, and the food is amazing.

I’ve traveled to Santorini a number of times, and I’ve always enjoyed visiting Fira (also called Thera or Thira) and Oia, the main towns. My itinerary for 4 days in Santorini will show you both.

Fira is the primary town, and its shops and narrow streets are bustling. It also has both a cable car and a donkey path that transport visitors up from the port below.

Oia is just as beautiful. It’s full of whitewashed houses and blue-domed churches, and it has great restaurants with sea views. Its main street is full of independent shops selling everything from art to books, too.

If this sounds good, you can book a place to stay in Santorini here . I’ve stayed at the Canaves Sunday and loved it. The unique rooms in the caves, the sunset views, and the amazing pool are hard to beat. You can book a room here .

I hope you’ve liked reading about these 4-day trips from London, and that you enjoy visiting the ones that appeal to you most. They’re great places to discover, and they make for fun escapes.

If you want more inspiration, take a look at my blog posts about weekend trips from London and 3-day trips from London . Happy travels!

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

Some of the links in this blog post are affiliate links. At no cost to you, I earn a small commission when you click on them and make a purchase. It doesn’t affect the way you shop, and it’s a great way to support the A Lady in London blog.

2 Comments on Lady’s 4-Day Trips from London You’ll Love Taking

Great ideas ! Thank you for sharing!

You’re welcome!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

17 Absolute Best Day Trips from London (+ How to Visit, Top Tours & Map)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: January 10, 2024

London is an amazing city with so much to offer that you could spend weeks and still not see it all. But in addition to all the top sights and attractions in the city itself , there are also so many beautiful places near London, many of which can easily be visited as a day trip from London.

However, with such an array of possibilities, how do you choose the very best day trips from London that are worth your time the most?

In this article, we feature the absolute best places that you can visit as a one-day trip from London, England . This guide includes all the ‘musts’, the very best day trip destinations near London for first-time visitors, but also for local travelers who want to (re)discover some of the most popular sights near London.

In addition, for each place, we include recommendations on how to visit on your own and also the best day tours from London . Because even though you can visit many of these places by train, often, you will be able to see so much more if you go on an organized tour.

Many tours combine several major landmarks in one day, allowing you to make the most of your time and see a lot in a short time. Furthermore, going with a local guide is a great opportunity to explore deeper, scratch beneath the surface, and discover things you didn’t even know existed…

Good to know: At the bottom of this article, you can find a map indicating all the places that you can easily visit as a day trip from London mentioned in this guide. It will give you a better idea of where everything is.

TIP: If you don’t have the time to read the entire article and are looking for the best day trips from London, here are the 4 most popular day tours among our readers:

• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath (also in combination with Roman Baths that you can add when booking).
• Cotswolds .
• Harry Potter Studio (also in combination with Oxford).
• Seven Sisters & South Downs .

Interesting to know: Overall, the most-visited day trip destinations from London are Windsor Castle and Harry Potter Studios.

These are the best & most popular day trips from London:

1. Windsor Castle

If you visit just one place outside of London city, make it Windsor Castle ! Located just 20 miles (32 km) from the city center, a day trip to Windsor is a must on any London bucket list!

The spectacular Windsor Castle is one of the queen’s official residences and has been home to the royal family for 900 years! Kings and queens have been buried here, including the infamous Henry VIII and Jayne Seymour, his third wife. Most recently, Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, is also buried at St George’s Chapel at Windsor Castle.

An excellent example of church architecture in medieval times, Windsor Castle is still used for royal receptions and state occasions. In recent years it has been the venue of the weddings of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, and Princess Eugenie and Jack Brooksbank.

Open all year round, Windsor Castle is a great way to explore royal history, from touring the Castle Precincts to viewing the lavish staterooms and apartments. The Castle Grounds are both beautiful and peaceful and from there you can observe the iconic Changing of the Guard, which normally happens at 11 am on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays, from April until the end of July.

Good to know. At the moment, Windsor Castle is open daily except for Tuesdays and Wednesdays. Because it’s a working royal palace, sometimes parts of the castle or even the entire castle can get closed on short notice. Below, you can find all the practical information for your visit. Read on!

How to visit. You can easily get to Windsor by train from London. There’s a direct train from London Waterloo Station and it takes about 1 hour. From Windsor & Eton Riverside station, it’s just a short walk to the castle. Be sure to book your Windsor Castle tickets online in advance ! This is the best option for those who prefer to take their time and explore the castle at their own pace.

If you come here for a day, be sure to check out Windsor and Eton towns as well! The best way to do this is by taking a hop-on hop-off bus in Windsor . Another nice thing to do is take a boat tour and enjoy different views of the castle from the river.

Good to know: Entry to Windsor Palace is also included with the London Pass , which offers good value if you spend more time in London and plan on visiting many popular tourist attractions and museums.

Best tours from London. Windsor Castle is the most popular day trip destination near London, so there are many tours that can bring you here as well. Most tours that visit the castle also include one or several other nice places nearby – perfect for those who are short on time and want to make the most of their day.

Here are the most popular day tours from London that visit Windsor Castle:

• Windsor Castle only – this is a convenient bus transfer from/ to London that also includes the tickets to the castle. This tour takes about 4 hours in total – the fastest way to visit Windsor Castle from London.
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Oxford – the most popular full-day tour from London.
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath – with an option to visit Roman Baths.

2. Stonehenge

Stonehenge is one of the world’s most famous prehistoric monuments and another extremely popular destination for London day trips. Built almost 5000 years ago by farmers in the Neolithic period, this is a spiritual and architectural wonder that many people consider an absolute must-see in the UK!

Historians still debate its original purpose, although most agree that it was probably built for spiritual reasons. Meanwhile, engineers marvel at the extraordinary skill and size of the construction project, which must have involved hundreds of workers given the very simple tools they had available at the time.

Whilst the main attraction at this UNESCO World Heritage Site is the mystical Stone Circle itself, you can also view the 5 on-site Neolithic houses. Their design was based on the remains of houses from this period that were discovered during a nearby excavation in 2006.

You can step through the doors of these houses to see just how the builders of Stonehenge might have lived thousands of years ago, with each house equipped with replica axes, pottery, and artifacts.

How to visit . Stonehenge is located about 90 miles (145 km) from London. There are no direct trains to Stonehenge, but you can take a train to Salisbury train station and then take The Stonehenge Tour Bus service from there. The easiest way to get here from London is either by car or by tour. If you drive, prepare for very busy traffic and count at least 2 hours one way. If you go without a tour, be sure to book your admission tickets online in advance !

Best tours from London. Since Stonehenge is quite a drive from the city, but it doesn’t require that much time to visit, it’s usually included as one of the sights of some of the most popular day tours from London.

Here are the most popular tours that visit Stonehenge from London:

• Stonehenge only – a very popular half-day tour (morning or afternoon) that includes transportation and entrance tickets. It takes about 6 hours and is the fastest way to visit Stonehenge from London.
• Stonehenge & Bath – the most relaxing full-day tour.
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath – a very complete tour that also includes an entry to the Roman Baths.

Bath is one of the most beautiful cities in the UK and the most popular town that you can easily visit as a day trip from London. This picturesque historic city is filled with stunning examples of honey-colored Georgian architecture and some of the most photographed buildings in the world.

Perhaps the most famous feature of this UNESCO World Heritage City is the ancient Roman Baths built around thermal springs and supplying water for over 2,000 years. Whilst the Baths are open for you to view, no bathing has been allowed there since 1978. Instead, the much more modern Thermae Bath Spa was opened in 2006, containing the only natural hot spring in England in which you are allowed to bathe.

In the city stands the magnificent Bath Abbey , with its unique ‘ladder of angels’ on the west front. This feature was inspired by Bath’s Bishop at that time, who saw angels ascending and descending in a dream. You will also see the iconic ‘Royal Crescent’ – 30 Grade I listed terraced houses built in the late 18th century, arranged in a crescent around a verdant lawn overlooking Royal Victoria Park.

Another architectural gem is the Circus , also built in the latter half of the 18th century. This historic street of large townhouses forms a circle, which is how it got its name (Circus is Latin for a ring, circle, or oval).

And perhaps most beautiful of all is the romantic Pulteney Bridge , with its small, leaded domes, pilasters, and pediments. The bridge was named after the wife of William Johnstone Pulteney, an important figure in Bath at that time and owner of much of the surrounding land. A popular thing to do in Bath is to take a short boat trip on River Avon – it allows you to easily see some of the main sights of Bath in a short time.

How to visit. Bath is about 120 miles (195 km), about 2.5 hours drive from London. If you drive, be sure to stop at Stonehenge along the way! The fastest way to get to Bath from London is by train – it takes less than 1.5 hours. And there are also many tours that visit Bath from London, usually in combination with other beautiful places nearby.

TIP. If you visit Bath on your own, you may want to take a walking tour of the city. It’s the best way to see a lot in a short time – you’ll be sure not to miss any important places, but it also gives you a better insight into the history and architecture of this unique town.

Best tours from London. Since Bath is so close to Stonehenge, most tours from London visit both of these places together. In addition, some tours also include one or several other places nearby.

Here are the most popular day tours from London to Bath:

• Stonehenge & Bath .
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath .
• Stonehenge and Bath Tour with Secret Site – a very highly rated small group tour.

One of the UK’s most famous university towns, Oxford is also a place that you can easily visit as a day trip from London.

Oxford University was established in the 12th century and is one of the oldest universities in the world. The university is composed of 38 separate college buildings, whose architecture inspired the poet Matthew Arnold to name it the ‘City of Dreaming Spires’ (see the picture of the All Souls College below, and you’ll understand where the name comes from).

Some scenes in the Harry Potter movies were filmed in Oxford, so it can be fun to try and spot them as you tour the city. Harry Potter fans can also opt for this popular walking tour of the filming locations .

In the heart of the city center is Christ Church College , home to the magnificent Hall and Christ Church Cathedral with its landmark spire and Tom Tower. The gardens of the 12th-century Cathedral inspired Lewis Carroll to write ‘Alice in Wonderland’. You can hunt for features of the story, such as the Alice in Wonderland motives in one of the large windows in the Great Dining Hall.

The Cathedral also contains the shrine and tomb of Saint Frideswide, the patron saint of Oxford. Christ Church College – one of Oxford University’s largest colleges – has lots more for visitors to see, from the famous Bodley Tower to the stunning Meadow Building.

There are two main museums that are well worth seeing during a visit to Oxford. Founded in 1683, the Ashmolean Museum is Oxford University’s museum of art and archaeology. Free to enter, it’s a great place to learn all about human culture and societies across the world and throughout time, with its collections including everything from Egyptian mummies to contemporary works of art.

The Oxford University Museum of Natural History , meanwhile, houses a captivating collection of natural specimens, covering everything from Earth’s beginnings to a look inside an active beehive!

Connecting two parts of Hertford College is the Hertford Bridge , popularly known as the ‘Bridge of Sighs’. Named after its resemblance to Venice’s Bridge of Sighs , this particular bridge is a skyway that allows students to travel from one building to another. Designed by Sir Thomas Jackson and completed in 1914, this photo-worthy bridge is best viewed from the steps of the University’s Bodleian Library (another must-see in Oxford).

How to visit. Oxford is just 60 miles (95 km), 1.5 hours drive from London. There are also direct trains from London and the journey takes about 1 hour – this is the best way to visit Oxford on your own. There are also organized tours that visit Oxford from London – usually in combination with one or two other places nearby.

TIP: If you visit Oxford for a day, consider this walking tour . It takes just 1.5 hours and is a great way to learn more about the city and the university. River cruises are also very popular and are a fun way to explore Oxford!

Best tours from London. While you could easily fill an entire day in Oxford, most one-day tours from London only spend a few hours here and combine a visit here with several other places.

Here are the most popular tours that visit Oxford from London:

• Harry Potter Studio Tour & Oxford – a bucket list day trip for all Harry Potter fans!
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Oxford – see three of the most popular locations in one day.
• Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds – this is a great tour for those who want to see the English countryside. It’s also a nice addition to the popular Windsor, Stonehenge, and Bath tours mentioned above. If you do two of these tours, you get to see most of the nicest day trip destinations near London in just two days.

5. Cotswolds

The scenic traditional towns and stone villages of the Cotswolds is one of the most popular London day trips for those who want to experience the true English countryside. This area is so picturesque! Below, you can find an overview of the most beautiful places not to miss.

Minster Lovell village is the home of Minster Lovell Hall and Dovecote, which sits on the banks of the River Windrush. This 15th-century Oxfordshire manor house was built by William, Baron of Lovell and Holand – one of England’s richest men at the time. The house was eventually abandoned and now only the substantial ruins remain, giving lots of wonderful photographic opportunities against their beautiful rural backdrop.

A Cotswold village of outstanding beauty is Bibury , with its gorgeous stone buildings that run along the banks of the River Coln. Here you can see the iconic Arlington Row – a series of buildings that were originally built as a monastic wool store but were later converted into cottages. Now owned by the National Trust, Arlington Row is considered to be so quintessentially English that its image appears on the inside cover of UK passports.

Another village well worth visiting is Buford , with its 3 arched medieval bridges across the River Windrush. Famous for its High Street which runs down toward the river, Buford is popular for antique shopping and boasts lots of good restaurants, pubs, and tea rooms. It’s also home to a hotel in which King Charles dined with his mistress, Nell Gwynne.

Whilst there are many contenders for the title, most people will agree that Bourton-on-the-Water is the prettiest village in England. Also known as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’, this ‘must-see’ village is named for the many beautiful bridges that cross its river at the center. Located in a small valley, Bourton-on-the-Water has many charming tea rooms and restaurants, plus a range of eclectic shops including pottery and the Cotswold Perfumery. Don’t miss the popular model village, which is a 1/9th scale replica of the entire center of the village.

If you are lucky enough to be visiting on the afternoon of the August Bank Holiday Monday, you’ll witness one of the village’s more curious traditions, in which a local team plays a full game of football right in the River Windrush. This bizarre game of soccer has been filmed and reported all over the world!

If you have more time in this area, here are some more really nice villages to see in the Cotswolds: Castle Combe, Stow-on-the-Wold, Cirencester, Chipping Campden, Blockley, and Stanton .

How to visit. The Cotswolds are about 30 minutes drive west of Oxford and about 2 hours drive from London. Since the main attractions of the Cotswolds are its various villages, the best way to visit here is either by car or with a tour.

Best tours from London. The beautiful Cotswolds region is just a short drive from Oxford, so many tours combine the two places. There are also popular Downton Abbey filming location tours that combine a visit here to that of the Highclere Castle, but because of time restraints, you usually only see one village on these tours.

Here is an overview of the most popular Cotswolds tours from London:

• Cotswolds only – this is the best tour for those who want to explore the Cotswolds deeper as it visits several of the nicest villages and allows you more time to experience this beautiful area.
• Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds – the most popular day tour.
• Oxford and Cotswolds Villages – the best small-group tour.
• Stonehenge, Stratford-Upon-Avon, Bath, and Cotswolds – this tour is packed, but well organized and you get to see some of the best places in a very short time.

6. Stratford-upon-Avon

Stratford-upon-Avon is a small medieval market town and also a very popular place to see near London. The birthplace of William Shakespeare is probably at the top of most people’s must-see lists and the main reason to visit here.

The timber-framed house on Henley Street is where Shakespeare not only spent part of his childhood but also the first 5 years of his marriage after his father’s death in 1601. Live presentations from guides dressed in period costumes and the carefully restored Tudor rooms bring history to life.

In the many Tudor-style buildings of Stratford, you’ll also find 3 theatres owned by The Royal Shakespeare Company. They perform plays by Shakespeare, his contemporaries, and other, later writers. The Royal Shakespeare Theatre is situated on the banks of the River Avon, panoramic views of which can be enjoyed from the theatre’s tower.

Also on the River Avon is the Swan Theatre , built on the side of the Royal Theatre and offering a more intimate atmosphere. The third theatre – the Other Place – is smaller and used as a center for performing arts.

For a taste of old-fashioned romance, pay a visit to Anne Hathaway’s Cottage a bit outside of town. This beautiful 500-year-old building was originally a farmhouse and was where William Shakespeare courted Anne, his future wife. Incredibly picturesque, the cottage still contains original features and furnishings and is surrounded by beautiful gardens.

Another must-see is the Hall’s Croft , the house of Shakespeare’s daughter, with stunning gardens. Inside, you can find original 16-17th-century furniture, paintings, and other items.

How to visit. Stratford-upon-Avon is about 100 miles (160 km), 2 hours drive from London. If you don’t have a car, the easiest way to visit here on a day trip from London is by joining a tour.

Best tours from London. Most tours visiting Stratford-upon-Avon from London combine it with other places nearby and only spend a few hours here. They usually include a guided walk in the town center and sometimes a visit to Shakespeare’s birthplace.

Here is a small selection of the best day tours from London:

• Shakespeare’s Stratford & Cotswolds – this is one of the few tours that spend more time in Stratford and also visits Anne Hathaway’s Cottage. It also brings you to three villages in the Cotswolds.
• Oxford, Stratford, & Cotswolds – this popular tour spends about 2 hours in Stratford and covers more ground in a day.

7. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour

Fans of Harry Potter – and even those who have yet to experience the wizardly wonder of the movies – will enjoy a visit to the fascinating Warner Bros. studio near London . It’s one of the most popular day tours from London (after Windsor Castle), and a must if visiting London with kids .

Here, you can see firsthand some of the amazing sets used in the film’s production, including the Great Hall of Hogwarts (which went on to be used in 6 more films) and the Forbidden Forest filled with 19 trees, each with a diameter of over 12 feet. You can even see The Hogwarts Express locomotive at the elusive Platform 9¾.

There are prop rooms where you can take a close-up look at look at the elaborate props used in the Harry Potter movies. There are almost 2,000 potion jars and memory vials, all with labels hand-designed by the Graphics Department. You can also see Weasleys’ Wizard Wheezes, which took 3 months to build and was intended to look as much as possible as a real 18th-century storefront.

If you have an interest in the making of movies, you will enjoy other parts of the studio as well. The Special and Visual Effects section reveals how some of the more incredible scenes were created, including how Harry and his friends were made invisible by the Invisibility Cloak and how they appeared to fly! Even more captivating is the Creature Effects section, where you can learn how the magical creatures in the Harry Potter films were created and brought to life.

A visit to the Making of Harry Potter Studio provides a magical and educational experience for adults and children alike. If you are looking for a fun relaxing day trip near London, this is a great option for the whole family!

How to visit. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio is located in Leavesden, Watford, about 20 miles from London city center. But because of the busy traffic, it’s quite a long drive. There’s a train from London to Watford, from where you’ll have to take a bus to the studios – the journey will take you over 1 hour not counting the time to get to the station. There are also several companies offering bus transfers from London – see below.

Best tours from London. The easiest way to get to Harry Potter Studios is by booking a transfer or a tour from London. That way you don’t have to worry about the tickets either.

This highly-rated  Harry Potter at Warner Bros. Studio Tour  departs from Victoria Station, close to Westminster Catedral in the city center. There is also a popular  tour that departs from King’s Cross . The prices are usually the same and include a bus transfer and tickets. You’ll need about 7-8 hours in total for this day trip.

PRO TIP: One of the most popular tours from London is this popular tour that includes a visit to the studios and also visits Oxford . It’s a truly magical day trip as Oxford is one of the places where Harry Potter movies were filmed.

8. Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace , one of the Tudor Palaces, was the former royal residence of King Henry VIII. In addition to Windsor, this is another really nice place to visit near London, especially if you are a fan of royal history.

Hampton Court is a huge, impressive baroque-style palace located at the River Thames and surrounded by stunning gardens and parkland . If you visit in spring, you can see the magnificent tulip festival. But the gardens have something nice to offer in every season, and there are various events at the Palace throughout the year.

The interior of the castle gives you a chance to take a glimpse into the daily life of royals in the 16-17th centuries. You can visit the impressive State Rooms and private apartments of William III . Also, don’t miss the kitchens of Henry VIII , where over 200 people worked in the past, cooking and serving more than 800 meals per day.

Another highlight is the magnificent Great Hall that was originally a dining room, but afterwards became a sort of theatre that was used for entertainment, plays, and dances. Back in the day, William Shakespeare performed his plays here. The highlights here include a series of tapestries showing scenes from the Book of Genesis and the impressive timber roof with Anne Bollaine’s coat-of-arms.

This is also a very nice place to visit for families, with a maze in the garden, fantastic play areas for children, and plenty of places for a picnic. When the weather is nice, you could easily spend an entire day just exploring the gardens.

How to visit. Hampton Court Palace is located on the outskirts of London, about 15 miles southwest of the city center. You can easily visit Hampton Court Palace from London by train. There is a train from London Waterloo Station to Surbiton Station, and from there to Hampton Court. It takes about 40 minutes.

In addition, there are also several tours – see below.

Good to know: Hampton Court Palace entry is included with the London Pass .

Tours from London. Because Hampton Court is quite easy to get to and explore on your own, there aren’t many organized tours. The best ones are private tours like this one ; it combines a visit to Hampton Court Palace with that of Windsor Castle. That way, you get to see two of the most impressive royal palaces near London in one day.

There are also some nice bike tours or boat tours that explore the surroundings of Hampton, starting from different locations nearby.

9. Brighton & Seven Sisters

If you are looking to escape the hustle and bustle of London and see some of the stunning nature of England, then definitely consider a day trip to the white cliffs of Seven Sisters and South Downs . At the same time, you can also visit one of the UK’s nicest coastal cities – Brighton .

Brighton is worth a trip in its own right, with all the little pleasures that a lively seaside resort has to offer. If you have some time to spare, check out the Royal Pavilion , an Asian-style palace that looks like it belongs in an Indian fairytale…

But for a sightseeing day trip from London, you can also opt for something slightly different and explore some of the beautiful nature outside of town as well.

The rolling hills of the South Downs offer so much to explore and enjoy, with spectacular views and popular spots with their own unique legends. One of the most famous is that of the Devil’s Dyke , a v-shaped dry valley whose creation was attributed to the work of the devil himself (although, as you will see, it’s far too beautiful for that!). The South Downs is also home to the Long Man of Wilmington – a 235 ft tall chalk figure on the side of a grassy hill and one of only two human hill figures in England.

Be sure to check out Beachy Head , which – at 535 feet – is the highest chalk cliff on the southern coast of England. From the top, you can see miles of coastline in either direction, plus the candy-striped lighthouse that sits just out to sea. Nearby is the Birling Gap – one of the longest stretches of undeveloped coastline on the south coast. Here you can see coastal erosion firsthand, with the cliffs eroding up to a meter a year at certain points.

Another highlight of any visit to the South Downs is the Seven Sisters – an undulating line of white chalk cliffs, each hill with its own name. They are best viewed from Seaford Head , where you can see evidence of an 8th hill beginning to form from the erosion of the sea.

TIP: Any visit to the Downs must include a visit to the popular Middle Farm , which offers such delicacies as local cheese, sparkling wines, and traditional Sussex cider.

How to visit. South Downs and the Seven Sisters are located near Brighton in south England. While you can easily get to Brighton by train from London, you’ll need a car for the other places. The best way to visit is with a tour – see below.

Best tours from London. There are just a few tours from London that visit this area. The best option is this highly-rated tour that includes a train ticket from London to Brighton and a small-group minibus tour of the sights along the coast. If you prefer to make your own way to Brighton, you can also book the same tour starting in Brighton .

TIP: If you rather book a private tour, there is one tour that offers a pick-up in your hotel in London and covers all these sights in and around Brighton.

10. Cambridge

Less than an hour by train from London, Cambridge is another beautiful town to visit for a day. Just as Oxford, it’s probably best known for its centuries-old University, and this beautiful town has lots of well-preserved historic buildings. But this medieval city is also a student town and has a very nice, relaxed atmosphere.

Don’t miss the King’s College Chapel , Queen’s College , Trinity College, and Wren Library . You can also climb to the top of the tower of Great St Mary’s Church for nice views over the city.

In addition to exploring the many colleges in the city (there are 31! of them), be sure to walk along the River Cam ! Also Cambridge has its own Bridge of Sighs . This covered bridge at St John’s College spans over the river and is a favorite photo spot for weddings as well as tourists visiting the town.

Other nice bridges worth seeing in Cambridge are the Mathematical Bridge , Clare College Bridge , King’s College Bridge , and there are many others.

A great way to explore the beautiful river, see the bridges, the town, and the surroundings is a punt tour . This traditional boat ride is a very typical thing to do in Cambridge – don’t miss it!

How to visit. Cambridge is just over 60 miles (95 km) north of London, and the easiest way to visit is by taking a direct train from King’s Cross Station in London. It takes less than 50 minutes, so you can easily visit Cambridge on your own, without a tour.

Once in Cambridge, you can take a walking tour with a local or explore on your own. The earlier mentioned punt tours on the river are also not to be missed.

Best tours from London. If you rather visit Cambridge with a tour from London, there are several options as well. We recommend this 2-in-1 tour that visits Cambridge and Oxford . That way, you get to see two university towns in one day.

11. Canterbury Cathedral & Leeds Castle

While Leeds Castle and Canterbury Cathedral are over 20 miles apart, these two landmarks don’t require that much time and so are usually visited on the same day. In fact, they are usually combined with a short visit to Dover too, but more about it further below.

After a visit to Leeds Castle , you will not be able to help but agree with Lord Conway, who described it as ‘the loveliest castle in the world’. With a romantic, fairy-tale appearance, this 12th-century gem was built in the center of a natural lake, surrounded by 500 acres of beautiful gardens and parkland.

Leeds Castle was once used as a palace by Henry VIII and the private property of six medieval queens. Its rooms have been beautifully restored and give you the opportunity to learn all about its long and fascinating history.

In addition to the Lady Baillie Garden, which gives stunning views across the lake, the grounds also hold one of Kent’s most popular mazes, with 2,400 yew trees. Once you reach the maze’s center, a fascinating underground grotto takes you back to the real world!

One of the most famous and picturesque Christian buildings in England, Canterbury Cathedral was founded in 597, then extensively rebuilt from 1070 to 1077. It is the Cathedral of the leader of the Church of England, the Archbishop of Canterbury, and is still used for active worship.

The Cathedral contains the shrine of Archbishop Thomas Becket and you can stand on the spot upon which he was murdered, as told in Geoffrey Chaucer’s famous ‘Canterbury Tales’.

Also the medieval town center of Canterbury, with its cobbled streets and timber-framed houses, is a nice place to see if you have more time. It’s a popular day trip from London for locals. Also here, you can take traditional boat tours on the river.

How to visit. Unless you have a car, the easiest way to visit Leeds Castle and Canterbury Cathedral is by taking a tour. If you just visit one of these places, you could also get there by public transport. For Leeds Castle, you have to take a train to Ashford, followed by a bus trip to the castle. For Canterbury, there’s a direct train from London, and you can make a nice relaxing day trip by visiting this picturesque town.

Best tours from London. There are several tours from London that visit these places. You can find them here and they are all quite similar in terms of itinerary.

12. White Cliffs of Dover & Dover Castle

“There’ll be bluebirds over the white cliffs of Dover” went the words to the popular wartime song – and if you’re familiar with the song then it’s quite incredible to see the inspiring white cliffs for yourself. If you are looking for something different to see near London than historic towns and villages, Dover is a wonderful place to visit!

Composed of chalk, Dover’s cliffs are 350 ft high and stretch for 8 miles. They were on the front line of both world wars and were a critical part of England’s defenses at that time. Now, they provide wonderful views across the surrounding countryside and the English Channel. On clear days you can even look across and see France!

The unique chalky grassland habitat of the cliffs means that they are abundant in wildlife and you can see all sorts of flowers, butterflies, and birds as you walk, including the rarely spotted peregrine falcon.

You can either spend your visit simply enjoying the cliff-top views, or take a short trip to see Dover Castle too. Dover Castle is one of England’s biggest castles and was built in 1066 by William the Conqueror. Ironically, he built it to stop anyone from invading the country using the way in which he’d invaded it himself!

A visit to the Castle includes exploration of the tunnels that go deep into the cliffs, where you can learn all about the dramatic evacuation from Dunkirk and see the Underground Hospital that was used to treat injured soldiers in WWII.

How to visit. Dover is about 80 miles southeast of London. You can take a direct train to Dover from London and visit the town and the castle, and take a walk along the shore from where you can admire the beautiful white cliffs. Alternatively, you can also visit here with some day tours from London – see below.

Best tours from London. There are several tours that visit Dover from London, usually in combination with a few other places and Dover is often not more than a short photo stop. Here are the most popular day tours:

• Dover, Leeds Castle & Canterbury Cathedral – the most popular and best price/quality tour from London.
• Dover, Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral & Greenwich – quite a full day, but you get to see a lot in a short time.

13. Blenheim Palace

Blenheim Palace is a very impressive country house in Woodstock, about 65 miles northwest of London. This is England’s only non-royal country house that actually holds the title of a palace.

The birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill currently the home of the 12th Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim Palace is a stunning example of 18th-century Baroque architecture. During your visit, you will see the magnificent staterooms, which are filled with priceless works of art and beautiful tapestries. A grade I listed building and World Heritage Site, Blenheim Palace also contains the finest collection of antiques to be found anywhere in Europe.

The gardens – set within over 754 hectares of land – are particularly wonderful to explore. Designed by the English landscape architect Capability Brown, there are several formal gardens to enjoy. Don’t miss the Rose Garden, the exquisite Water Terraces, the Secret Gardens, and the family-friendly Pleasure Gardens.

Historical monuments can be seen throughout, including the Column of Victory (built to commemorate the Duke of Marlborough’s military successes), the Grand Bridge which spans the two lakes and The Temple of Diana, where Sir Winston Churchill proposed to his future wife.

There are also a few recommended walks to take. Possibly the most beautiful is The Lake and Grand Cascade walk, which gives you breathtaking views of the countryside.

Good to know: The Palace and the grounds are so big and have so much to offer that you can easily spend an entire day here. In fact, many people find that one day isn’t even enough and many locals get a yearly pass for the Palace. However, many tours only spend a few hours here and just cover the main highlights. So how to visit depends on what you want to see and do here.

How to visit. The easiest way to visit Blenheim Palace is by car or with a tour, but you can also get here by public transport. From London Paddington Station, take a train to Hanborough (a bit over 1 hour), and from there, take a bus to the palace (it takes 7-10 minutes). If you want to spend an entire day at the palace, this is the best way to visit on a day trip from London.

Best tours from London. There are several tours that shortly visit Blenheim Palace from London. The best tour that spends more time at Palace is this Blenheim Palace, Downton Abbey Village & the Cotswolds tour. This tour also includes a few short photo stops at other popular locations nearby.

14. Downton Abbey Filming Locations

Downton Abbey filming locations close to Oxford and the Cotswolds make another popular day trip destination from London. There are two main places that you’ll want to see here – Bampton village and Highclere Castle .

Highclere Castle is a beautiful building and another fine example of luxurious life in the English countryside. It has been used for various film sets but became hugely popular since the filming of the TV series Downton Abbey . It’s now a very popular place to visit from Oxford or from London. The castle belongs to the Carnarvon family and is kept as it is, without turning it into a ‘theme park’ like some other castles in the area.

Another must-see for Downton Abbey fans is the beautiful village of Bampton . You’ll recognize many of the buildings here from the series, and it’s great fun to try to spot them during your visit!

Be sure to locate the home of Isobel Crawley, the church (actually named St. Mary’s), two fictional pubs – the Grantham Arms and the Dog and Duck – plus the Downton Cottage Hospital. The building used for the hospital is, in reality, the Bampton Community Archive, which houses a collection of old photos of the village and its people.

Bampton is a lovely village to visit in its own right. It is mentioned in the Domesday book of 1086 and was already a large settlement during the era of the Norman Conquest. On the other hand, it’s so small that you don’t need much time here.

How to visit. Highclere Castle is located about 65 miles (105 km) west of London, whereas Bampton village is about 30-40 miles from here, very close to Oxford. The best way to visit these places is either by car or by taking a tour.

Best tours from London. There are several tours visiting Downton Abbey filming locations from London. Some of the tours also visit Oxford, some others pass several villages of Cotswolds as well. This tour has the most complete itinerary covering most of the Downton Abbey filming locations.

The picturesque village of Lacock in rural Wiltshire near Bath is another place often visited on day tours from London. It’s a small village and you don’t need much time here, but it’s well worth a stop if touring the area.

The historic village of Lacock looks much as it did two centuries ago. Founded in the Saxon era, Lacock’s buildings originally made up part of a monastery complex (be sure to visit Lacock Abbey !). In the 19th century, it lost its main source of income from the wool industry, so very little development has taken place since then.

This means that this unspoiled little village gives an authentic look into days gone by. In fact, you can still see an old workhouse and medieval tithe barn in addition to the traditional stone cottages, with classic English pubs dotted throughout.

The village’s beauty makes it a popular choice as a TV and film location. Scenes from Pride and Prejudice were filmed here and Lacock Abbey was also used to film parts of Harry Potter.

Lacock was also used in Downtown Abbey, but because of its location, it’s usually a place you’d visit in combination with Bath and Stonehenge and not together with Highclere castle or Bampton. Unless you drive – in that case, you could make your own tour covering all three.

How to visit. Because of its rural location, Lacock is best visited by car or with a tour.

Best tours from London. There are many tours that stop in Lacock, usually in combination with a visit to Bath, Stonehenge, sometimes also with Windsor Castle. This is the most popular tour that also brings you to Lacock (in addition to Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath).

16. Warwick Castle

If you want to visit a real medieval castle near London, consider a day trip to Warwick Castle . With a history that goes back over 1000 years, a visit here takes you on a journey back in time, to a world of historic myths and battles for the English throne, but also lavish banquets, and royal splendor.

The castle was originally built as a wooden fort in 1068 and was rebuilt in stone in the 12th century. As you arrive, you enter over the footbridge and find an impressive medieval castle with ramparts and towers. You can climb the stairs of the castle walls and explore this impressive castle inside out.

A visit to Warwick Castle is very different than the others mentioned in this guide – it has something of a theme park feel if you like. There are various events, shows, attractions, archery and sword lessons, and lots of other fun experiences all year round.

This is one of those places where locals visit with their children during weekends and school holidays, but it’s also fun and entertaining for tourists. Even more so if you are traveling with a family.

How to visit. Warwick Castle is located about 100 miles (160km), 2 hours drive from London. If you want to spend more time at the castle, by far the easiest way to visit Warwick from London for a day is by train.

There are direct trains from London Marylebone Station to Warwick Railway Station, the journey takes about 1.5 hours. From the station, it’s about 20-30 minutes walk to the castle. Be sure to check the official website of the castle for more info and book your tickets in advance!

Best tours from London. Most tours from London that visit Warwick Castle do this in combination with Oxford and Stratford. Some also stop at one or two villages in the Cotswolds. Here you can find a selection of tours that include a visit to Warwick Castle .

17. Liverpool & The Beatles

While not exactly next door, we feel that Liverpool also deserves a mention as a place that you can visit on a day trip from London. If you are a fan of The Beatles , a visit here is a bucket-list experience and well worth the journey.

A visit to Liverpool gives a fascinating look into the lives and times of 4 local lads who formed what would become one of the most famous bands in the world. A good starting point from which to enjoy this vibrant Victorian city is the Royal Albert Dock, which is made up of refurbished dock warehouses and is now packed with restaurants, cafes, and many attractions.

The Beatles Story is an award-winning, permanent exhibition totally devoted to the Fab Four! Located on the Dock, it contains lots of authentic memorabilia and provides an immersive experience for visitors. Even children are catered for in the Exhibitions Discovery Zone. Be sure to reserve your tickets in advance !

Another interesting part of the visit for die-hard Beatles fans is the Magical Mystery Tour , which you take via a colorful tour bus that sets off from the Royal Albert Dock. In addition to the birthplaces, homes, schools, and original workplaces of the Beatles, you will also see the places that inspired some of their greatest hits, including Penny Lane and Strawberry Field.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Liverpool

How to visit. The best way to visit Liverpool as a day trip from London is by taking a train (going by car would be about 4 hours one way). The journey by train takes 2 – 2.5 hours and there are many trains throughout the day, but be sure to book in advance and start your day as early as possible!

Once in Liverpool, you can take the earlier-mentioned Magical Mystery bus tour. Definitely visit the Beatles Story exhibition as well!

TIP: If you find it overwhelming to arrange everything yourself, you can also book a day tour to Liverpool from London. Most of these ‘tours’ are actually individual trips where everything from train tickets to all activities is pre-arranged for you. See below.

Best tours from London. This Liverpool and The Beatles day tour is the most popular and probably the best option. It includes reserved train seats, an entry to the Beatles Story exhibition, and also a ticket to the 2-hour Magical Mystery Tour!

Good to know: The above-mentioned tour from London to Liverpool starts at Euston Station in London and is normally available every day except Sundays. You’ll have to meet their representative at the station at 6.30 AM, so prepare for this to be a long day!

LEARN MORE: How to Plan a Day Trip to Liverpool from London

Map of the best places to visit as a day trip from London & practical info

To give you a better idea of where all these places are located, we created a map indicating all the best day trip destinations from London mentioned in this guide. You can click on the map below in order to see it on Google Maps.

Good to know: As already mentioned, many of the most popular day trip destinations from London can be visited with organized tours or by train .

We don’t recommend renting a car if you are staying in London – the traffic is so busy in and around the city that it would be a nightmare for someone who’s not used to it. Renting a car would only make sense if you are planning a longer road trip, outside of the cities.

For organized tours , we recommend booking via the GetYourGuide website . They have a great selection of tours at the most competitive rates and the best cancelation policy and customer service out there. We personally book all tickets and tours via this website when we travel anywhere in the world.

So, this is our guide to some of the most popular day trips and tours from London. I hope that this helps you choose a few nice places to visit near London and make your trip even more memorable.

For more travel inspiration for London and the UK, please see our featured articles below. Check it out!

More travel tips and inspiration for London:

• Must-see in London: Top London Attractions
• Hidden Gems of London
• Camden Market
• What to See in Camden Town
• Best Views in London
• London Travel Tips
• Where to Stay in London
• 1 Day in London
• 2-day London Itinerary
• London with Kids
• Family Afternoon Tea in London
• Best Things to Do in Greenwich
• Painted Hall
• Queen’s House and Tulip Stairs

READ ALSO: Traditional British Food & Where to Try It in the UK

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

More travel tips and inspiration for all over the UK:

• Cities: Best Cities to Visit in the UK
• Cornwall: Best Places to Visit in Cornwall & Where to Stay in Cornwall
• Yorkshire: Yorkshire Day Trips
• Liverpool: Best Things to Do in Liverpool & The Beatles in Liverpool
• Manchester: Best Things to Do in Manchester & 1-day Manchester Itinerary
• Scotland: Isle of Skye Itinerary & Scotland Whisky Tour
• Edinburgh: Top Places to See in Edinburgh & One Day in Edinburgh & Tips for Visiting Edinburgh
• Glasgow: One Day in Glasgow
• Seaside: Best Things to Do in Blackpool & Blackpool Travel Tips & Places to See Near Blackpool
• …for more destinations, check our UK travel guide .
• Read also: How to Plan a Trip to Europe

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Lacinda Mena

Tuesday 2nd of May 2023

I am traveling with a group of six. We would like to depart London on September 4 and view Stonehedge, Windsor, and Bath on our way to Southampton. Do you know of any tours that would offer this service?

Hi Lacinda, no, I don't personally know any tours that offer this kind of service. I found this private tour that visits all the places that you mentioned from London. It's one of the cheapest and best-rated tours in its kind. However, I'm not sure if they wouldn't mind dropping you off somewhere else. You could probably book it and then contact them and ask what is possible. If it's not what you are looking for, you can cancel it. I see that the tour has free cancelation, so that's how I would do it. Otherwise, try to search the internet for private drivers and ask for a quote. Good luck!

Wednesday 26th of April 2023

Amazing blog! Was looking for something like this for my trip to London in a few days, and this has been really useful information; the detail with which you describe are amazing. Plus the alternatives to get there and the map, loved it all! Thanks for taking the time.

Thursday 27th of April 2023

Glad to help and thanks a lot for taking the time to leave this kind feedback, Alex! Have a great trip!

Wednesday 15th of February 2023

Awesome! Thanks for the info!

Saturday 4th of February 2023

This was great information. Thanks

Monday 6th of February 2023

Glad to help. Have a great time in the UK!

Thursday 15th of December 2022

Love this blog!!! I am planning a trip to London with my son in February! This is exactly the information we are looking for! Super helpful!!

Friday 16th of December 2022

Glad to help, Holley. Have a great time in London!

Awesome, you're subscribed!

Thanks for subscribing! Look out for your first newsletter in your inbox soon!

The best of London for free.

Sign up for our email to enjoy London without spending a thing (as well as some options when you’re feeling flush).

Déjà vu! We already have this email. Try another?

By entering your email address you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and consent to receive emails from Time Out about news, events, offers and partner promotions.

Love the mag?

Our newsletter hand-delivers the best bits to your inbox. Sign up to unlock our digital magazines and also receive the latest news, events, offers and partner promotions.

• Things to Do
• Food & Drink
• Coca-Cola Foodmarks
• Attractions
• Los Angeles

Get us in your inbox

🙌 Awesome, you're subscribed!

17 day trips from London to escape the city

Whether you’re after a seaside jaunt or a country retreat, here are the best trips from London we’re planning right now

As much as we love London here at Time Out, we’re also partial to the odd daydream about a leisurely getaway to somewhere that’s not quite so big and busy. Microdose on that holiday vibe by taking a day trip to one of the many laidback, joy-inducing destinations just a few hours away from London, which pack in plenty; from historic cities and cute villages to sandy beaches and rolling countryside.

If you’re wanting a quick getaway, here are 17 of the Time Out team’s favourite day trips from London, complete with our recommendations of cute pubs and ace restaurants – all close enough to the city to get there and back in one sweet day. 

RECOMMENDED: ✨The best day trips from London 👪 The best  family day trips from London ☀️ The best  weekend trips from London 🏘️ The best  Airbnbs near London 🌳 The best  quirky Airbnbs in the UK

This article includes affiliate links. These links have no influence on our editorial content. For more information, click  here .

An email you’ll actually love

Dreamy day trips from London

1.  St Leonards-on-Sea

Famed for how many Londoners moved here during lockdown (it’s even been referred to as Dalston-on-Sea, which is cringe, we’ll admit), St Leonards-On-Sea is a cracking day out from the Big Smoke for beachside drinks and a tonne of great food spots. Head to food market Heist  (basically a much nicer version of Boxpark) for orange wine and street food, then sink pints at Goat Ledge , a vibesy, colourful shack right on the beach. If you fancy splashing out a little, book dinner at the fabulously old-school  St Clement’s for white tablecloths and delicious seafood. Plus you've got easy access to the rest of Hastings for its Old Town, pier and the Norman castle ruins.

How far? 58 miles

How to get there: A one hour 18 minute train from London Charing Cross

2.  Dungeness

Dungeness’s shingly, shipwreck-dotted beach is so spookily empty that it’s been described as Britain’s only desert (though the Met Office refuses to technically recognise it as such, the party poopers). It’s a beautifully eerie landscape, with the (disused) nuclear power station and two lighthouses looming over a motley mixture of weathered shacks, beached fishing boats and sleek, modernist bungalows – all clustered along a single in-and-out road.

But despite all that emptiness, there’s a surprising amount to do here. You could catch the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch steam train down the coast, and hop off in Dungeness for a walk and a pint at the lonely Britannia Inn. Grab a freshly-caught lunch at the famous Snack Shack: specialities include lobster or crab rolls and smoked cod chowder. And check out the galleries and open houses showcasing the work of the (surprisingly) many artists who have moved down here, including the shingle garden of the experimental filmmaker Derek Jarman, whose yellow-windowed Prospect Cottage is a major landmark here. Book in advance for a 40-minute tour inside.

If you’ve got time, head over to RSPB Dungeness nature reserve for a chance to glimpse glossy ibises and marsh harriers – plus the huge concrete ‘sound mirrors’, pre-radar experiments from WW1 that were designed to listen out for planes. (Look out on the RSPB site for news of the rare open days when you can get up close.) Finish off your day with dinner at the Pilot Inn; I’m willing to back the quality of their famous fish and chips, which were the thing that brought Derek Jarman here in the first place.

How far? 86 miles

Get there O ne hour  by train from St Pancras International to Folkestone, with a one-hour 30-minute bus ride to Dungeness. Or take a bus or taxi from Folkestone to Hythe station to board the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch Railway. Alternatively, Dungeness is  around two hours from London by car.

3.  Stratford-upon-Avon

As a born-and-bred Midlander, I’ve spent many Saturdays traipsing around Stratford-upon-Avon’s lovely streets. With its half-timbered houses and canalside pubs, Stratford’s got just enough of the  small-town charm you’re craving on an escape from the Big Smoke, but unlike a small town, there’s actually loads to see and do.  

The Bard, of course, is the big draw here, and Shakespeare’s house, his wife Anne Hathaway’s cottage and the RSC’s famous theatre are all must-sees. But Stratford is more than just a Tudor Disneyland, we promise. Take a boat tour of the canal basin to find out more about the West Midlands waterways, refresh yourselves in the Grade II-listed Old Thatch Tavern and stop for a scoop of Eton mess ice cream at Hooray’s British Gelato Kitchen. 

How far? 104 miles

Get there T wo hours 15 minutes  by train from Marylebone; around two hours by car. 

4.  Whitstable

Don’t even think about thinking about it: Whitstable is far from overhyped. Sure, the secret is most definitely out about this fabulous little seaside town, but the vibes here are as great as they were 20 years ago. Grab brunch at Farm & Harper , fish and chips at Ossie’s and a glorious pint of craft at the Twelve Taps , and treat yourself to a dozen oysters to go at Wheelers Oyster Bar on the high street. Once you’ve walked the length of the beach and admired the beach huts, settle in at the famous pub-on-the-beach Old Neptune for a pint and wait for sunset to fall. Plus, Whitstable is so near, you’ll be back home before you can say ‘ another   bank holiday?’. But that’s if you don’t miss the last train.

How far? 50 miles

Get there One hour 15 minutes from St Pancras International, around two hours by car.

5.  Brighton

With its pebble beach, wall-to-wall live music venues and buzzing LGBTQ+ scene, there’s nowhere better for topping up your Vitamin Sea levels than Brighton . Start your day by dodging seagulls on the Palace Pier, then shop up a storm in the Lanes, which are packed with independent boutiques, record stores and vegan eateries. Sit down with a couple of pints in the Brighton Beer Dispensary, which champions small Sussex breweries like the Hand Brew Co.

How far?  A little over 50 miles

Get there One hour by train from Victoria, Blackfriars or London Bridge; around two hours by car. 

6.  The New Forest

A trip to the New Forest is about as close as you can get to going on safari without buying a plane ticket. As you make your way down dappled lanes and across the heather-covered heath you’ll be watched the famous ponies, which have grazed there for thousands of years, plus free-ranging Highland cattle and pigs hoovering up fallen acorns. Don’t fancy being stuck in the car all day? Hire a two-seater electric Twizzy buggy to explore in, or book a beginners’ hack at one of the stables. Don’t forget to make time for a proper ploughman’s lunch at the Royal Oak in Fritham.

How far? 90 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Waterloo to Brockenhurst; around two hours by car. Just remember that animals, not drivers, have right of way here.

7.  Rye

The antique shops and higgledy-piggledy cobbled lanes of Rye make it feel like a little slice of the Cotswolds on the coast. After you’ve satisfactorily browsed around the accurately named Tiny Book Store, treat yourself to a seafood lunch surrounded by lobster pots at Globe Inn Marsh, followed by Sussex real ale or a glass of local wine at The George. The Chapel Down vineyard is just up the road and well worth a visit if you want to know the ins and outs of wine-making – or simply enjoy a tipple with their signature wine tasting. Ten minutes away are the pillowy dunes of Camber Sands: roll your trousers up and splash through the shallows, take a kite for a spin or just park your towel and stretch out.

How far? 79 miles.

Get there  One hour 10 minutes by train from St Pancras International (with a change at Ashford); around two hours by car. 

8.  Box Hill

Biking to green and pleasant Surrey is a wheely nice way to spend a Sunday (sorry) – plus, Box Hill was part of the 2012 Olympic road-cycling route. Start in Richmond Park and pedal down past Hampton Court – it should take you about two hours. After a 1.6 mile climb and some hairpin bends (easier than it sounds!), you’ll be rewarded with stunning views of the North Downs from the top of Box Hill. Grab a slice of cake from the National Trust café, and save space for lunch at The Tree, which serves homemade pies and crumbles. Your last stop is Box Hill and Westhumble station, where you can load your bikes on to a train back to Waterloo. Whew!

How far? 30 miles

Get there  Two hours by bike (obviously). Plan the route carefully before you set out, and take a map and a puncture repair kit, plus water and snacks.

9.  Bath

A glorious water-themed day awaits you in the city of Bath . Start as you mean to go on with a tour of the Romans baths (no paddling allowed, you’ve been warned), before making a splash in the Thermae Bath Spa – the rooftop pool has stunning views of the city. Once you’ve dried off, make like Jane Austen and stroll along the Royal Crescent. Peckish? Sally Lunn’s teahouse is home to the Sally Lunn Bun, a kind of sweet brioche bap – for a Bath take on the cream tea, order one toasted and spread with strawberry jam and clotted cream.

How far? 115 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Paddington; two hours 30 minutes by car. 

10.  Mersea Island

Attached to the mainland by a causeway that floods (and pub quizzers, take note: this is the UK’s most easterly inhabited island), Mersea feels properly remote at high tide. The big draw is The Company Shed, which serves seafood platters that pull in crowds from all over the country every weekend. It’s BYOB – bring your own bread – and they don’t take bookings, so get there before noon to make sure you can feast on prawns, smoked fish, oysters and dressed crab. Speaking of which, catch-and-release crabbing is encouraged – there are specially marked areas near the water, and shops selling the kit. Or you can book a boat trip around the bay.

How far? 69 miles

Get there  One hour by train from Liverpool Street to Colchester, then a 45-minute bus to Mersea Island; around two hours by car. D on’t forget to check the tide timetable before you set off...

[image] [title]

More on getaways

Discover Time Out original video

• Press office
• Investor relations
• Work for Time Out
• Editorial guidelines
• Privacy notice
• Do not sell my information
• Cookie policy
• Accessibility statement
• Terms of use
• Modern slavery statement
• Manage cookies
• Claim your listing
• Time Out Offers FAQ
• Advertising
• Time Out Market

Time Out products

• Time Out Offers
• Time Out Worldwide

All Destinations , Europe , London , United Kingdom

The best london itinerary: 4 days in the british capital.

London’s a city that every travel-lover has to visit at some point in their lives (and somewhere I should stop taking for granted).

It’s got nearly everything you’d want in a city: history, culture, good food, nightlife, entertainment in all shapes and sizes and attractions for literally anyone.

The only thing we’re missing in ol blighty is some decent weather.

No, I’m being mean here. We do get sunshine sometimes – and London’s worth visiting even in the rain, trust me.

I was born in Bromley, the largest London borough, and lived there for the first 18 years of my life.

While I travel around now, London is my official ‘home’ base, so I feel like it’s about time I created a London itinerary to show you all the best of my home city.

I’m going to guess you know the main highlights of London already, but this itinerary will really help you when you’re trying to work out exactly what to do when on your 4 days (or more!) in London.

This 4 day London itinerary covers the highlights of the city, including attractions like Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London and St Paul’s Cathedral.

I also feature the best entertainment facilities and some other attractions that you might not know about, including some of the best free things to do in London .

Plus, this guide includes some of my favourite restaurants in London and some recommendations of where to stay in London.

While 4 days in London is a good amount of time to scratch the surface, you could spend an almost unlimited amount of time in this city.

I lived in London for 18 years and I’m still nowhere near seeing it all!

If you’re wondering how much time to spend in London, I’ll include a section at the end of this post about ideas for extra days, including some day trips from London.

But London is worth visiting to visit no matter how much time you have. And the beauty is, you can come back to it time and time again.

London changes each season, each year, each week. It’s hardly the same now as it was an hour ago.

It’s such a dynamic and evolving city that constantly keeps people coming back for more.

And I’m so lucky that I can keep on coming back for more.

Without further ado, let’s delve into this 4 days in London itinerary for first-timers.

Day Zero – touch down in London town

Obviously, for this London itinerary, 4 days is the optimal amount of time, but I’m writing presuming that you have arrived in the city on the evening before this itinerary begins.

If you arrived at a different time, adjust accordingly!

London is very well connected to almost everywhere in the world – there’s even a direct flight from London Heathrow to Perth, Australia nowadays.

Arrive at the airport and travel to your hotel – your options include (from cheapest to most expensive) coach, tube, train or taxi. Here are some of the best places to stay in London for a week , if you’re yet to book!

If you’re visiting London from Europe, train or coach from the continent might be a more budget-friendly option than flying (plus it’s better for the environment !) – and you’ll be dropped a lot closer to the centre.

If you’re travelling to London from elsewhere in the UK, the best ways to reach the centre are by train or coach (the coach, especially the Megabus, is much cheaper).

London Itinerary Day 1: The Highlights

Westminster abbey.

Begin your day at Westminster tube station.

Served by the Circle, District and Jubilee lines, it’s the perfect launching pad for Westminster Abbey – one of London’s most famous attractions .

Westminster Abbey has a photographer’s dream for an exterior; but once you’ve got a very British snap for the exterior (the more union jacks you can get into the frame, the better!) you’ll want to check out the inside.

The building was erected between 1245 and 1272 and is the place where various famous people from British history were buried, including:

• Edward the Confessor
• Elizabeth I
• Anne of Cleves
• Sir Isaac Newton
• Charles Darwin
• Charles Dickens
• And many more!

It was also the wedding venue of Prince William and Kate Middleton, making it a popular spot with fans of the royal family.

Another highlight is the Coronation Chair, which every king and queen since at least 1399 has been crowned on. Westminster Abbey is really one of the essential places to visit in London to learn about British culture and history.

It costs £22 to purchase tickets on the door or £20 to buy them in advance online .

I know that’s a bit of a painful amount to cough up on your first morning, especially if you’re paying for a family, but it’s worth it.

Buckingham Palace

Once you’ve got your fill of the abbey, it’s a 14 minute walk to Buckingham Palace.

You can only go inside two months of the year (and it’s expensive!) but the guard change is year-round – although not daily. Check whether the guard change will be on here .

The exterior of Buckingham Palace is grand and is perfect for exploring, even if the change of the guards isn’t on.

It’s a huge place, and there are some great photo angles to catch.

After you’re done walking around Buckingham Palace, take a stroll through Green Park. This is a leafy area that’s a pleasant green lung in the city.

You’ll eventually reach Picadilly (great for you monopoly enthusiasts!), which is an iconic London street to stroll down.

You’ll walk past the Ritz Hotel and will see London cabs, red phone boxes and equally scarlet double-decker buses go past.

Lunch in Soho

Taking a left from Piccadilly, you’ll start to reach Soho.

This is a fun spot to walk around and is also great for lunch! I’d highly recommend the delicious all-vegetarian restaurant Mildreds  which harks back to 1988.

It can get busy there and they don’t take bookings, so be prepared for a short wait, but know that it is well worth it!

The British Museum

After lunch, it’s time to check out a museum!

The British Museum is one of the best collections of global history and art in the world. And it’s completely free to enter!

It was the first national museum to be open to the public in the museum and has findings made by British explorers from home and abroad.

It includes exhibits from Ancient Iran, Greece, China, Egypt and more.

Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye and The Thames

Once you’ve finished at the British Museum, it’s time to walk towards Big Ben (which is actually the name of the bell, not the tower, which goes by Elizabeth Tower ) and the Houses of Parliament.

While these attractions are generally admired from the outside, it is possible to witness a debate at the Houses of Parliament .

You’ll need to book in advance, but they are free to attend.

If you don’t fancy watching Boris and Keir have a jolly old showdown in the houses (disclaimer: they may not be there, even if you do book tickets), just take a stroll by the Thames and enjoy soaking in the quintessential London atmosphere.

Nearby is the London Eye, which is a must-do while in the capital.

You can purchase tickets in advance or buy them there .

They are slightly cheaper in advance and you won’t need to wait, but you will be locked into a time.

With any luck, you’ll see the city spread out beneath you in light, at dusk, and in dark (I mean, you’ve got to time it really well, but let’s presume you’re lucky).

Afterwards, I recommend checking out a film at the IMAX and having dinner nearby.

London Itinerary Day 2: The City of London

St paul’s cathedral.

It’s time to see the City of London for your second day in the capital.

Start your day at St Paul’s Cathedral . The nearest tube station is the creatively named St Paul’s tube station.

St Paul’s is one of London’s prime attractions. Tickets cost £18 and doors are open from 8:30am, with the galleries opening at 9:30am.

Highlights of St Paul’s Cathedral include:

• Seeing scenes of the life of St. Paul
• The Duke of Wellington monument
• Walking up to the top of the Dome and the Whispering Gallery which is where the slightest whisper can be heard around the cathedral
• The Stone Gallery and the Golden Gallery
• The crypt, which is the resting place for some of London’s most notable characters including the Duke of Wellington and Admiral Nelson.
• Ocolus which is inside a theatre in the crypt, with a 270 degree film detailing the history of St Paul’s.
• Other chapels including the All Soul’s Chapel, St. Micheal and St George Chapel, Middlesex Chapel and the American Memorial Chapel

Tower of London

Next up is the Tower of London.

Located a 22-minute walk from St Paul’s Cathedral, it’s a great spot to visit. You’re in the bridge region of London (disclaimer: I just made up this name), so go via Millennium Bridge.

This bridge was used in Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince as the site of a dementor attack. Spooky!

Walk back over the iconic Tower Bridge to reach the Tower of London.

Tower Bridge is a great photography spot in London; you’ll be able to snap the bridge itself from different angles and the view of the castle and the rest of the city from the side.

Then it is time for the Tower of London . This spooky joint is one of the best attractions in London and is oozing with British history.

It has had a varied past; enjoying life as the Royal Mint, a jail, and even a zoo.

You’ll get to learn some fun facts about the history of London while you walk around the tower and see the Crown Jewels, which reside there.

It costs £22.70 for adult entrance.

Lunch: Borough Market

After ticking off two of Britain’s top attractions, you’ll most likely be a tad peckish! Have no fear, nearby is Borough Market.

Borough Market is London’s oldest food market and has been around for a whole 1000 years. It’s made giant leaps and bounds in the last millennium and now nods to London’s cosmopolitanism by having a fantastic range of world food stalls.

There are a few vegetarian-only stalls in Borough Market , most of which have lots of vegan options.

These include The Big V with seitan mushroom burgers and hotdogs, the Egyptian stall Koshari Street, Gujarati Rasoi which is a vegetarian Indian stall with some vegan options, middle-eastern meze stall Arabica and Sweet Roots which serve vegan sweets.

Oxford Street

After enjoying the bustling market, take a tube to Oxford Street.

It is the busiest shopping street in Europe, but even if you don’t want to shop here it’s worth a stroll around to soak in the atmosphere. (I actually don’t think I’ve ever bought something from Oxford Street – shopping stresses me out).

Selfridges is probably the most famous shop on the street, with six floors and 11 places to eat.

There are also many British high street stores – more often than not it will be the largest branch in the country. If you’re like me and aren’t a fan of clothes shopping, check out Foyles which is a huge independent bookstore.

I’d probably spend my entire 4 days in London here, but there are some other attractions to check out in the area, like Marble Arch.

This monument is a famous London landmark and used to be a place of public execution. Just in case the Tower of London wasn’t enough of London’s gory history for the day!

If Oxford Street really isn’t your thing, Hyde Park is nearby.

It’s the green lung of the city and is home to walking trails, flora and fauna, boating opportunities, a Speaker’s Corner which has been the site of speeches and debates since the 1800s and many memorials, fountains and statues.

Covent Garden

Phew! Once you’ve done about as much hiking in London as you can – whether it’s through the stores or around Hyde Park, check out Covent Garden for dinner.

It’s lovely at any time of day, but the evening is when it comes alive, with live street performers, buskers and a lovely atmosphere. Grab some dinner in town – I highly recommend the all-vegan By Chloe in Covent Garden, where you can grab some veganized British classics.

My favourite is the ‘fish’ and chips, but there is also shepherd’s pie, macaroni cheese and more – all completely vegan!. With amazing options for cruelty-free British food, there’s no reason to want to reach for the meaty options.

The West End

After a yummy dinner, head to the West End to see a show. There are a range of shows throughout the year, including the Lion King, Wicked and more. Buy tickets from here.

London Itinerary Day 3: The East and West Ends

Natural history museum.

Day 3 kicks off with another free museum.

The Natural History Museum is one of London’s best and displays a range of artifacts from British and national history.

You’ll learn all about the dinosaurs that once roamed the country (and see some huge skeletons!), educate yourself in the flora and fauna of Britain and even get the chance to go inside an earthquake simulation.

If you have time the natural history museum can be twinned with a visit to the V&A (Victoria and Albert) museum.

This museum is one of the world’s best collections of art and design objects.

With many national collections of the UK as well as examples of architecture, furniture, fashion, textiles and photography, visiting the V&A is an enthralling experience.

It is just a short walk from the V&A Museum to Harrods.

I’d recommend having lunch here – although it will come with a hefty price tag, it is a quintessentially British experience.

There are a few different restaurant options within Harrods, from fine dining to afternoon teas . Pick your favourite depending on your tastes and appetite!

The East End – Self Guided Walking Tour

After a fairly elegant morning in eastern London, take the tube to London’s east to explore this neighbourhood.

Take the tube to St Paul’s (and say hello to the cathedral again!) before exploring the east.

The rest of day 3 of your 4 day London itinerary will take you on a walking tour slowly east, to see some of the best parts of this area of London.

The Great Wall of London

First up, the remains of London’s Roman Wall are quite significant – and a tourist attraction that many do not see.

There’s hardly any of them now, but they are worth the trip. They are close to St Paul’s underground station and the cathedral.

One New Change Shopping Centre

Next up, head to One New Change shopping centre. ‘Another shop?!’ I hear you cry. Don’t worry, I’m not recommending any time in Topshop – head to the rooftop to catch a winning view of the City of London.

Trust me, you won’t be disappointed. If the mood takes you, you could also visit the rooftop bar, Madison, for a glass of prosecco while gazing over St Paul’s massive dome.

Leadenhall Market

Walk through the streets of east London, enjoying the old buildings that are brimming with history throughout the decades. Eventually, you’ll get to Leadenhall Market, which is a must-see for any Harry Potter fans among you!

It served as part of Diagon Alley in the first film of Harry Potter.

The doorway to the Leaky Cauldron pub is actually an optician, located at 42 Bull’s Head Passage.

As you walk around Leadenhall, you’ll get a real sense of the magic of the wizarding world and your main question will be should I buy my wand or my wizarding hat first?

The Gherkin

As you head north-east, you’ll walk right past the Gherkin.

This interesting building has been used as an icon for London’s business focus since it was constructed (have you ever seen The Apprentice?) and it’s certainly an interesting shape, great for some photos!

Jack the Ripper Tours

Jack the Ripper tours leave from near the Gherkin.

If you fancy being spooked, this hour and a half trip will show you around the east end and detail some of its goriest history. Jack the Ripper was a serial killer in the 19 th century, who remained unidentified.

It will give you a good understanding of the perils of 19 th century London, with some interesting stories to boot.

Old Spitalfields Market

If you don’t fancy the ghost tour, you can carry on with this self-guided walking tour.

Next is Old Spitalfields Market.

Harking from the 17 th Century, Old Spitalfields serves lots of delicious food stalls – perfect for an afternoon snack! – and is home to jewellery, books and clothes vendors.

Be sure not to eat too much at Old Spitalfields though, because it’s dinner time!

Brick Lane is one of the most vibrant parts of the city of London and is perfect for Britain’s favourite meal… curry!

Before dinner, take a walk around Brick Lane to see some of the intriguing street art that tells the tale of this area of the city.

Another fun thing to do near Brick Lane is seeing the street art.

Artists like Banksy, D*Face and Ben Eine have all decorated the walls of the street. Other highlights on the road are the Great London Mosque, historic buildings like The Director’s House, the Vat House and the Engineer’s House.

And of course, there’s nowhere better than Brick Lane for curry. Eateries line the streets, all offering authentic dishes from India and Pakistan. There’s even an all vegan curry house, City Spice .

After your meal, head into Shoreditch high street for some nightlife.

Bar-hopping is one of the best things to do in Shoreditch , and it has a great vibe any day of the week.

Favourites include Ballie Ballerson (which has giant ball pits!), the Book Club (of course I’m recommending a club involving books – there’s more beer than Bronte there though I promise!) and the Blues Kitchen.

London Itinerary Day 4: The Suburbs of London

Shoreditch is a good time, but it has a tendency to make people’s heads hurt the next day.

If you’re not too under the weather, get up early to visit Greenwich on your last day in London.

South of the CBD, Greenwich feels like a town within itself – which it is, really. It is home to a beautiful park, the Cutty Sark, the east and west hemispheres and lots of pubs, bars and restaurants. It’s an absolutely beautiful place for a stroll around as well.

In Greenwich observatory it’s possible to visit the planetarium to find out more about the cosmos that surrounds us – a humbling experience.

After, learn about the history of Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) which will detail how clocks changed the world.

You’ll get to learn all about why the Meridian Line is there – and then head to the line itself to stand with one foot in the east and one in the west hemisphere!

Next, move on to Cutty Sark. The fastest ship of her day, the Cutty Sark now resides on the Thames at Greenwich.

The ship can be climbed upon, giving visitors the chance to learn how to steer the ship.

It also tells guests the story of the boat and there are spectacular views from the boat. It costs £12.15 for adults to visit the Cutty Sark, and £6.30 for children.

Once you’re sarked out, there is also a brewery next door which is worth a visit, especially if you’re a beer connoisseur.

Brewery tours are a little limited – they are at 7pm every weekday and at various times over the weekend – but you can still purchase a couple of bottles outside these hours for the next stop on your London itinerary… Which is a picnic in Greenwich Park!

This huge green space is ideally situated over the London skyline.

Purchase some goodies from one of the mini supermarkets in Greenwich (not tryna brag, but London’s to go food section is probably the best in the world) and enjoy your lunch while looking over the capital of Britain.

Help your food go down by a stroll around the park afterwards.

This green space in the middle of such a busy city is a lovely way to spend an afternoon.

If you’re visiting London in the winter and it’s not quite picnicking weather, grab some lunch at one of the many charismatic pubs or restaurants in Greenwich.

After eating, you have a few options to spend your afternoon.

Climb Up the O2

If it takes your fancy, you can scale the O2, Britain’s favourite concert arena!

It was built for the Millenium and was only meant to be a temporary part of the city, but because people loved it so much it was made into a live music venue. It also accommodates clubs, restaurants and bars.

It is 52 metres at its highest point and climbing up this building is known as ‘urban mountaineering at its finest’.

Tickets for Up at the O2 start at £30 and must be booked in advance.

If you choose this option you may prefer to get dinner in the O2 rather than going to Camden in London’s north, as suggested in this guide.

There are tons of restaurants within the arena, so you won’t have any trouble finding somewhere! Also check the Indigo2 website to see what is on.

Chislehurst Caves

If you have time, it is well worth the 30 minute journey to Chislehurst to see the Chislehurst Caves.

They are actually manmade mines and hark back from the Saxon age and served as London’s largest air raid shelter in World War Two. The cave network was known as “The Town Underground”, and had facilities such as a shop, a school, a church and a citizens advice bureau!

In more recent times they have been a concert venue, and the likes of David Bowie (a local star), Pink Floyd and The Who have all played there!

Tours leave every hour on the hour. From Chislehurst, you can take a train directly to London Bridge.

Ice Skating at Canary Wharf

If you prefer and it is winter, from Greenwich consider taking the DLR to Canary Wharf to go ice skating amongst London’s tallest buildings.

Imperial War Museum

Another option is, if I haven’t museum-ed you out yet, to take the DLR from Greenwich to Bank and then the Northern Line to Elephant and Castle.

From here you can go to the Imperial War Museum. While horrific and devastating in parts, the museum is very beneficial to visit to understand the wars that the UK has been involved in.

If you aren’t feeling another museum, or are low on time, head to Camden straight away (via the Northern Line from Bank) to soak in the atmosphere of the cool suburb.

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, stop of at King’s Cross/ St Pancras on the way to take a snap of the trolley heading towards the Hogwarts Express!

Highlights of Camden include Regent’s Canal, the many vintage shops and Primrose Hill, which has beautiful views of the city – from the other side!

Whatever you end up doing in the afternoon, I recommend having dinner in Camden to get the chance to see this hip suburb. The markets are open until 6 pm and there are a variety of restaurants in the area.

There are lots of bars and pubs in Camden that are perfect for enjoying your last night in the city in, many with live music.

The Northern Line runs 24 hours on weekends and failing that there are night buses back into the city, so don’t worry too much about getting home and enjoy your time!

Substitutions – Half-Days

If you don’t fancy one of the half-days on this London itinerary, then feel free to substitute it with one of these alternatives.

These attractions aren’t in the centre of London, but they can be reached easily and quickly in just a morning or an afternoon.

Windsor Castle

The home of the queen, Windsor Castle is a great half day trip from the city. It is the oldest and largest lived in castle in the world and makes for some amazing photos.

Highlights include St George’s Chapel which has the tombs of some monarchs (if you didn’t get enough in Westminster Abbey) and was the wedding destination of Harry and Meghan, the State Apartments which welcome you to the interior of the palace and Queen Mary’s Dolls House.

Hampton Court

Two palaces – one heralding from Tudor times and another built by William III and Mary I – stand together at Hampton Court. It was Cardinal Wolsey, and then Henry VIII’s, stomping ground, and remained as a royal residence until 1760.

Visitors can see areas relating to its history, the highlight being the Tudor Kitchens.

Black Cab Tour

A black cab tour is one of the most unique things that you can do in the city. It’s a wonderful bespoke tour that you can do to find out more about London’s fascinating tales!

What to do with extra days in London or substitutions for whole days

If you’ve adjusted this itinerary to suit your tastes and have a whole day free, or if you’re spending 5 days in London or longer, check out these day trips from London that take a whole day.

Thorpe Park

London’s largest theme park, Thorpe Park is great for all ages.

With rides ranging from loop the loop rollercoasters to spinning teacups, it’s a great visit for any adrenalin seekers or families visiting London. It is only open in the summer.

Hever Castle

Wonderful in the summertime, Hever Castle takes a bit of getting to from central London but it’s well worth it.

It was the childhood home of Anne Boleyn, a character that every British schoolchild learns about at least 10 times in school. She was the second wife of Henry VIII – the king who cut everyone’s heads off – and guess what he did to her? That’s right, cut her head off.

Before this lover’s tiff, they had quite a loving marriage – so loving in fact, that Henry changed the entire religion of Britain so he could divorce his previous wife and marry Anne.

Hever Castle was a major setting during their courtship, and you can see their bedrooms, love letters written by them and other prestigious castle features.

In the grounds, there is a maze, a water maze, Italianite Victorian Gardens and a really fun children’s playground.

Beautiful Brighton is many people’s favourite coastal British city, for good reason.

It’s got a really chilled out atmosphere, with lots of quirky shops lining the seafront.

It’s also home to Brighton Pier, which could rival Thorpe Park for its rides and is seaside entertainment at its finest and Brighton Pavilion which was inspired by Asian architecture.

To reach Brighton, take a train from London Victoria.

Downton Abbey Tour

For fans of the popular TV show – Downton Abbey Tours operate from London, visiting Highclere Castle in Newbury.

It’s a 9 hour tour leaving and arriving back in London – and is possibly one of the most British things you can do in the country!

Home to a UNESCO world heritage site in its centre, Canterbury is one of the most historically significant cities in the UK – and has been so since 1170.

The Canterbury Tales attraction is a must-do for anyone interested in literature and medieval history. The town itself is very pleasant for a stroll around; there is a cathedral, St Augustine’s Abbey and St Martin’s church that are all well worth exploring.

Famed for the prestigious university, Oxford is home to museums, a covered market and some historic pubs, some dating from the 13 th century.

Many visitors to Oxford go to explore the university campuses, some of which offer guided tours. Christ Church is the most famous, which was used in Harry Potter as the Hogwarts courtyard!

Beautiful Cambridge has a rival university and is also home to many university campuses that are worth exploring. Also in Cambridge are punting tours on the river, museums and restaurants and a Pink Floyd tour.

Just over two hours by coach, and under two hours by car, Bath is a little far but is a great day trip from London if you can hack the journey (if you want to stay overnight, there are some good and cheap hotels there as well!).

The city is known for its Roman Baths, which can be explored, its Thermae Spa (perfect for some pampering after exploring London!), its Georgian architecture and its wonderful Abbey.

One day in Bath is doable – although you will be cramming a lot in – but a visit to this city is well, well worth it.

Where to Stay in London

I’ve written a whole post on this, so check out my London hotels and hostels guide by clicking here . Alternatively, if you want my ‘best of the best’, read on.

Best Hostel in London: Wombats City Hostel, London

This jazzy hostel is a great place for travelers looking to rest their head in London. The dorms are creative and spacious, with lots of natural light and individual plug sockets.

The hostel has a huge bar, a courtyard and a hangout area that make socializing a breeze. They’ve also won Hostel World’s ‘Cleanest Hostel Worldwide’ award not once, but twice. Click here for rates and to book.

Best Cheap Hotel in London: 72QT, Notting Hill

This is one of the best bed and breakfasts in London . With a budget rate including a cooked breakfast, it’s a great place for travelers on a budget who prefer not to stay in hostels.

The rooms are decorated well in a modern style and feature free WiFi and a bar, open Fridays and Saturdays. The B&B borders Hyde Park and is close to an underground station to reach central London. Click here for rates and to book .

Best Hotel to Stay with Kids in London: Oliver Plaza Hotel

Oliver Plaza Hotel is located in Kensington, a great place to stay with kids in London, and offers double or triple rooms with included breakfast.

The hotel has been recently refurbished. Each room is kitted out with all the amenities you need for a comfortable stay. Click here for rates and to book .

Best Mid-Range Hotel in London: Z Hotel Victoria

Z Hotel has branches throughout London; I recommend the Victoria branch for value for money and to be close to the centre. The rooms are compact but cosy, with air conditioning, heating, WiFi and a TV with satellite channels.

Breakfast can be purchased for extra. Click here for rates and to book .

Best Luxury Hotel in London: The London EDITION

The London EDITION is a five-star hotel with lavish rooms. Each is decorated in a regal style and features amenities such as views of the city, a minibar and luxury bathroom.

On-site is a fitness centre, a restaurant serving delicious food and a cocktail bar. Click here for rates and to book. Click here for rates and to book .

What to pack for London

You don’t need anything too crazy to visit London, but here are a few ideas for things that may come in handy:

• An umbrella – we’re not joking about the rain!
• A rain poncho if you like to stay super dry
• Sturdy shoes for walking
• A good camera to capture all of the London highlights
• A high-quality backpack to keep all of your sightseeing essentials in
• A Lonely Planet Guide to London

Hey! I’m on YouTube too!

I’m currently travelling from Bali to London without taking a single flight! I’m documenting my journey on YouTube and would love it if you could follow me there! Here is a video detailing the journey a bit more:

Click here to go to my channel – I’d love it if you subscribed and joined the community!

Your Complete 4 Day London Itinerary

I hope that this 4 day London itinerary helps you to enjoy the best of the British capital! If you’re hanging around in the UK for some time, check out my other very British posts. If you enjoyed this article, please give it a share or follow me over on Facebook or Instagram !

28 thoughts on “ The Best London Itinerary: 4 Days in the British Capital ”

Very exhaustively explained 4 days London your. I am to visit London in 3rd week of May , can u help we with short guide with itinary? I will be staying in Wembley. Also guide in transportation as I will be my own to travel to London with my wife. We are 68 -and 66 year senior citizens from India.

Hi Vikram! My itinerary details all of the best things to do, if you haven’t booked accommodation yet I recommend going to my where to stay in London post https://clairesfootsteps.com/where-to-stay-in-london/ which will help! For transport, get an oyster card and use the tube – it’s much more efficient than the bus. If you can avoid travelling during rush hour (7:30-9:30 and 5-7) you’ll have a much more relaxed time. Let me know if you have any more questions!

Hello Claire, Good day, We are planning to tour London and Scotland for 10 days in August 2019 from New Delhi India. We are Sr CTZN of age 70 yrs and 68 yrs with limited capacity to walk around.Please tell me where to stay with a per night budget of GBP 150-200 . Also please suggest the itinerary. Thanks Kulbhushan Garg India

Hi Kulbhushan,

Thanks for your comment. I have a where to stay in London post here – https://clairesfootsteps.com/where-to-stay-in-london/ which should help – this itinerary post should help with things to do as well. I’ve never been to Scotland so can’t advise there!

Hey there. It’s a wonderful post and I loved the very details you have put in. I would be in London in a few weeks time, however, I am a bit confused between an oyster card or using a contactless card such as Monzo in tubes. What do you think which one is the best bet- Oyster or Monzo? I have come across few videos which says contactless is cheaper than Monzo but the more videos I see the more confused I get 🙁

Hey, Oyster card is the same cost as using a normal contactless card. I don’t know about Monzo so I’m not sure if it’s different but it shouldn’t be. But if you’re worried you can get an Oyster card – you need to pay a 5 pound deposit but that is refundable 🙂

Hello Claire, I came across your site and really liked it very much. My husband and I are planning to visit London ‘hopefully’ next year. It will be the first time we are travelling on our own. We are of 59 and 56 years of age and from Malta. Would like very much to keep in contact for future advise and planning. Thanks and regards Annette

Hi Annette, I’m glad you liked it! You’ll love London, it’s very easy to travel in. Let me know if you have any further questions 🙂

Hi Claire, Thanks for such informative itinerary,actually I am planning in 1st week of september to London and Scotland, so this 4days itinerary perfectly suits me.

Hi Claire, thanks so much for sharing your fabulous list! In a few weeks I’m heading back to London for the first time since living there for 18 months almost 30 years and am so looking forward to just being a tourist this time around. I shall print out your list and carry it around with me. Take care, Karen (Melbourne, Australia) xx

Hi Claire, Love your iternary posted. I’ll be visiting London with my daughter for 4D3N. Appreciate if you can kindly assist to narrow down the iternary accordingly. We’ll reach London at 10am and to leave for 7pm flight to Oslo on 4th day.

Hi Claire, great text you wrote! 🙂 We are from Bosnia and Herzegovina and we plann to visit London this year, with our 9 y.o. son. He is big Harry Potter fan, so we have to include one day HP tour (visit WB studio) 🙂 So, we would probably need to stay at least 5-6 days in total, in order to see everything we want… Do you think July would be too hot for walking? Second option is end November, but I would like to avoid rain. All the best

Hey! Thanks for your comment – I love Harry Potter too and the WB studio is awesome! British weather is never predictable, so while there’s a chance you might get temperatures in the high 20s in July (that’s hot for us!) it may also be 15 degrees! It’s rarely too hot for walking in London, so don’t worry about that too much :). To be honest it could rain either time! End of November will be cold but it will be nice and Christmassy which is really magical.

Hey !it was lovely reading ur very informative n detailed itenary n is excited to read more n know more about London before we reach in Dec with pur kids..so kindly tel me more about things to do with kids in Dec

Dearest Claire, My wife, aged 50 years and myself, aged 57 years, are visiting London in August 19.

We have a arrangement for our stay.

Kindly help us plan and fix our schedule to visit major tourist places in five days.

What will be the approximate cost for the same?

What will be the weather be like?

Is it compulsory to carry raincoat / umbrellas?

Hope, we are not inconveniencing you in any way.

Thanks in advance.

Hi Rajkumar,

You can use this 4 day itinerary, and add a day trip onto the end 🙂 Unfortunately our weather is very unpredictable, it might be warm and sunny like it has been recently or it could be cold and raining! I’d definitely prepare for any weather (it shouldn’t get under 10 degrees though) and definitely pack a raincoat or umbrella is it definitely could rain!

Hi Claire, Me and my sister will be arriving at London on December 25th and will be there till the end of this year. We are 25 and 18 year old. Will be staying near Swiss Cottage area. Considering most public transportation is closed on Christmas day, what are the sightseeing we can do on that day. Do Ubers operate frequently from Heathrow Airport on Christmas Day.

Great itinerary! This is a perfect itinerary for our family of 5 including 3 teenagers! We will be following it to the T! I was thinking of renting a car to take to the Cotswolds to see the Christmas markets. We are Americans so we drive on the right side of the road. Do you think it is too dangerous to attempt the drive on the left side since it is winter and we will not know the road conditions this December? My husband and I are good good drivers, but have never driven on the left side. We have 1 or 2 extra days. I will follow you and your Bali adventure on Instagram! Enjoy! Tonia

Thanks for your comment and I’m glad the itinerary was super helpful! The Cotswolds are beautiful and definitely worth visiting while you’re in the country. So generally the roads in the UK are very good, you might be going down a few country roads around the Cotswolds but most are gritted so risk of traffic incidents is low as long as there’s no snow (it only snows a couple of days a year here and not normally in December). Regarding driving on the left, it depends on what you’re comfortable with but I drove on the right recently on a trip to France and didn’t have too many problems with it – especially if there are two of you making sure you’re on the right side of the road, you should be alright! Let me know what you end up doing! 🙂

hi Claire, i plan my first trip to london with my sisters for six days, do you recommend getting The London Pass + travelcard plan on the oyster card for £184 per person for travel and the included discounted access to the attractions they offer?

Your itineraries sound great, but unless I am mistaken, the Pier in Brighton has yet to be rebuilt, or am I mistaken?

I think you migth be mistaken, in my lifetime Brighton pier has never needed to be rebuilt!

John Keates is actually buried in Rome at the protestant cemetery near Piramide.

oooh ok I’ll fact check, thanks!

We will be traveling to London in April and we will be following most of your itinerary …. This is a very good itinerary for our family of 3, including my 12-year old daughter… she may adding a bit more shopping and musicals … this is her Birthday trip. BTW… we will be in Bali in July… for my Birthday! My wife being from Indonesia we travel often there…. Best regards, Hervé from Switzerland

I did not read carefully your itinerary because I am looking at the Stonehenge but I found none. I have question. Can the Oyster Card be used as well on buses? When you say, “Tube” is it a train? Thank you.

Hello, the tube is our subway/ metro 🙂 And you can use your Oyster card on trains, buses, or the tube.

Hi, is there a printable version of the 4 day tour, I can study. Thanks

Comments are closed.

• New Zealand
• The Philippines
• The Netherlands
• United Kingdom
• Inspiration
• Overland Itineraries
• Packing Lists
• Travel Tips
• Working Abroad
• Accomodation Guides
• Overland Travel
• Preserving Cultures
• Protecting Animals
• Living Abroad

The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

This 4-day London itinerary is packed full of famous sights, fun experiences, delicious food and hidden gems.

London is my favourite city in the world. It’s my home and has been for over 15 years. It’s a place where there’s always somewhere new to explore, tonnes of amazing restaurants to eat at and experiences you never imagined existing. London is vibrant, exciting and constantly evolving.

Yes, I just really love London … OK?

Lots of people visiting London for the first time only have a day or two in the city. That’s enough time for a whistle-stop tour of the sights, but if you can afford a few extra days you’ll understand a bit more of what makes London so special.

If you’re planning your trip at the moment, this 4-day London itinerary is a great place to start. It can be stressful planning a good route in a city you don’t know. Now you don’t need to worry about a thing!

Across your 4 days in London you’ll get to see all of the famous sights including Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and the Tower of London, visit some of the city’s top museums, enjoy some retail therapy, stroll through some of the prettiest parks, explore some urban and edgy areas AND even take a day trip to the Harry Potter Studio Tour.

This 4 day itinerary is perfect for families, couples or groups of friends as there’s something for everyone! Ready to start planning your dream city break in London? Here we go!

Planning your trip to London? Here are a few quick highlights:

Day 1: See the sights of Central London

Whether this is your first trip to London or you’ve been several times before, it’s always exciting to see the city’s famous landmarks. I’d recommend kicking off your trip in style with a self-guided walking tour starting at Buckingham Palace. Time it right and you could even see the changing of the guard ceremony!

After a quick pose in front of the famous gates at Buckingham Palace, take a stroll through St James’s Park towards Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. The architecture is absolutely breath-taking and is guaranteed to have you reaching for your camera.

Continue your self-guided tour by crossing the River Thames over Westminster Bridge and enjoying views of the London Eye. Built as temporary structure for the millennium celebrations, it was so popular it has stayed ever since.

I used to work as a tour guide on the London Eye (back in my student days) and despite going around on that wheel 200+ times, I still always recommend it to tourists visiting London. One rotation and you’ll get your bearings, see the city landmarks and enjoy a fun tourist experience all at once.

If you’re tired of walking, I’d suggest you catch a boat along the Thames from the pier in front of the London Eye all the way down to Tower Bridge. The Uber Boats by Thames Clippers stop at 23 piers along the Thames. For this journey you’ll only be going a short distance, and you’re looking to hop on board the RB1 or RB2. You can use Oyster Cards or Contactless bank cards on board.

As you head downstream, look out for more of London’s famous landmarks. On the right you’ll see the Tate Modern art gallery, which is housed in a former power station. On the left you’ll spot the enormous dome of St Paul’s Cathedral (the final resting place of Lord Nelson, the Duke of Wellington and Sir Christopher Wren.)

You’ll also pass under London Bridge and spot the looming towers of the city, as well as seeing London’s tallest building, The Shard. Kids will adore travelling by boat – it’s a really fun way to see the city.

Once you’ve taken some photos in front of the fairytale-esque Tower Bridge, it’s time to explore the Tower of London. This UNESCO World Heritage Centre is one of the oldest buildings in London and has a fascinating past. In fact, the White Tower dates back to 1078!

Over the years it’s been a royal palace, a prison and a treasury. These days it’s where you’ll find the dazzling crown jewels. I didn’t visit until I was in my 20s, but it was an amazing experience to get up close to so much British history.

I’d definitely recommend booking tickets to the Tower of London in advance , as it can get pretty busy.

You’ve packed a lot into day 1 of this 4-Day London itinerary. It’s time to enjoy some food and rest before a busy day tomorrow!

Day 2: Museums, parks and shops of West London

After a busy day of sightseeing yesterday, today we’re kicking off with some of London’s most popular museums.

South Kensington is home to three of London’s largest and most interesting museums. Not only are they located moments from each other, they’re also free to enter. Yes, totally free! Check the websites before visiting as it can be necessary to book a ticket with a time slot.

The Natural History Museum is dedicated to creatures great and small, and hosts fascinating exhibitions throughout the year. It’s home to around 80 million plant, animal, fossil, rock and mineral specimens, and is somewhere you can see stuffed dodos, whale skeletons and even learn about dinosaurs. The building is beautiful too – a true London architectural wonder.

Meanwhile, head a few paces along and you’ll be in the Science Museum . This world-class museum has seven floors packed full of interesting exhibits. It charts everything from transport to computers and biology to physics. Kids will adore the WonderLab, an area filled with interactive exhibits which genuinely make learning fun!

Or for those interested in art and fashion, the Victoria and Albert Museum is home to one of the greatest collections of decorative art, design, fashion and textiles in the world. You could spend an entire day at the museums here, but I’d recommend picking one for the morning of day three.

After spending the morning in the museums, it’s time for some fresh air. It’s lucky that a few minutes away on foot is London’s most famous park, Hyde Park. This 350-acre park is home to over 4,000 trees, a large lake, a meadow and pretty flower gardens. It’s a lovely place for a walk or a cycle. You could rent a boat on The Serpentine or even take a dip in the lido!

If you head north through Hyde Park, then west through Kensington Gardens, you’ll eventually emerge close to Notting Hill Gate, another vibrant part of London.

Spend the afternoon wandering the pretty streets and enjoying the pastel-coloured houses and old-style charm. Some of my favourite streets include Lancaster Road, St Luke’s Mews, Colville Terrace and Elgin Crescent. I just love how colourful this part of London is. You’ll definitely want to take some holiday snaps!

One of the big draws in Notting Hill is Portobello Road Market. This legendary London street is synonymous with vintage and antique shopping. The best day to visit is Saturday, as that’s when you’ll find most of the stalls on the street.

There are also plenty of pubs, cafes and street food options around the market area, so you can refuel between purchases!

That’s quite a lot to pack into day 2, so it’s time for another good night’s sleep before you find out what’s in store for day 3.

Day 3: Cool days exploring Camden and East London

It’s hard to cram the best of London into just 4 days, but I’m giving it a go with this fun and varied itinerary. After ticking off London’s most famous sights on day 1 and exploring the city’s cultural and colourful side on day 2, it’s now time for something completely different.

Day 3 kicks off with a wander up to one of my favourite London viewpoints, Primrose Hill. Close to Regent’s Park, this hill boasts a gorgeous view of the city skyline. On sunny days, it’s one of the most popular picnic spots in the entire city. You might even struggle for a spot!

After taking in the London skyline, it’s time to visit another of the city’s most famous markets. Camden Market is home to over 1000 shops and food outlets, and has a vibrant independent spirit.

After wandering through the shops in the Stables Market area, grab a bite to eat from one of the stalls out in the courtyard by the lock. From Greek souvlaki and Caribbean jerk chicken, to metre long sausages, authentic Portuguese nata tarts and liquid nitrogen ice cream, this delicious food market has something for everyone!

Be sure to soak up the quirky Camden vibes before you venture to the next spot. I’m talking street art, goths, music and more! It’s a vibrant spot and somewhere that feels very ‘London’… if you ignore the hordes of foreign tourists of course! Although, what could be more ‘London’ than tourists?!

One of my favourite walking routes in London is along the Grand Union Canal, which stretches towards the north of the centre of the city. The walk from Camden Lock to King’s Cross takes around 30-minutes.

King’s Cross is another area I love. It’s recently been regenerated and it’s fair to say it’s changed a lot – 100% for the better!

One of the newest additions is Coal Drop’s Yard – a multi-purpose shopping and eating district. It’s upmarket and cool, with lots of places you’ll be dying to visit. Feast on tacos at Casa Pastor, enjoy tasty Spanish flavours at Barrafina or enjoy cocktails out on the terrace at Parrillan. When the sun is shining, this is a great place to go.

After embracing this new hotspot, enjoy a stroll through Granary Square where, if you’re still hungry, I’d recommend eating at Caravan . With a menu of interesting small and large plates, and a buzzy ambience, it’s one of my favourite restaurants in London.

Still got some energy? Now it’s time to hop on a train east from St Pancras International over to Stratford for a stroll through the Olympic Park. There you’ll be able to see the huge stadium used in the 2012 Olympic Games as well as exploring the gardens and park areas that have become the legacy of the epic year in London’s history!

Walking through the Olympic Park is also the perfect way to reach Hackney, one of London’s coolest and most urban areas. Walk along the canal path and you’ll see huge murals by some the world’s top street artists. There are endless cool bars, pop ups, foodie spots and hidden gems in this part of London. I spot new things every time I go there – it’s constantly changing!

If you’re looking for cocktails or beers, Barge East (located on a barge, but with a large garden area too) and Number 90 are two favourites of mine. The authentic Italian pizza at Natura is also incredible!

This area is great for nightlife, especially on Fridays and Saturdays. If you’ve still got the energy to party, you’ll love Hackney!

Day 4: Harry Potter Studio Tour or who knows?

So, you’ve made it to day 4 and you’re wondering what else there is to see in London? Well, absolutely loads to be honest! The last three days have given a flavour of the city, but wow is there a lot more to see!

If you’re a fan of Harry Potter, you’ll definitely want to squeeze in a day trip to Warner Bros Studio Tour London: The Making of Harry Potter. There you can explore the real-life sets, check out props and costumes from the movies and learn about the magical film series.

If you’re planning to visit, it’s worth bearing in mind that this isn’t really IN London! It’s just outside so you’ll need to book transport as well as entry tickets. You can catch a train to Watford Junction, then hop on board the magical shuttle bus. Or, book an all-inclusive ticket which includes transport to and from the studios.

If you’d rather spend your final day in London exploring more of the city, I’ve got lots more suggestions. You could visit Westminster Abbey, the world-famous British Museum or the National Portrait Gallery. This itinerary hasn’t included Soho, Chinatown, Covent Garden, Leicester Square or Piccadilly Circus either. These spots are all pretty close together so could be explored in half a day.

If you enjoyed exploring Camden and Portobello Markets, how about seeing a few more? Borough Market is one of the foodie hubs in the city, with tasty treats from across the globe.

Alternatively, there’s a mix of vintage clothing, handmade items and food on offer at Old Spitalfields Market near Liverpool Street. This is also close to Brick Lane, also known as curry mile! I challenge you to stroll down this street and NOT stop for some Indian cuisine.

If you feel like you’ve ticked off the key sights and fancy something a little bit different, I’d recommend taking a look at my huge guide to quirky and unusual things to do in London . From awe-inspiring afternoon teas and escape room experiences , to water sports and helicopter tours , you’re guaranteed to find something you’d love to try on your final day in the city. Plus, I’ve created this London post which is full of helpful advice and tips for planning a trip to the city.

How to get around London

If you’re spending 4 days in London, the easiest way to get around is using public transport. This is a congested city, so travelling by tube will save you a lot of time.

If you’re a visitor to the UK, purchase an Oyster Card when you arrive. This is a card that can be topped up with money to cover each journey you go on. You tap the card on the entrance and exit gates at tube stations, or just once when you board a bus or a boat.

If you have a Contactless bank card, this is the easiest way to pay. Tap your card or mobile on the receiver and the barriers will open.

One other tip for visitors to London – I’d recommend downloading the App Citymapper . It’s brilliant for navigating on public transport and is always up to date with timings. I use it every single time I go out in London!

The other simple way to travel is by Uber. No matter where you go in London, you’ll never be far from an Uber. These taxis are great for getting directly from A to B.

You might also find it useful to order a London Pass. Now digital, the London Pass gives you access to over 80 attractions in the city. It’s only economic if you plan to visit a lot of attractions (which isn’t something I’ve focused on in this itinerary).

Recap of 4-day London itinerary

Day 1: Sightseeing in Central London

• Buckingham Palace
• St James’s Park
• Houses of Parliament
• River Thames Boat Trip
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Natural History Museum
• Science Museum
• Notting Hill
• Portobello Road
• Camden Market
• Primrose Hill
• Walk along the canal to King’s Cross
• Coal Drop’s Yard
• Granary Square
• Olympic Park, Stratford
• Hackney Wick

Day 4: Harry Potter Studio Tour OR Quirky things to do in London

I hope you have an amazing time in London and this guide helps you plan your trip. Let me know if you have any questions.

Enjoyed this London 4 day itinerary? Pin it for later…

Chloe Gunning

With a passion for food, fun and adventure, Chloe is the content creator behind one of the UK's top travel blogs Wanderlust Chloe. From volcano boarding in Nicaragua, to sailing around Sicily and eating her way around Japan, her travels have taken her to some of the coolest spots on the planet. Named Travel Influencer of the Year in 2022, Chloe regularly works with a number of tourism boards, producing inspirational travel content across multiple platforms. Find out more about Chloe here.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Home » Travel » Destinations » 4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local’s Guide (2024)

4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local’s Guide (2024)

I created this 4 day London itinerary to celebrate my one year anniversary of moving to The Big Smoke. Since then, I’ve spent countless hours exploring the city on my own and playing travel guide for visiting family. And now, I’m sharing my updated guide for spending 4 days in London–along with some insider tips!

From culture to architecture, London beautifully mixes old and new. You can have a traditional afternoon tea in a skyscraper with panoramic views. There are quiet, overgrown ruins surrounded by bustling office buildings.

Even the Changing of the Guard still happens with all the pomp and circumstance of Queen Victoria’s time.

Though you can’t see everything in London in 4 days, this efficient itinerary covers as much ground as possible. It includes the typical touristy stuff along with a few hidden gems to make your visit extra special.

Most of the days are designed as walking tours, so bring your comfiest shoes!

Heads up: this itinerary is detailed and long! Save it now so that you can refer back to it on your trip.

RELATED: A Beautiful Road Trip Itinerary from London to Edinburgh

This post contains affiliate links. For more information, click here .

Table of Contents

4 Days in London: Know Before You Go

Where to stay in london, the best time to do this 4 day london itinerary, is 4 days in london enough.

• Day 1: Belgravia, Mayfair, Westminster, & Embankment
• Day 2: City of London & Southwark
• Day 3: Notting Hill, Kensington, & Regent’s Park
• Day 4: Hampstead, St Pancras, Bloomsbury, & Covent Garden

Other Ideas for Your 4 Day London Itinerary

Budget-friendly things to do in london, 4 day london itinerary map, where to go next.

FYI, I have an entire guide on London travel tips that covers everything from transport to pub etiquette. But you can find the cliff notes version below.

Estimated Budget for London in 4 Days (excluding transport and accommodation): £300 / $365

England uses the British Pound Sterling (GBP, £), a.k.a. “pounds” or “quid”. Aside from a few sidewalk food carts, I’ve never encountered a place in London that’s cash only. In fact, a growing number of places are becoming cashless.

However, it’s always good to have pounds on hand for leaving tips (just a couple quid will do), as service is not always included in bills. Paper bills don’t start until £5, so it’s best to bring a coin purse for carrying change.

London is a notoriously expensive city, not unlike Paris or NYC. Though there are ways to save money in London (more on that later), expect to pay a premium for hotels, restaurants, and alcohol.

The nice thing about buying stuff in London is that tax is already included. What you see on the tag/menu is what you’ll pay.

Despite the complaints you’ll hear from Londoners, the Underground (a.k.a. “the tube”) is usually a very efficient way to get across the city. Between buses, overground trains, and the tube, you’ll be using public transit a fair amount during this 4 day London itinerary.

While it used to be essential to buy an Oystercard when you first arrived in London, there’s a good chance you can pay for public transit using your own contactless-enabled banking card.

That being said, there’s nothing more awkward (or irritating) than trying to pass through the train/tube gates or boarding the bus with a card that doesn’t work.

For this reason, I suggest getting an Oystercard when you arrive and loading a small amount onto it. That way, you have a fallback plan in case your country’s bank card doesn’t play nice with the Transport for London payment network.

These contactless cards make riding transit a breeze. Simply add money to the card, and tap it on the round yellow readers to pay for your journey. You tap in and out at gates for trains and the tube, but only tap in for buses.

Every London airport, train station, and tube station has an Oyster machine where you can buy a card. The airports have them outside the escalators/elevators to access the underground. Some machines are cash-only, but most accept debit and credit card payments.

When on the tube, please respect the handicap seats nearest the doors. It’s okay to sit here, but if someone who’s handicapped, elderly, or pregnant enters the car, you need to offer up your seat.

A Note About Rush Hour:  From 7-9am and 4-6:30pm, most tube lines are packed with commuters. Riding the tube during rush hour is unpleasant, particular if you’re claustrophobic or new to public transit. Expect there to be standing room only. If you’re hauling a large bag or suitcase, avoid riding the tube during these times.

Also, you should absolutely download the Citymapper app before setting off on your 4 days in London itinerary. It’s great for finding the best public transit routes from point A to B. And it’s updated in real time, so you won’t get caught off guard by delays or closures.

There isn’t one perfect answer to the question of where to stay in London. This itinerary covers a large portion of the city, so the most important thing is to consider your budget.

The city is well-connected by tube, so you don’t need to splurge on a hotel near Buckingham Palace. But you do want to be within a 5-7 minute walk of a decent tube station. Here are a few areas I recommend:

• Notting Hill : If you’re looking for a quiet place to stay, grab a hotel or serviced flat in this neighborhood famous for its colorful homes.
• Paddington : There are tons of hotel options near Paddington Station that will fit any budget.
• South Kensington : This posh area has excellent shops and restaurants, and is on the tube lines for Heathrow Airport and central London.
• Southwark : Located across the river from the Tower of London, Southwark has quality accommodation for reasonable prices.
• Wombat’s City Hostel : This highly-review hostel chain has a great Whitechapel location and fills up fast.

Additionally, there are tons of lovely VRBO apartment options across the capital . They’re the perfect way to get that authentic London life experience (and save some money on dining out)!

From summer blooms to Christmas lights, London is a gorgeous city no matter the season. Here’s a quick summary to help you choose the best time of year to visit London:

• December – February: Christmas cheer and mulled wine in December makes London a popular winter city break in Europe . Temperatures stay around 9°C/48°F. January is dreary, but perfect for those looking to avoid crowds. And February sees London’s shops decked out in elaborate floral displays for Valentine’s Day.
• March – May: Spring is definitely the best time to visit London weather wise, with temperatures around 16°C/60°F. Flowering trees decorate the sidewalks and parks, and the crowds aren’t too bad (aside from the first and last Mondays in May, which are bank holidays).
• June – August: Summer is the worst time to visit London. The weather may be warm (around 23°C/75°F), but the city is packed with tourists. August is especially crowded, being the most popular time for Europeans to take holidays.
• September – November: Visiting London in autumn is an excellent idea. Crowds thin out starting in late September, and autumn leaves arrive in October. Temperatures range from 20°C/68°F to 12°C/53°F, perfect for long walks around the city.

A Note on London’s Weather: London has a reputation for being cold and rainy. But in reality, temperatures are quite pleasant most of the year. And though the rain can be unpredictable, it’s not enough to need rain boots. Opt for a light rain jacket instead of an umbrella, which is very hard to hold when walking down crowded London streets.

If you’re wondering how many days to spend in London, the answer is: as many as possible! I’ve lived here a year and have barely scratched the surface–this city is packed with UK bucket list experiences .

4 days in London is not enough to experience everything the city has to offer. However, you can cover most of the major sights and still get off the beaten path.

This London itinerary is packed full of excursions, but is highly efficient. So, you’ll have time to explore each place without feeling too rushed.

My Favorite London Travel Planning Books

These books win my travel blogger Seal of Approval for vacation planning:

• The Rough Guide to London
• Rick Steves Pocket London
• Fodor’s Essential Great Britain: with the Best of England, Scotland & Wales

Save me for later!

4 Day London Itinerary

Day 1: belgravia, mayfair, westminster, & embankment.

After a long and likely crowded journey into the city, you won’t want to dive right into crowded tourist spots. Instead, you’ll start your 4 day London itinerary in beautiful Belgravia.

Located just west of Victoria Station, Belgravia is one of the prettiest neighborhoods in London. It’s also one of the places to find the best gifts from London .

If you follow me on Instagram , you’ll recognize the area’s quintissential London row homes and stunning floral displays.

The best way to get here is via Victoria Station . After arriving by train or tube, use the western exit towards Grosvenor Gardens.

There are no real sightseeing spots here, but there are several places you won’t want to miss on your Belgravia walking tour:

• Peggy Porschen’s pink, flowery facade   is probably the most Instagrammed spot in London. If you were hoping to try their famous treats, expect a long line.
• Moyses Stevens Flowers is beautifully decorated inside and out. Every few months, they update their door display with eye-popping flowers.
• Halkin Mews looks lovely year round, but spring and summer blooms make this street pop. Please be quiet and respectful of the residents when you visit.
• Orange Square  is the heart of the neighborhood, with weekly markets and locally owned shops.
• Wilton Crescent is a curving row of stately homes that’s very similar to the Royal Crescent in Bath.

Once you’ve finished exploring Belgravia, walk north to Hyde Park.

Hyde Park is a massive green space in the heart of London. Here, you’ll find families having picnics, horses trotting along the trails, and pedal boats drifting along the Serpentine.

Don’t try to see the entire park, because you won’t have enough time. Instead, stick to the eastern half, which includes the unique Princess Diana Memorial Fountain .

If you’re visiting London in winter, Hyde Park will be a very different place. December sees the place transformed into Winter Wonderland, complete with an ice rink and carnival rides.

After your stroll, head east through the Wellington Arch towards Buckingham Palace.

Buckingham Palace

After a laid back taste of London life, it’s time to visit the most tourist-heavy place in the city.

For most of the year, Buckingham Palace is closed to the public. So, this stop on the London itinerary is mostly just to see the outside and snap a few photos.

However, from late July through September, Buckingham Palace opens its doors. Tickets must be booked in advance for a designated time slot. Prices start at £30 for the general tour, and £56 for the more extensive “Royal Day Out”.

You can book your tickets online and have them delivered to you. Or, you can print your ticket voucher and exchange them onsite. However, using the voucher method means waiting in a (sometimes) long queue, which steals valuable time out of your 4 days in London.

If you do decide to tour Buckingham Palace, you’ll need at least 90 minutes. Consider skipping one of the parks on today’s itinerary to make up on time.

Changing of the Guard: If you want to catch the ceremony, you’ll need to tweak this itinerary. Due to the timing, you’ll want to visit Buckingham Palace before Hyde Park. Get to the golden Victoria Memorial by 10:30am for the best view of the parade and the changing of the old guard to the new. Then, climb the monument steps so you can see over the crowds.

St. James’s Park

Just opposite of Buckingham Palace is the regal St. James’s Park. Follow east along the lake path, where hundreds of ducks, geese, and swans hang out in the flowers and foliage.

Don’t miss the ultra-charming Duck Island Cottage and view towards 10 Downing Street (the Prime Minister’s residence) before exiting toward the Horse Guards Parade. Most tourists miss this lovely piece of architecture, which houses the Royal Horse Guard.

Walk though the open parade grounds and towards Whitehall Street, and turn left to reach Trafalgar Square.

Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

No matter the time of day, Trafalgar Square pulses with energy. You’ll find people resting on the steps of the National Gallery , meeting friends by the fountains, and passing through to reach Charing Cross station.

Don’t sleep on the National Gallery–it’s home to jaw-dropping paintings and organized by period, so you can quickly navigate to the Dutch masters, Impressionists, or any other style that speaks to your sensibilities.

Enjoy the monuments on your way out before heading south to Westminster Abbey.

Westminster Abbey & Big Ben

Whether you’re an architecture lover, history buff, or literature fan, Westminster Abbey is a must see. This Gothic masterpiece has been hosting England’s coronations and royal weddings for nearly 1,000 years.

And it’s also the final resting place of the country’s most famous figures, including Elizabeth I, Sir Isaac Newton, and Charles Dickens.

Because of long queue times, I highly suggest buying advance tickets online .

However, if you’re starting this London itinerary on a Wednesday, you can score a “Wednesday Lates” admission for £13 from 4:30-7pm in person (last entry is at 6pm).

Just next to the abbey sit the Houses of Parliament, known officially as the Palace of Westminster. This ornate building is the oldest royal palace in London, and it’s clock tower (now named Elizabeth Tower) houses the much-beloved and world-famous Big Ben clock.

While it’s possible to tour the Houses of Parliament on certain days, there’s not much time to squeeze it into this 4 day London itinerary. Instead, we’ll admire the buildings from the outside and possibly experience the chiming of the bells.

Embankment & The London Eye

Wrap up your first of four days in London with an evening stroll along the Thames and a birds-eye view of the city.

From the north side of Embankment, you’ll have great views of the London Eye and other parts of the London skyline. You can walk as far as you’d like, as there are numerous tube and train stations along the way.

Depending on the time, you could also pop over to the outdoor Southbank Centre Book Market to pick up some books set in London .

Crossing over the Thames via the Golden Jubilee footbridge will bring you to the iconic London Eye. I used to think a ride on the Eye was a touristy gimmick, but after experiencing it myself, I now believe it’s a fun experience and a cool way to see the city’s famous landmarks.

I strongly recommend booking your London Eye tickets in advance , as this gives you an exact timeslot that you can change online for free (once). The queues for same-day tickets are always long, so you’ll waste precious time if you don’t buy them online.

And when you get hungry for dinner, there are great pubs and restaurants near Waterloo Station. I highly recommend OK AN if you like Japanese food.

Day 2: City of London & Southwark

Leadenhall market.

Harry Potter fans will recognize Leadenhall Market as a filming location for Diagon Alley.

Walking through this covered Victorian market is like stepping through time. One look around, and you’ll realize that coming here is one of the best non touristy things to do in London .

Though the architecture is old, Leadenhall Market’s shops are a mix of modern and historic. Most places don’t open until after 10am, but a morning visit makes photographing the area much easier.

Exit the market east towards Fenchurch Ave, and look on your right for the sleek modern entrance to The Garden at 120.

The Garden at 120

First opened in February 2019, the Garden at 120 is London’s newest public rooftop with a view. Unlike the Sky Garden, you don’t need a reservation for these amazing and free panoramic views of London.

Visiting hours start at 10am, and you’ll need to pass through security before heading up the elevator.

Currently, there’s nothing on the roof but benches and plants, but there are future plans to open a bar and restaurant. However, it’s still an essential stop on your 4 days in London itinerary thanks to the unique views of the city’s famous landmarks.

From here, head back down the elevator and walk south to reach the Tower of London.

Tower of London and Tower Bridge

I’ll be honest: the Tower of London is one step removed from a tourist trap. Even the yeoman warders aren’t afraid to admit it. And yet, despite the cost and the crowds and the guided tours (which I usually hate), the Tower of London is pretty fantastic.

While you can explore the place yourself, I think the free Yeoman Warder tours are excellent.

These folks are more than tour guides: they actively served in the British military before being awarded a post at the Tower. And if you’re lucky enough to get Billy, you’ll get a dose of history mixed with plenty of sarcastic English humor.

If you buy tickets in advance online , you can skip the long line and head straight for the ticket exchange counter. The queue for buying tickets at the gate can get extremely long!

After touring the Tower, head south and cross the Thames via the epic Tower Bridge. Once across, there’s a waterside pedestrian path that leads west towards the Globe Theatre.

Shakespeare’s Globe

It would be crazy to visit London without at least walking past Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. Though the original burned down a long time ago, this authentic replica is a must see.

If you do opt for a tour, it’s best to book ahead online . It takes about 30 minutes for the guided tour, and another 45 minutes to see the exhibition.

Borough Market

Foodies will rejoice at Borough Market, where local vendors sell everything from artisanal truffles to exotic spices. There are restaurants all along the outside, with food stalls mixed throughout the space. I highly recommend the paella and the pie stand.

Many places are cash only, so bring plenty of quid if you want to eat and shop. The market is open every day except Sundays, though some stalls are closed Mondays and Tuesdays.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s is my favorite place in all of London. It miraculously survived the WWII bombings, and stands as a symbol of hope and resilience.

The building is gorgeous inside and out, with ceiling frescoes, golden accents, and ornate doors. It’s also the final resting place of Lord Nelson, the Duke of Wellington, and Sir Christopher Wren, the famous London architect.

One thing not many tourists realize is that you can actually climb the dome for stunning views over London. It’s over 500 steps to the top, but there are a few stopping points along the way, including a Whispering Gallery.

St. Paul’s last entry time is 4pm, so don’t wait too late for your visit.

You can buy advanced tickets online and save £3 off the £20 door price. Online tickets also give you fast track entry, and you can enter any time during the day.

Also, photography inside the building is forbidden.

One New Change

One New Change is the perfect example of London’s blend of old and new.

Sitting just across from St. Paul’s, the building’s glass walls beautifully reflect the cathedral. And for more lovely city views, head up the elevator to the public rooftop. It’s an incredible place to watch the sunset–free of charge!

One New Change and the surrounding area is packed with shops and restaurants, so you won’t have any trouble finding dinner here. If you’re keen to splurge, I suggest Enoteca da Luca–they have two locations nearby.

Day 3: Notting Hill, Kensington, & Regent’s Park

Notting hill.

Thanks to the eponymous film and Instagram, exploring Notting Hill is one of the most popular things to do in London for first timers.

Most people come here for the brightly colored row homes and famous Portobello Road market. But there’s more to see if you know where to look.

Starting from Ladbroke Grove tube station, here are some highlights and hidden gems to see on your walking tour of Notting Hill:

• St. Luke’s Mews might be the prettiest residences in all of London, with pastel painted homes and cobblestone pavers.
• Lancaster Road is home to the iconic row of bold, colorful houses you often see in photos of Notting Hill.
• Ladbroke Walk is one vibrant strip of cute homes that hasn’t been overrun by Instagrammers (yet).
• Portobello Road Market is the world’s largest antique market, with stalls and brick-and-mortar shops lining both sides of the road. On Fridays and Saturdays, international food stalls sell everything from Peruvian sandwiches to Jamaican jerk chicken.
• The Prince Edward pub caters to locals and tourists alike, with tasty food and fun bookshelf print wallpaper.
• The Churchill Arms knows how to show off: this pub’s facade is always decked out in florals, and boasts dozens of tiny Christmas trees in December.

Photography in Notting Hill: When taking photos of Notting Hill’s colorful streets, please be respectful. At no point should you trespass on someone’s property (i.e. go on their porch, sit on the steps, etc.).

Once you’ve finished exploring the area, head to Notting Hill Gate station and take the Circle line to South Kensington station.

Exhibition Road

Perhaps the greatest thing about London is the collection of amazing, free admission museums. And the three best ones are all right next to one another!

• The Natural History Musuem –a.k.a. “the cathedral to nature”–has everything from animatronic dinosaurs to massive diamonds.
• The Science Museum is very hands-on, with exhibits ranging from the human body to space flight.
• The Victoria & Albert Museum showcases global international design, including jewelry, furniture, and even appliances.

Once you’ve had your fill of culture, head back to South Kensington station. Take the Picadilly Line towards Cockfosters. Then, change for the northbound Bakerloo Line at Picadilly Circus Station. You’ll get off at Regent’s Park Station.

Regent’s Park

After the long day, you’ll be ready to relax in Regent’s Park. This regal spot is lovely year round, but really shines in summer when Queen Mary’s rose garden is in full bloom.

If somehow you’re not utterly exhausted, you can walk up to Primrose Hill for stunning views of the London skyline.

Day 4: Hampstead, St Pancras, Bloomsbury, & Covent Garden

Hampstead village.

Before your four days in London are up, you should get a taste of village life. Hampstead is so charming, you’ll wonder if you’re still in the city.

Much like Belgravia, there’s no specific sightseeing to be done here. Instead, take a leisurely stroll through the alleys and up the high street.

Here are a few must see places for your Hampstead walking tour:

• Visit  Kape Barako for coffee served from a converted red telephone booth.
• Head down photo-worthy  Perrin’s Lane and Flask Walk for picturesque storefronts and cafes.
• Take in the garden views and Edwardian charm of  Burgh House , which also serves as the Hampstead museum.

When you’ve had your fill of village charm, walk north along the stately Downshire Hill to reach Hampstead Heath.

Hampsted Heath

Hampstead Heath is one of London’s biggest green spaces. Walking trails wind through forests and fields, and residents use the public bathing ponds year-round.

Dracula fans may recognize Hampstead Heath as one of the places where Lucy did her “hunting”. It’s a must visit if you’re traveling to London in the fall–even if you care more for foilage than vampires.

Don’t miss the Parliament Hill viewpoint for sweeping views over London.

After your walk, check Google Maps/Citymapper for the optimal route to the British Library. Depending on where you come out of Hampstead Heath, a bus might be the best option.

British Library

If you love literature, you will be elated to see the British Library’s Treasure Room. It’s home to a Gutenberg Bible, an original Shakespeare folio, and personal diaries of celebrated authors like Jane Austen.

There are also ancient copies of the Quran, Japanese scrolls, and handwritten notes from famous composers.

Once you’ve finished, cross the street and head south along Cartwright Gardens. Turn right on Bernard Street and follow it along Russel Square to reach the British Museum.

British Museum

Exploring the British Museum’s first floor is like being in a rich old man’s library. The original exhibition space is packed floor to ceiling with artifacts, sculptures, preserved creatures… It’s truly a marvel to behold.

This place is utterly massive, with exhibits organized by continent. You cannot hope to see it all in one afternoon, so don’t bother trying. Admission is free, so just visit the regions you find most interesting.

When you’re done exploring, head south along Museum Street until you enter the neighborhood of Covent Garden.

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a vibrant area packed to the brim with stores and restaurants. Frankly, you could spend all day here and still not see everything.

Even if you’re not a big spender, there’s plenty to see and do. Here are some of the area’s highlights:

• Check out the 7 radiating streets of  Seven Dials, which looks extra festive at Christmas.
• Neal’s Yard is an ultra-colorful courtyard of hip shops and restaurants.
• Covent Garden’s covered market is beautiful all year, but it becomes the most stunning place in London in December (see above photo)
• Architecture fans will enjoy  The Royal Opera House’s menagerie-looking glass entrance.
• Rules is one of London’s swankiest and oldest restaurants, complete with candlelit tables and pricey British fare.
• Grab a drink at the  Lamb & Flag, an 18th century pub frequented by Charles Dickens.

If you couldn’t tell from the pictures, Covent Garden really comes alive during the holiday season. From early November through December, you’ll find the shops, restaurants, and market area decked out in Christmas finery.

Although this itinerary covers loads of London’s highlights and hidden gems, there may be a few spots that aren’t to your taste. No worries!

Here are some other excellent ways to spend your 4 days in London:

Department Stores

Even if you aren’t flush with cash, (window) shopping at London’s posh department stores is still a fun experience.

Most people know about Harrod’s with its marble floors and ultra-rich clientiele. Selfridges is another snazzy spot (though a bit less touristy than the former).

But I’ve recently fallen in love with Mayfair’s Liberty London. The building itself is gorgeous, with a half-timbered facade and an airy, wooden interior built around a central atrium. While most of their wares are on the pricey side, it’s an absolute wonderland if you’re into interior design and homewares.

Kew Gardens

Fans of gardening, flowers, or nature in general will have a blast a Kew Gardens.

At more than 300 acres, it has everything from multi-story glass greenhouses to an 18th century cottage plucked straight from a fairytale. Every season has something special on offer, from the spring bluebell fields to the brilliant autumn foliage at the Japanese garden.

Hampton Court Palace

If you’re into palaces, British History, or Bridgerton , a visit to Hampton Court is a must. Built in the 1500s, it served as home to Henry VIII and his many ill-fated wives and was continually expanded by future royals to become the grand location we see today.

Its Great Hall, Chapel, and Fountain Court are the major highlights, along with the manicured grounds complete with water features and conical trees.

I always book my tickets in advance to save time at entry, as Hampton Court is very popular with tourists and school groups alike.

London Cable Car

The London Eye isn’t the only place to get a moving birds-eye view of the city. You can criss-cross the Thames for cheap via the London Cable Car gondola, which is now sponsored by IFS Cloud.

The line connects the Royal Docks to Greenwich Peninsula, and you can hop on with a tap of your Oyster or contactless card. While it is a bit out of the way from the rest of this itinerary’s activities, it’s much faster to reach thanks to the new Elizabeth Line (or you can take the Thames Clipper from central London).

Plays and Performances

London is positively brimming with opportunities to catch performances of all sorts. Whether you’re after a play at Victoria Palace, a symphony at the Royal Albert Hall, or a rock concert at a small basement venue in Islington, you’re spoilt for choice any day of the week.

Summertime visitors who like classical music should absolutely look into The Proms, which is a century-old tradition of performances running from mid-July to early September. It’s a great time to catch a world-class performance of beloved works.

Afternoon Tea & Sunday Roast

If London is your only stop in the UK, make an effort to try one of the country’s two classic meals: afternoon tea or Sunday roast.

Afternoon tea is traditionally comprised of finger sandwiches (and perhaps a few other savory items), a few bite-sized sweet pastries, scones with jam and clotted cream, and your choice of tea.

Some venues have add-ons like champagne or a larger savory dish, while other places have full-on themed menus like the Charlie & The Chocolate Factory tea at One Aldwych (this was a hit with our young nephews).

There are loads of places to get afternoon tea in London, but if you want a quality experience without a hefty pricetag, I recommend booking tea at a nice hotel. My favorite so far has been the Haymarket Hotel , which is about 40% cheaper per person than the famous spots like Fortnum & Mason or The Savoy.

If your four days in London coincide with a Sunday, try booking in at a local pub for Sunday roast. A heaping pile of roasted veggies and meats (or vegan-friendly bakes) served alongside crisp Yorkshire pudding and gravy… What more can you ask for?

If you’re traveling to London on a budget, you’re in luck! There are plenty of fun free things to do in London that you can substitute for this itinerary’s paid activities. Here are some suggestions for how to save money in London as a tourist:

• Take advantage of more amazing free museums. Some of my favorites include the National Gallery , Tate Britain , and National Maritime Museum .
• Know where to get delicious budget-friendly restaurants in London , from Pret A Manger sandwiches to Indian curry.
• Find free events and festivals to attend around the city.
• Check out the unique skyline and street art of Shoreditch, one of London’s trendiest neighborhoods.
• Explore the stunning grounds of Richmond Park, where wild deer roam free.
• Skip the high street boutiques and do your shopping at London’s thrift markets, from vintage find at Portobello Road to bohemian Brick Lane.

Click here to access the full interactive map!

• Check out this list of 21 day trips from London by train for tons of easy excursions from the city!
• Stonehenge: This ancient wonder of the world is just outside of London, and you can use my guide to see Stonehenge for free !
• Cotswolds: Home to England’s most picturesque villages, it’s easy to take a day trip to the Cotswolds from London.
• Lake District: Swap the bustling city for stunning natural landscapes, from a scenic hike in Latrigg to a romantic break in Buttermere .
• Edinburgh: Take a 90 minute flight or overnight train from London to Edinburgh, where you can spend 2 days exploring castles and cobblestone streets.

19 thoughts on “4 Days in London: Itinerary + Local’s Guide (2024)”

One place our friends, family and other visitors love is Camden Market. That can easily become a full day trip!

After moving to the UK in 2004, we live about an hour and a half from London by car & train, and visit often (one daughter lived there for 7 years), but we still have only scratched the surface of London.

Thanks for the recommendation, Jerry! Camden Market was one of the first places we visited in London, and you’re right that there’s so much to see, do, and eat there. I especially loved the crepe cart.

As a Brit (though a Northerner) I have visited London many times, but still not seen half the things on your comprehensive itinerary. I’ll just have to go again!

Thanks Alizon! I hope you can come back for a visit, especially now that spring blooms are filling the sidewalks.

I loved London and am hoping to visit again soon. I went in March and though it was raining, it was a great time to go. I’d love to see the wisteria bloom next time!

I am eagerly awaiting wisteria season! There are so many brunch spots and houses with beautiful hanging vines.

This is an incredible itinerary – don’t think I could come up with a better one myself, haha! I’ve never been to Hampstead so I’ll have to check that out, it looks lovely. Hampstead Heath and Primrose Hill are both supposed to have great views of London, and I haven’t been to either! I need to get myself back to Portobello Road too, it’s been a long time since I’ve been there. Btw I am in LOVE with your photo of St Paul’s!

Thanks so much! You’re right that both Hampstead Heath and Primrose Hill offer beautiful views of the London skyline, especially at sunrise and sunset. I love how One New Change reflects St. Paul’s dome 🙂

Thanks, Chelsea I enjoyed your content very much. When I was on my trip to London, I visited first to the convent and then Camden both are near to my Best Western hotel London. There are many things to do and it is the most amazing place to visit.

Thank you James! London is the city that keeps on giving. There are endless things to see and do, and I hope you get to come back soon for more adventure.

Hello Chelsea, Thanks a lot for sharing such an informative post. Last year on the month of December I visited London with my family and I can definitely say London is one of the best places I would love to visit again and again. Thanks a lot again.

Hi portable wife, ? In less than 20 hours we will start our 4-days-trip to London. Not our first one but it is plenty of years ago. Thank you for all the wonderful places you recommend. After our trip I will let you know what we could manage to see. I copied all your writing and hope we can see and enjoy as much as possible. Thanks again we are looking forward. You‘ve done a great job. Fridi and Eric from Switzerland

Thanks so much Fridi and Eric! I hope you had a wonderful visit to London. Christmas and NYE is always a fun time to be in the city.

Thanks so much for this! I’m headed to London for 4 days and Paris for 3 this May. So excited but overwhelmed, I’m finding a ton of useful information in your posts 😊

I’m happy I could help, Laura! London and Paris in the spring are both lovely. I hope you have a great trip!

Wow just wonderful travelling by myself so helpful thank you

This was amazing! Thank you sooooo much!! You have made my life so much easier with this itinerary! Bless you!

Thank you for your post. Taking hubby and youngest two (of four) 25 yr old adult children…and a bit overwhelmed as my mode of travel has gone from hostelling and backpacking alone to trying to meet demands of a less flexible group on a budget!! Your guide will keep me focused and sane! Thank you, Lynda

Thanks Lynda, I hope you all have a wonderful time!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

10 ways to get out of London and into the countryside for the day

Mar 12, 2024 • 11 min read

Brighton Beach is just a short train journey from London © Klaus Vedfelt / Shutterstock

Since London is a world unto itself, it’s only natural that many travelers never look beyond the confines of the city limits for a fulfilling trip.

But when you’ve made the most of free entry to the city’s best museums  and wandered through its many vast parks and green spaces , you might be ready for a day trip to explore the towns, historic sites and coastline that lie just beyond the capital.

Many of the most famous attractions in England  are just a short train ride away from London . While road trips are also a great option farther afield, in and around London, traffic and exorbitant parking fees mean escaping the city by train (or bus) is usually your best bet. For the cheapest rates, try to book rail tickets at least three months in advance. 

Then set out on one of these great itineraries, the 10 best day trips from London.

1. Explore royal Windsor and nearby Eton 

Travel time: 1 hour

Most people who visit Windsor do so to see Windsor Castle , the location for many a royal wedding  and the place where Queen Elizabeth II (and many other monarchs before her) spent much of her life and is now resting in peace. Along with its towers and beautiful chapels, you can also see the Changing of the Guard , a ceremony packed with music and pageantry.

The best way to appreciate the full majesty of Windsor Castle is to approach via the aptly named Long Walk. This arrow-straight road cuts through Windsor Great Park . (There are no cars, but you might see some deer.) While the castle could keep you busy for days, must-sees include Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House , the Albert Memorial Chapel and the State Apartments. Across the river, Eton is a pretty little town that's quieter than Windsor and worth a stroll.

How to get to Windsor from London: Trains run from London Paddington and London Waterloo twice an hour; the journey takes between 40 and 60 minutes and the Paddington line requires a change at Slough. It’s around a 45-minute drive, and there are parking lots near the town center and at the base of the castle.

2. Enjoy art and amusements in Margate

Travel time: 1 hour 30 minutes

Its long curve of golden sand made Margate a  top seaside destination for the Victorians, only to fall out of town with holidaymakers in the late 20th century. Recent investment has brought many day-trippers back to enjoy its retro charm.

Leading the way with this regeneration is art gallery  Turner Contemporary , one of the top attractions in the area, which showcases world-class art exhibits with superb views of the harbor and beyond. The skies off the coast here captivated the great painter JMW Turner; linger in the gallery yourself to take in the light out on and off the sea. Internationally renowned artist Tracey Emin has also opened a studio and exhibition space in Cliftonville. 

If you like your day to be sprinkled with a bit of mystery, then book a ticket to tour the intriguing  Shell Grotto  (is it an ancient site or a 19th-century hoax?), while  Dreamland  is the town's famous amusement park and a great day out for the family, with many different classic rides. Once you've got your fill of the windswept beach, artworks and rides, warm up with a hot chocolate at one of the independent cafes in the rejuvenated old town before browsing or buying in the many vintage stores.

How to get to Margate from London: Trains run to Margate station, right on the beach, from London St Pancras International (1 hour 30 minutes) and Victoria (1 hour 40 minutes). It takes around two hours to drive from London to Margate, and you should expect to pay upward of £10 to park all day in town.

3. Spot Harry Potter fans in Oxford

Best known for its world-famous university and forest of ocher spires, Oxford is a grand old place steeped in privilege and prestige. Though it’s hard to escape the history of this storied town, the large student population keeps the atmosphere young and fresh, and there’s plenty for visitors to do. Highlights include several museums, punting along the River Isis and the 30 colleges that make up the university, the most famous of which are Christ Church and Magdalen . You could easily spend more than a day in Oxford.

A tour of the university colleges is a must. (Harry Potter fans will recognize various locations used in the movies.)  Blenheim Palace , a monumental 18th-century country house and the birthplace of Winston Churchill, is a short bus ride or drive from the city.

How to get to Oxford from London: Trains from London Marylebone and London Paddington to Oxford run several times an hour, and the journey time is about an hour. If you’re on a tight budget, consider taking the Oxford Tube , a coach that departs from several locations in London. Driving time is around two hours, but you’ll have to park outside town and catch a shuttle bus for the last leg.

4. Visit the country’s most important cathedral in Canterbury

Canterbury is one of England’s most attractive and important cathedral cities, with its star building considered one of the finest in Europe. The town itself is almost absurdly quaint, with narrow alleyways following the original medieval street plan and the River Stour idling past Tudor facades.

Visiting  Canterbury Cathedral , a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is an absolute must. As the seat of the Archbishop of Canterbury, leader of the Church of England, it’s the most important Christian site in the country. Just outside, you can see the ruins of the 6th-century St Augustine’s Abbey .

Other highlights include the Beaney House of Art and Knowledge  and boating trips  on the River Stour. On these peaceful jaunts in a flat-bottomed punt, knowledgeable guides share stories of the city as they expertly navigate the boat under bridges with barely any headroom. For a traditional English tearoom experience, visit  Tiny Tim’s Tearoom . 

How to get to Canterbury from London: Fast trains from London St Pancras International depart once an hour, with the journey taking about an hour. Slower trains (1 hour 30 minutes) run from London Victoria and London Charing Cross. The drive takes around an hour and a half.

5. Head into nature in the New Forest

Designated a  national park  in 2005, the New Forest dates all the way back to 1079. So it’s anything but ”new.” And it’s not even really a forest.

Comprising woodland, bog, marshland, heathland and coast, with many quaint villages in between, the area is home to free-roaming animals, including pigs, cattle and the famed ponies. You can easily spend more than a day in the New Forest, and while there are fantastic cycling routes and hiking trails, to make the most of the region as a whole, it’s best to explore by car.

If you’re in the New Forest for just the day, focus your attention on one activity, whether that’s visiting a historic site, such as Buckler's Hard, Hurst Castle  or Beaulieu ; or following a walking trail, where you’ll be drawn in by the beautiful colors of the landscapes. Many people come to the area simply to dine at The Pig  in Brockenhurst, which celebrates home-grown and local produce (book well in advance).

How to get to the New Forest from London:  The region is slightly under a two-hour drive from central London. If traveling by train (1 hour 30 minutes from London Waterloo to Brockenhurst), consider renting bikes and following trails that take you beyond the town.

6. Step back in time in Winchester

Travel time: 1 hour

Its fabulous cathedral officially makes  Winchester  a city – though it has more of the feel of a friendly small town. The city served as England’s capital about 1000 years ago and was the home of King Alfred the Great; today, it boasts a variety of excellent pubs, countryside walks and lively streets.

At the top of the high street is an imitation of King Arthur’s Round Table hanging in the Great Hall . Just off the high street through a short alleyway is Winchester Cathedral , a stunning building with the longest nave of any Gothic cathedral in Europe. Back on the high street, head past the statue of Alfred the Great to the River Itchen, then follow it to get to Winchester College .

How to get to Winchester from London: Trains leave London Waterloo several times an hour, and the journey time is about an hour. The drive from central London takes around 1 hour 30 minutes, and Winchester’s city center has several parking options.

7. Marvel at Roman ruins and Regency streetscapes in Bath

Bath might be Britain ’s most beautiful city. Founded by the Romans, who used the area’s thermal springs to create a spa retreat, it’s now the premier tourist attraction of southwest England . It’s also celebrated for its magnificent Georgian architecture, with grand squares and felicitous crescents defining the city.

Start at the beginning with the Roman Baths complex, which is divided into four main parts: the Bath House, the Sacred Spring, the Roman Temple and the museum, displaying fascinating finds from the ruins. Next, have a wander around Bath Abbey , a huge medieval church that you can climb to the top of. Fuel up with the substantial gastropub fare at  Marlborough Tavern .

If you have time, it's worth staying in Bath for the full weekend. Wander the streets and enjoy the architecture, including ulteney Bridge and the  Royal Crescent , two of the city’s Georgian masterpieces – then take time to relax in Thermae Bath Spa .

How to get to Bath from London: Direct trains leave London Paddington twice an hour; the journey time is 1 hour 30 minutes. Driving takes around 2 hours 30 minutes, but traffic around the city is often heavy, with parking very limited and expensive.

8. Soak up Brighton’s indie attitude

Stuffed with independent businesses and creative spirit, Brighton is often referred to as London-on-Sea – though these days that’s more a nod to property prices than a reference to its character. This city has a personality all its own – grungy, creative and bohemian – and it's one of the UK's most LGBTIQ+ friendly cities.

There’s no shortage of things to do  in Brighton. Start in the North Laine neighborhood, packed with pubs, cafes and theaters, before going shopping in The Lanes a little farther south. Make a visit to the eccentric Royal Pavilion – built by King George IV in 1787 as a seaside retreat – and take a walk along the pier while checking out the amusements and swimmers at the beach. Brighton teems with great bars and restaurants:  Food for Friends offers excellent vegan dishes and is a great spot for lunch, while the Walrus pub is a good place to grab a beer.

How to get to Brighton from London:  Get on one of the frequent direct trains from London Victoria or London Bridge. The journey time is about an hour. Since it takes about two hours to drive from London to Brighton, and parking is both hard to find and expensive, the train is generally a better option.

9. Tour the colleges and go punting in Cambridge

With its world-class university, clutch of ancient colleges and love for punting (river rowing), Cambridge shares many similarities with its Oxfordshire counterpart. But with more green space and less traffic, this city is a more tranquil affair. A walking tour of the university is a must: the university colleges are the highlight, with Corpus Christi, Clare College, King’s College and Christ’s College being the most popular.

Once you’ve had your fill of academia, a punting trip along the River Cam is a lovely way to see the city. On a summer’s day, a picnic on the Backs is highly enjoyable.

How to get to Cambridge from London: Trains from London Kings Cross run several times an hour, with a journey time of about 50 minutes. It takes about 90 minutes to drive to Cambridge from central London.

10. Ponder the mystery of Stonehenge

Travel time: 2 hours

Stonehenge  is like an amazing magic trick – it boggles the mind, but you don’t really want to know how it happened. Which is convenient, because no one’s fully figured it out yet . Here’s what we do know: this massive, prehistoric stone circle is believed to have been constructed around 5000 years ago, making it older than the Pyramids of Giza. The largest stones weigh 25 tons and stand 9m (30ft) tall. 

Although you can’t touch the stones (to protect them), you can stroll around them on paths. The visitor center has an interactive presentation that allows you to experience among the stones as the seasons change. If you have your own ride, you could drive north to Avebury, home to another famous prehistoric circle – whose stones you can touch.

How to get to Stonehenge from London: Trains from London Waterloo to Salisbury depart twice an hour, taking just over an hour and a half. From Salisbury, hop on the Stonehenge Tour Bus , which takes you directly to the visitor center in just over 30 minutes. Alternatively, the drive takes around two hours from central London (traffic depending), and parking is available at the site.

This article was first published May 2019 and updated March 2024

Explore related stories

Public Transport

Dec 11, 2023 • 11 min read

Head out into Washington State, or even all the way to Canada, with these top day trips from Seattle.

Aug 2, 2022 • 7 min read

Apr 19, 2024 • 8 min read

Mar 31, 2024 • 6 min read

Mar 30, 2024 • 4 min read

Mar 22, 2024 • 9 min read

Mar 21, 2024 • 10 min read

Mar 17, 2024 • 10 min read

Mar 11, 2024 • 5 min read

Mar 10, 2024 • 7 min read

The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

By: Author Tiana Thompson

Posted on Last updated: May 26, 2023

Categories Travel Guides , UK

Home » The Ultimate 4-Day London Itinerary

• 240 Share on Twitter
• 352 Share on Facebook
• 753 Share on Pinterest
• 275 Share on LinkedIn
• 546 Share on Email

If you only have 4 days in London, it can be tough to know what to see and do.

There are so many options and it can be overwhelming trying to make the most of your time in such a big city – especially when visiting London for the first time.

I’ve visited this historic city twice now and both times I was visiting for less than 48 hours each time. I still managed to see the most of what this beautiful city is about.

So if I can do London in two days, you can definitely do London in four!

With its rich history, diverse culture, and beautiful parks and streets, it’s no wonder that this city is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world. From iconic landmarks to historic buildings, from world-class museums to charming pubs, this itinerary covers all the bases.

No matter what your interests are, you’re sure to find something to love in London.

So whether it’s your first visit or you’re a seasoned traveler, follow this London itinerary to help you make the most of your 4 days in this city.

In this post, you'll find...

About London

London is the capital and largest city of England and the United Kingdom.

It is standing on the River Thames in the southeast of Great Britain, London has been a major settlement for two millennia (almost 2,000 years!).

London is a major tourist attraction, hosting upwards of 30 million visitors every year from all over the world. It is the world’s most-visited city as measured by international arrivals, and has the world’s largest city airport system measured by passenger traffic.

London is also one of the greenest cities in Europe, with almost 40% of Greater London being greenspace. This makes it a perfect place to enjoy a picnic lunch or just take a leisurely stroll.

Some of the best parks in London include Hyde Park , Regent’s Park , and Richmond Park .

Highlights of London

When it comes to food, London has something for everyone.

From world-famous Michelin-starred restaurants to humble street food stalls, you’ll never go hungry here. As one of the most diverse European cities, London’s cuisine reflects its multicultural population.

You’ll find everything from Indian curries to Italian pasta dishes, and everything in between.

And of course, no trip to London would be complete without enjoying a traditional English afternoon tea!

British history lovers in London will be spoilt for choice, with hundreds of museums and historical landmarks to explore. Some of the most popular include the British Museum , the Natural History Museum , the Victoria & Albert Museum , and the Tate Modern .

If you’re looking for a more unique experience, then be sure to check out some of London’s quirkiest attractions, such as the Cereal Killer Cafe , the Sherlock Holmes Museum , and the Churchill War Rooms .

If you’re a Harry Potter fan in London, you can also visit the Harry Potter Warner Bros Studios and Platform 9 3/4 at King’s Cross station. Here you can explore the sets, costumes, and props used in the films.

Whether you’re interested in exploring its history and culture, enjoying its food and nightlife, or simply taking in the sights, London truly is a city that has something for everyone.

Getting to London

Since it’s a major city, there are many ways to get to London.

If you’re coming from within the UK, then you can take the train, bus, or drive.

And if you’re coming from outside the UK, then you can fly into one of London’s airports.

You can usually find discount airfare if you book in advance and are flexible with your travel dates.

Depending on where you’re coming from, it might be easier to come by train.

You might want to consider taking the Eurostar train from Paris or Brussels. This is a high-speed train that goes directly from these cities to London’s St Pancras International station. The journey takes about 2.5 hours one-way.

It’s a much more pleasant way to travel than flying in my opinion, because it takes you directly to the city center.

If you’re arriving from outside of Europe, then you’ll most likely be flying into one of London’s airports.

The two main airports are London Heathrow Airport (LHR) and London Gatwick Airport (LGW) . Heathrow is the largest airport and is located west of London, while Gatwick is located south of London.

There are also a few smaller airports, such as Luton (LTN) and Stansted (STN), but these are mostly used by budget airlines.

Getting around London

Once you’re in London, there are many ways to get around.

The city has an extensive underground train system (usually referred to as “The Tube”) that is easy to use and covers most of Greater London. It’s also the most common way to get around the city.

You can also take the bus, but keep in mind that traffic can be heavy, so the bus might not always be the quickest option.

Navigating the tube in London is fairly easy, and there are plenty of maps and signage to help you find your way around. Tickets can be bought at the tube station from machines or from the ticket office.

I’d recommend downloading the app Citymapper , which will help you plan your route and give you live updates on the best way to get around.

If you’re planning on doing a lot of traveling, then you might want to consider purchasing a travel card, which allows you unlimited travel on all public transport in London for a certain period of time.

If you’re staying in Central London, then you may not need to use public transportation at all, as many of the main attractions are within walking distance of each other and you can probably walk to most of the places that you want to go.

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Tiana • Where Tiana Travels (@tianabaaaby)

For example, you can easily walk from Buckingham Palace to Westminster Abbey in about 20 minutes. London is a very pedestrian-friendly city, with plenty of sidewalks and crosswalks.

And if you’re feeling adventurous, then you can also rent a bike and cycle around London. Just be sure to stay aware of the traffic and follow the rules of the road!

If you want to explore beyond Central London, then you can take a day trip to one of the many surrounding towns and villages.

Some of the most popular destinations include Oxford , Windsor , and Bath . The best way to get here is by train, as the journey is quick and easy.

When to visit London

The best time to visit London depends on what you want to do while you’re here.

If you’re interested in enjoying the outdoors, then spring (March-May) or autumn (September-November) are the best times to come, as the weather is usually mild and pleasant.

Summer (June-August) is also a good time to visit, but keep in mind that it can be quite crowded, as this is the peak tourist season.

If you don’t mind chilly weather and you’re interested in saving money, then winter (December-February) is a good time to come, as hotel prices are typically lower and there are fewer tourists.

Just beware that the weather can be cold and rainy, so you’ll need to dress appropriately.

No matter when you visit, there’s always something to do in London!

Related read: How to visit London in one day on a day trip from Paris

Things to do in London

Like I mentioned, there truly is tons to see in London no matter what time of year you visit.

Here are just a few of the many activities and attractions that you can enjoy while visiting London:

• Visit the Royal Palace at Buckingham and see the changing of the guard
• Explore Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and other historic churches
• Take a ride on the London Eye Ferris wheel
• Walk across Tower Bridge
• Explore Trafalgar Square
• Visit the Tower of London and see the Crown Jewels
• Explore Kensington Palace and Hyde Park
• Visit Big Ben, the world-famous clock tower
• Check out the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey
• Stroll along the South Bank of the Thames River
• Visit the famous London Bridge
• See a play at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre
• Visit Camden Market and Brick Lane Market
• Explore Notting Hill and Portobello Road Market
• Check out the street art in Shoreditch
• Visit Covent Garden, Piccadilly Circus, and Leicester Square
• Do some shopping on Oxford Street and Regent Street
• Take a day trip tour of Stonehenge
• …and much more!

As you can see, there’s plenty to keep you busy during your visit to London. You can easily spend weeks in this historic city and still not see everything that London has to offer!

You can browse through hundreds of London attractions, activities and excursions on GetYourGuid e 👇

If you’re planning on doing a lot of sightseeing, then I’d recommend buying a London Pass . This pass allows you access to over 80 of London’s top attractions, as well as free entry to many museums.

It also includes a hop-on, hop-off bus tour, which is a great way to see the city. The pass also comes with a guidebook, which has maps and information on all of the attractions.

You can purchase a London Pass by clicking here .

What to do in London – 4-Day London Itinerary

Day 1: sightseeing in london.

For your first day in London, exploring the city on foot and checking out all the major sites is a must. But first thing’s first – coffee!

London is home to tons of great coffee shops, so start your day with a delicious cup of coffee and some breakfast.

One of my favorites (and arguably one of the most popular in London) is Department of Coffee and Social Affairs . They have several locations throughout the city, so you’re sure to find one near where you’re staying.

Once you’re fueled up and ready to go, start your sightseeing tour by heading to Buckingham Palace to see the changing of the guard. This ceremonial event takes place every day at 11:30 am, so be sure to arrive early to get a good spot.

Afterward, wander around the grounds of the palace and take some photos.

Next, make your way to Westminster Abbey, which is just a short walk away. This Gothic cathedral is one of the most important churches in England and has been the site of many royal coronations and funerals.

Afterward, have lunch at a nearby pub or restaurant. My favorite is The George, which is located just across the street from Westminster Abbey.

In the afternoon, walk across Tower Bridge and visit the Tower of London. This historic castle was once used as a prison, but today it houses the Crown Jewels.

Be sure to also check out the Yeoman Warders (also known as Beefeaters) who live on the grounds and provide tours of the castle.

In the evening, grab dinner at a local restaurant. I recommend checking out Covent Garden, which is a popular area with lots of great restaurants and bars.

Then you can explore the neighborhood and do some shopping or people-watching.

Day 2: More Sightseeing in London

Start your day by taking the hop-on hop-off bus tour that comes with your London Pass. This is a great way to see the city and get an overview of all of the different neighborhoods!

Hop off at any of the stops that interest you and explore further. Some of my favorite places to visit are Piccadilly Circus , Leicester Square, and Covent Garden .

In the afternoon, visit Kensington Palace and Hyde Park. Kensington Palace is the official residence of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge, but it is also open to the public.

Explore the gardens and grounds there before heading to Hyde Park.

Hyde Park is an expansive green park and one of the largest parks in London. Hyde Park is a great place to relax, go for a walk, or go boating on the Serpentine Lake.

Day two in London is a great day to take a walking tour around the city. I recommend the London Secrets Guided Tour , which takes you to all of the hidden gems that most tourists never get to see.

This tour is a great way to see all the best places in London and learn about the history of London while also getting some exercise. You’ll pass by all the major tourist attractions and famous landmarks while your knowledgeable tour guide tells you all about them.

In the evening, have dinner at a local restaurant and then see a play at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre .

This open-air theatre is located just across the river from the Tate Modern art gallery. You can book tickets for a guided tour of Shakepeare’s Theatre by clicking here .

Day 3: Exploring London’s Neighborhoods

Today, you’ll explore some of London’s most popular neighborhoods.

Start by visiting Camden Market, which is a large market with over 1,000 stalls selling everything from clothes to food.

Next, stroll through the nearby neighborhood of Notting Hill, which is known for its cute pastel-colored houses.

Then, visit Portobello Road Market, which is the world’s largest antique market.

In the afternoon, head to Oxford Street and do some shopping. This is one of the busiest shopping streets in London and is home to many high-street fashion stores.

If you’re looking for something more unique, then explore the neighborhood of Covent Garden, which is full of independent shops.

In the evening, have dinner at a local restaurant and then go to a show at one of London’s famous theatres. The West End is home to many of the city’s best theatres, so be sure to check out what’s playing before you go.

End the night by grabbing a drink in Shoreditch, which is known for its hipster bars.

Day 4: Day Trips from London

There are many great day trips that you can take from London. You can get outside of the city easily by using the regional train system.

If you’re interested in history, then consider visiting Stonehenge or Windsor Castle .

For something more scenic, take the train to Bath and explore this beautiful Georgian city.

P.S. This guided full-day tour stops at Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath, so you’ll get a chance to see all three attractions in one day!

If you want to get out of the city for a day and explore some prestigious universities, take a trip to Oxford or Cambridge .

You can even spend a day in Paris on a one-day guided day trip to Paris !

Whichever day trip you choose, be sure to come back to London in the evening and enjoy a delicious meal at one of the city’s great restaurants. A really popular and well-rated restaurant is The Ivy , which serves modern British cuisine.

End your trip with a bang by going to see a musical or play in the West End.

London is known for its great theatre scene, so this is the perfect way to end your trip. Shows like Hamilton and Les Miserables are currently playing, so be sure to check out what’s on during your visit.

Where to stay in London

Best neighborhoods to stay in London

London is huge, so where you stay will depend on what you want to see and do while you’re here.

If you’re interested in doing a lot of sightseeing, then I’d recommend staying in Central London, as many of the main attractions are located here.

Some popular neighborhoods in Central London include Westminster , Kensington , and Covent Garden .

These neighborhoods tend to be more expensive in terms of hotels, but they’re close to many of the main attractions in London.

If you’re looking for a more local experience, then you might want to stay in one of the many other neighborhoods that London has to offer.

Some of my favorites include Shoreditch , Notting Hill , and Camden .

Staying here will give you a better sense of what it’s like to live in London, as you’ll be surrounded by locals rather than tourists.

No matter where you stay, there are plenty of great hotels, Airbnbs, and hostels to choose from ranging from luxury hotels to budget-friendly hostels. Just make sure to book ahead of time!

London can be quite expensive, especially during the peak tourist season.

Find accommodation in London

You can browse through over 100 hotels, hostels, resorts, and vacation stays in London here 👇

My top choices for hotels in London

Budget – St. Christopher’s Inn London Bridge ($)

For budget travelers in London, St. Christopher’s Inn is a great option. This hostel is centrally located, with easy access to the city center and multiple subway stations. It also has great reviews, with guests praising the cleanliness and helpfulness of the staff. You can check availability and current rates on Booking.com by clicking here .

Mid-range – Ibis Styles London Southwark ($$)

Located near Borough Market and the Tate Modern, Ibis Styles London Southwark is a great option for those looking for a mid-range hotel. This hotel has modern rooms and an on-site restaurant, making it a great place to relax after a long day of sightseeing. You can check availability and current rates on Booking.com by clicking here .

Luxury – The Soho Hotel ($$$)

If you’re looking for a luxurious hotel in London, then The Soho Hotel is a great option. This hotel is located in the heart of Soho, one the best neighborhoods of London, and features beautiful rooms, a rooftop bar, and a spa. Guests also rave about the helpfulness of the staff. You can check availability and current rates on Booking.com by clicking here .

What to pack for London

No matter what time of year you visit London, you’ll need to pack appropriately for the weather. In general, the city has a mild climate, but it can get quite chilly in winter and quite warm in summer.

I’d recommend packing layers that you can easily add or remove depending on the temperature.

If you’re visiting during spring or summer, then I’d also recommend packing a light raincoat or umbrella, as it does tend to rain quite often in London!

Other than that, just make sure to pack your usual travel essentials, such as your passport , travel insurance, etc.

And don’t forget to pack comfortable shoes, as you’ll be doing a lot of walking while you’re here!

London packing list

• Comfortable walking shoes
• Light raincoat or umbrella
• Layers for different temperatures
• Passport and travel insurance
• UK SIM card or travel phone plan
• Your usual travel essentials
• UK voltage converter
• Cash (British pounds)

Tips for a seamless London visit

1. Get an Oyster Card: This is a prepaid card that you can use to ride public transportation in London. It’s much cheaper than buying individual tickets and will save you a lot of time. You can purchase an Oyster Card at any Tube station.

2. Avoid using cash: Many places in London now accept contactless payments, so there’s no need to carry around cash. Just make sure to have your credit or debit card handy.

3. Get travel insurance: This is always a good idea, but it’s especially important if you’re visiting London, as the city can be quite expensive. Be sure to read the fine print of your policy carefully before you buy it.

4. Use Google Maps: London can be a bit confusing to navigate, so make sure to download Google Maps (or another GPS app) before you arrive. This will come in handy when you’re trying to find your way around the city.

5. Plan ahead: London is a huge city, so it’s important to plan ahead and figure out what you want to see and do before you arrive. This will help you make the most of your time in the city.

Absolutely! London is a huge city, and you can easily spend more than a week here without seeing everything. But with a little bit of planning, you can easily see the best that it has to offer in just four days. This London itinerary covers all of the essentials, from iconic landmarks and museums to lively markets and neighborhoods.

London can be expensive, but it doesn’t have to be. There are plenty of free things to do in London, and with a little bit of planning you can save money on activities, food, and accommodation.

The best time to visit London depends on what you want to see and do. If you’re interested in exploring the city’s many historical landmarks and museums, then spring or summer are ideal. But if you want to experience London’s lively Christmas markets and festive atmosphere, then December is the best time to go.

The best way to get around London is on the “tube”, the city’s underground train system. But you can also get around by bus, taxi, or on foot. If you’re planning on doing a lot of walking, then it’s worth investing in a London “Oyster Card”, which gives you discounted fares on public transport.

The currency in London is the British Pound (GBP). Credit cards are widely accepted, but it’s also a good idea to have some cash on hand for small purchases.

The official language of London is English, but you’ll also hear plenty of other languages being spoken. This is because London is a melting pot of cultures, with people from all over the world calling it home.

Whether or not you need a visa to visit London depends on your nationality. citizens of the UK, US, Canada, and most European countries do not need a visa. However, citizens of other countries may need a visa, so it’s best to check with the British embassy or consulate in your country before you travel.

There is no definitive answer to this question, as everyone’s list of the best things to do in London will be different. But some of the most popular attractions include Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Thanks for reading!

Thanks for reading, I hope you found this London itinerary helpful!

If you’re planning a trip to London, then make sure to save this post for later. And if you found it helpful, then please share it with your friends! Don’t forget to follow me on Facebook, Instagram, and Pinterest to keep up with my travels!

Hey, I’m on Youtube too!

If you haven’t heard, I’m currently documenting my life as an international student living in Paris and my travels all over the world on my Youtube channel . Be sure to check it out and subscribe for travel videos of all the places I visit!

Pin this post

Hi, I’m Tiana – founder of and author here at Where Tiana Travels. I’m a 20-something with a love for all things travel, photography, and food. I have been living abroad for the past 5 years and solo traveling the globe in my free time. I created this blog to share my travel stories and inspire other women to go out and see the world. Read more about me here!

• 445 Share on Facebook
• 66 Share on Twitter
• 225 Share on Pinterest
• 86 Share on LinkedIn
• 209 Share on Email

The perfect 4 days in London

How much of London can you really cover on a long weekend? Quite a lot, actually. Explore art and artifacts at famous museums, marvel at UNESCO World Heritage Sites, sample food at the city’s oldest street market, and drink plenty of pints at historic pubs. Throw in a few lines of Shakespeare (at the Globe Theatre, no less), a red phone booth (they’re everywhere), and a rainy day (almost a given), and your London checklist will be complete.

Our itinerary packs in as much as possible without running you ragged, grouping activities together by location. Plus we’ve added lunch and dinner stops, so you can sightsee with your fork (think classic English food like fish and chips). And to make sure you don’t waste a single second, we’ve used Tripadvisor reviews and ratings to hit the London hotspots that real-life travelers love most.

MORNING: A taste of royalty

Prioritize an essential London experience by heading to Buckingham Palace first thing to watch the changing of the guard , which typically starts at 10:45 a.m. (It’s every other day in some seasons and can be earlier on the weekends, so be sure to double-check the schedule online.)

The best vantage point is from the Buckingham Palace Gates, but you’ll need to get here some 90 minutes early (especially in busy summer months) to score a good spot. If you’re running late or not feeling the wait, locate an easier-to-come-by spot along The Mall. After the guards march past, follow them over to Buckingham Palace to catch what you can of the ceremony through the crowds.

AFTERNOON: Iconic London in a Gothic mode

By 11:45 a.m. the changing of the guards is complete, so snap pics of the palace and then head out with the crowds to amble your way through St. James Park , the city’s oldest royal park, toward Two Chairman Public House , a charming 18th-century pub with classic English dishes. You’ll get there around noon, right when it opens. (Tripadvisor users rave about the steak and ale pie here.)

Once you’ve rested your legs and refueled, take the five-minute walk to Westminster Abbey , a stunning gothic cathedral and UNESCO World Heritage Site (together with Westminster Palace, which is right around the corner). The Abbey gets busy, so book a timed ticket ahead to ensure a spot inside. For a small extra fee, you can also visit The Queen's Diamond Jubilee Galleries , a small gallery that gives you a bird’s eye view of the abbey. Expect to spend at least 45-minutes marveling, though some visitors spend as much as two hours scouting out the famous figures buried here (e.g. Charles Dickens, Stephen Hawkins, Henry VII) and taking in all the ornamental sculptures and stained glass.

Exit the Abbey, and walk around the corner to Westminster Bridge, which extends over the Thames River and offers an epic view of several top attractions. We’re talking the London Eye , an enormous Ferris wheel with city views, and Westminster Palace (the House of Parliament) with its attached clocktower, aka Big Ben (though technically , Big Ben is the bell inside). Get there at the top of the hour to hear it chime.

If you managed a quick trip to the Abbey, you might even squeeze in an extra attraction. We recommend either taking a spin on the London Eye for an epic—if pricey—view of London or a visit to the Churchill War Rooms , once the underground command center for World War II and kinda literally one of London’s hidden gems. (Arrive by four, and you can still get in a solid two hours before the museum closes at 6 p.m.) Both are a quick walk from Westminster Bridge. As with other London attractions, the safest bet is to book tickets ahead online.

Travelers say: "I was so excited to finally get to see the [Queen’s Diamond Jubilee] Galleries, and was NOT disappointed! It’s kind of amazing to see the structural ‘insides’ of the Abbey, and the view ‘down below’ is spectacular… you also get unique views of the gargoyles on the buttresses. It was well worth the extra fiver!” — Kris M

WESTMINSTER TOURS OPTIONS

• Don’t want to shell out extra money for a guided tour? The Westminster Abbey audio tour, included with your entrance, is well-produced and packed with info. Download the app ahead of time, and BYO headphones.
• If navigating via Google maps exhausts you, this three-hour Westminster walking tour is basically a survey course on London attractions and includes entry into Westminster Abbey.
• History buffs who would prefer ending their tour of Westminster with Churchill than in a church will enjoy this walking tour, which closes out with a trip to Churchill’s War Rooms .
• The London Landmarks & Secret Gems Bike Ride + Historic Pub + Graffiti Session bike tour is fantastic and fun, taking riders all over Westminster and beyond. It also features a key pub stop in Covent Garden and some (legal) graffiti-making in a tunnel beloved by street artists.

EVENING: The show goes on

Take the 15- to 20-minute trip by tube or bus to Scarlett Green , where of course you’ve already booked a reservation for a 90-minute seating. This beloved Aussie restaurant balances a chic atmosphere with famed “bottomless” meals, including a stuff-yourself-silly dinner of either Aussie BBQ or vegan favorites, plus a cocktail and dessert.

Now, it’s show time! The West End Theater District is London’s answer to Broadway, and it delivers with plays, dance performances, opera, and hit musicals (expect new shows along with long-running classics like Lion King and Phantom of the Opera). If theater isn’t really your thing, 100 Club is an iconic basement venue where bands like the Kinks and Metallica have rocked out, plus it’s just around the corner from Scarlett Green. Make sure to book tickets in advance.

Worthy detours along the way

MORNING: English breakfast and two million years of human history

Fill up before a day of sightseeing at Salt & Pepper , which serves up a classic English Breakfast (bacon, eggs, and, yes, baked beans). It also has a handy location just a five-minute walk from The British Museum , your first stop of the day. This museum of human history, art, and culture is arguably London’s best, which means getting there early is a good strategy for heading off the crowds. (The museum opens at 10 a.m. daily; tickets are free and can be booked ahead, though you may be asked to donate.) Even half a day here isn’t enough to see it all, so make a beeline to the Rosetta Stone, then pick and choose which exhibits to explore. If deciding which of 80,000 artifacts to look at is overwhelming, just take a tour—many are free, though booking ahead is recommended.

Travelers say: "The British Museum is an absolute treasure box! What do you want to see? Ancient maps, Egyptian mummies, sculpture from Greece, the first printed Bible, original handwritten words to Beatles song, Shakespeare, the Magna Carta? All this and MORE! There is never enough time to see it all." —@ Dream6793

AFTERNOON: Light lunch and 700 years of European art

Bottomless meals and heavy English food weighing you down? Hop across the street for lunch at Bloomsbury Street Kitchen (open Wednesday through Saturday) which serves up outstanding Mediterranean and Japanese small plates.

Once you’ve refueled, pop on the Northern Line at Tottenham Court Road or take the 15-minute walk to Trafalgar Square , London’s most photographed square, thanks in part to the 145-foot-high Nelson’s Column.

Next up is The National Gallery , a free museum right on the square. It’s easy to spend two or three hours losing yourself in 2,000-plus Western European paintings from the 13th to the 20th century. Keep an eye out for Vermeer, Cezanne, van Gogh, Rembrandt, and other famous painters.

TRAFALGAR SQUARE TOUR OPTIONS

• Trade in an afternoon at The National Gallery for an afternoon exploring London’s under-the-radar attractions in the Secret Walking Tour of Central London , which starts and ends at Trafalgar Square and covers spots like a teeny, tiny police station.
• The Pub Tour of London’s West End: Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden and Soho is a neighborhood tour with a side of beer. The tour leads you to several historic pubs, passing major attractions along the way. We love that they cap the tours at 15 people, so you can get chummy with your drinking buddies.

EVENING: Fish, chips, and British pubs

There are plenty of dinner options near The National Gallery, but to really recover from a day of culture we recommend The Marquis , which serves up quintessential cozy pub charm and equally quintessential British dishes, like fish and chips. If it’s good enough for Charles Dickens, who was once a regular there, it’s good enough for us.

From here, amble your way around Covent Garden , a charming neighborhood that’s home to shops, street performers, pubs, and cafes. (Note that most stores in the area close at 8 p.m., so if shopping is a priority you may want to amble first, then eat.) Make your way north to Soho , the city’s nightlife neighborhood, which is home to the Red Light District and is also LGBTQ+ central. We love The French House , an authentic no-frills bar that was once a gathering point for the French Resistance during World War II.

MORNING: Tour some British treasures

If you picked up the tab on a few pub rounds last night, you’ll be happy to hear the Victoria and Albert Museum is 100 percent free. Even better, it doesn’t require booking ahead, so just wander over when you’re ready. (It opens at 10 a.m. if you want to avoid the crowds.) The V&A is the world’s largest museum of the decorative arts, home to prints and paintings, costumes and ceramics. Highlights include one of the world’s oldest and largest carpets and Tipu’s Tiger, an almost life-size statue of a tiger with a mechanical organ that mimics the cries of the person it’s attacking (though you may want to read up on its controversial history ).

AFTERNOON: Afternoon tea and a walk in the park(s)

Take the 10-minute walk to Harrods , London’s world-famous department store, situated in one of the city’s fanciest shopping districts. Here you can cross off another square on your London Bingo card with tea time— Harrods’ version is exceptional —complete with the required tiny sandwiches and scones. If you forgot to make a reservation or can’t pull off “smart casual” on a day of sightseeing, Harrods has plenty of other bars and restaurants for a pit stop. While you’re here, you may want to check out the wonderfully bizarre Egyptian Escalator, pick up some souvenirs, or visit the toy department, where you can nab the official Harrods’ version of a Paddington Bear plushie.

After tea, it’s just a five-minute walk north to Hyde Park , once Henry VIII’s hunting reserve. With dirt paths and grassy fields, it’s the perfect place to stroll, picnic, or people-watch, especially on sunny days. You might want to pass through Speakers’ Corner , which has quite the dramatic history. This used to be an execution spot where the condemned could say their last words. Later, figures like Karl Marx, Marcus Garvey, and George Orwell demonstrated here. Now it’s a monument to free speech—especially on Sunday, when anyone can pull out their soapbox.

Stroll over to the Serpentine Bridge to cross into Kensington Gardens , a carefully landscaped park, formerly the private gardens of Kensington Palace. While here, you can stop by Albert Memorial , a show-stopping monument to Prince Albert complete with a gilded canopy. Or opt for something a little less grand and more whimsical and visit the Peter Pan Statue , a tribute to author J.M. Barrie, who lived nearby.

KENSINGTON AREA TOUR OPTIONS:

• The Victoria & Albert Museum has loads of free tours daily. Look out for specialty tours (like one geared toward LGBTQ+ art), as well as the excellent Highlights Tour, which covers the V&A’s most popular exhibits in just 45 minutes.
• If your feet are tired, let your quads pick up the slack with this London Royal Parks Bike Tour . It covers major London attractions along with Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens.
• Trade out the usual tour bus for a 1960s double-decker bus with the London Vintage Bus Tour with Cream Tea at Harrods . Not only does this thorough half-day tour drive by a ton of major attractions, it includes a Thames River cruise and ends with tea and scones at Harrods.

EVENING: A meal with a side of history

Cut back across the park to Dinner by Heston Blumenthal , one of London’s Michelin-starred restaurants. Blumenthal’s big draw is a five-course set menu, which changes seasonally and highlights dishes from different eras in British history. If dining this fancy isn’t quite in the budget, scope out the la carte menu or opt for lunch instead. And if this spot is all booked up, try Marcus , another Michelin-star British restaurant, which is practically next door.

Extend the night at the Library Bar , a classy club-like cocktail bar famous for its cognacs. Bonus: It’s less than a 10-minute walk from dinner and sits right next to the Hyde Park Corner Underground station, making it convenient for end-of-night travel, especially if your hotel is on the Piccadilly Line.

Travelers say: “There are three meal 'experiences' you can select [at Dinner by Heston Blumenthal], which are essentially the following: Don't tell me anything about the food I want to be surprise;, tell me a little about what's in the dishes; or tell me everything—where the inspiration for the dish came from, where the ingredients came from, etc. We did the third because we were intrigued by the time periods that inspired the chef (recipes and meal pairings from thousands of years ago)…which made the night a magical evening.” — travelingss

MORNING: Ghosts from the past at the Tower of London

Word of warning: The Tower of London gets mobbed, so arrive right when it opens (9 or 10 a.m., depending on the day) to avoid the crowds, for a little while, anyway. This fascinating 11th-century fortress castle and UNESCO World Heritage Site is where, among other things, 16th-century queen Anne Boleyn was locked up and beheaded. (Supposedly, she is one of many ghosts that haunt the grounds.) While you’re here, don’t forget to check out the Crown Jewels.

TOWER OF LONDON/THAMES RIVER TOUR OPTIONS

• Beefeaters, aka the Tower of London guards (famously pictured on bottles of Beefeater Gin), give tours that are the stuff of legend —not to mention free with entry. Tours run every half hour; no need to book ahead.
• If you want to spend more time on water, the Thames Hop-On-Hop-Off River Cruise is an excellent option. Note that it stops at several sights already on this itinerary, so you’ll double up on some attractions.
• No way around it: The Tower of London gets packed. If it’s your priority, consider getting a skip-the-line, early access pass to the Tower, which also includes a tour and tickets for a river cruise.
• Lovers of true crime and the spooky stuff will enjoy this 60-75 minute Ghost Bus Tour of London . Bonus: You’ll be cruising around in a 1960s black double-decker bus as it passes by Tower of London, Fleet Street, and other iconic spots.

AFTERNOON: From a historic market to modern art

Head over to Tower Millennium Pier and take the RB1 “River Bus” to London Bridge City Pier, with the added benefit of a built-in (if brief) river cruise. From here, it’s a seven-minute walk to Borough Market , where food has been sold for over a thousand years. Today, along with fresh produce, there’s also street food in every direction. Check out the meat pies and paella, the bao buns and fish and chips, then choose whatever looks the most delicious.

Travelers say: “Borough Market is a prime destination for food lovers, and it has been in continuous operation since 1014 near London Bridge. […] From French cheeses, olives and bread to traditional English pies, Spanish paella, French confit duck, Asian curries… it perfectly reflects the melting pot identity of the city.… Don’t miss it.” — LonderGuide

Once you’ve filled up, take the five-minute walk to The Shard , which has the highest viewing deck in London. While entry is pricey and often sold out in advance, the views are epic, especially on sunny days when you can see out as many as 40 miles.

Next, take public transit or walk 15 minutes to the Tate Modern , known for its art from the early-1900s to the present. Entry to the regular gallery is free; no need to book ahead. But definitely take a sec to read up on the special exhibits. Yes, they cost extra and may require advanced booking, but their spectacular shows will earn you London bragging rights. Expect to spend at least an hour here hunting down Picassos and Dalis and discovering new artists, and add another hour if you’re touring a special exhibit.

EVENING: All’s well that ends well

Start your evening off with a dinner at Swan at the Globe , a chic modern restaurant offering seasonal British dishes and classy cocktails, just a few minutes’ walk from the Tate. An added bonus: It has a great view over the Thames and St. Paul’s Cathedral , which means you’ll cross yet another attraction off your London sightseeing safari.

Then head next door for a play at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre , a full-size reproduction of the famous playwright’s original open-air theater. (When you book tickets ahead, make sure they’re for The Globe; it’s easy to accidentally book tickets to The Sam Wanamaker Playhouse instead.) Standing room tickets on the floor are super cheap and super fun—it’s like you’re watching a production back in the 1600s. But after a full day of sightseeing, we understand if you want to rest your feet and sit on a bench. (If you do, spring the extra pound for a cushion.) Even in an open-air theater, the show must go on, as they say, so if the weather looks iffy bring a raincoat (umbrellas aren’t allowed) and enjoy a truly British experience: Shakespeare in the rain.

Know Before You Go

London is bright and bustling June through August, with weather in the mid-70s (though heat waves are getting a bit more common). While May and September are a bit cooler, their budding flowers or falling leaves are a bonus, plus there are fewer crowds. November through February are cool, dark, and even rainier than usual, but travel and hotel rates can be at their cheapest. Dark days are a bit cheerier from mid-November through December, when the city is dotted with Christmas markets, ice skating rinks, and epic holiday lights.

As a global capital, London tends to keep open hours the whole week long. Most museums are open regular hours seven days a week, though church-related sights are often closed on Sundays. Shops tend to open a little later Sundays, around noon, and some restaurants are closed Sundays and/or Mondays.

Museums and shops in London open around 10, with museums typically closing at 5 or 6 and shops at 7 or 8. Restaurants tend to be open from noon to 9 p.m., though some close between 3 and 5 to make the transition from lunch to dinner. Despite the fact that most Londoners aim for afternoon tea in the hours of 2 to 4 p.m., high-end venues will take reservations for tea time anywhere from 11 a.m. to 6 p.m. to max out reservations. Pubs tend to open around noon. And don’t expect to do a pub crawl into the late hours—they actually close “early” compared to cocktail bars, usually around 11 p.m.

Covent Garden : Smack-dab in the middle of the action and featured at the end of our Day Two itinerary, Covent Garden is one of the most central locations in London. The Claremont, Charing Cross is an elegant 1865 hotel with chandeliers, marble columns, and a chic cocktail bar, just a few minutes’ walk from tube stops and Trafalgar Square and a 15- to 20-minute walk from both The British Museum and Westminster Abbey.

Westminster : You might not realize how close you are to London hotspots when you’re lounging in St. James’ Court, A Taj Hotel ’s classy courtyard with its own fountain, but it’s located right between Buckingham Palace and Westminster Abbey. With both the District Line and Circle Line a few minutes’ walk away at St. James Park, even the sights not right outside the front door will feel pretty close.

East End : OK, it’s not as central or scenic, but hotels in the East End are cheaper and closer to attractions like The Tower of London. Travelodge London City Hotel isn’t fancy, but it gets high ratings for covering the basics for a cheap price. Plus, it’s just a four-minute walk to the Circle Line, which means most of London is easily within reach.

Public transportation : The tube, aka London’s underground transit system, is wide-reaching, relatively simple, and always running, with 24/7 service on major lines. That said, trips can add up. A Day Travelcard includes unlimited trips on the tube, trams, and buses within most of central London, and it’s worth it for travelers making three or more trips a day. If you like to linger over your hotel buffet breakfast, an Off-Peak Travel card, which can be used after 9:30 a.m., is an even better deal. The Oyster card is also an option but requires a deposit fee so may not be worth it for shorter visits.

By bike : London is not as bike friendly as other European cities like Amsterdam and Copenhagen, though there are designated bike lanes in some areas, like the three-mile cycle route running along the river from the Tower of London to Big Ben. If you’re looking to pedal your way around the city, guided bike tours are a good option, such as one that covers London’s Royal Parks or another to see major attractions with stops for art-making and beer .

By taxi : London’s iconic black cabs are super cute, but a word of warning: They tend to be pricey, with fluctuating rates that depend on traffic. And that traffic can also inch along. As of this writing, the ride-share app Uber was running in London, but Lyft was not. London taxis also have their own app: Gett.

Airport transfers : London has six international airports, including City, Luton, Stansted, Southend, and, the two largest, Heathrow and Gatwick.

From Heathrow, the Piccadilly Line on the tube runs directly to Piccadilly Circus in 50 minutes. The faster option is the Heathrow Express rail line , which runs to Paddington Station in just 20 minutes. It’s more expensive than the tube, but it still beats taking a taxi, the priciest option by far and—thanks to traffic—often the slowest. Some hotels also offer hotel bus service—the Heathrow Hotel Hoppa, for example, makes trips to 25 hotels around the city and is as cheap as public transit.

From Gatwick Airport, the 30-minute Gatwick Express is by far the fastest option, running direct to Victoria Station. The ThamesLink train costs half as much but takes twice as long, though it runs to more stations, including Blackfriars, St. Pancras International, and London Bridge. Both depart every fifteen minutes during the day. Buses are the most time-consuming choice, departing hourly and taking at least 90 minutes depending on the stop and time of day. Through easyBus , the National Express runs a bus from Gatwick to Victoria Station for as little as two pounds, but be sure to book ahead online or it could cost as much as the train.

Posted on Published: 10th November 2022  - Last updated: 5th December 2022 Categories Things to do

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

28 Brilliant Day Trips from London

Love This? Save and Share!

We all love London… but the UK is full of wonderful spots that are ripe for exploration. Planning your next adventure? Here are 28 cool day trips from London to get you started.

London is a great city – but there’s so much more to the UK to explore.

Hop on a train or into your car and you can go on an adventure around some of the UK’s historic sites and beautiful landscapes.

In need of some inspiration? Check out this guide to the best day trips from London by train and by car.

Sneak a peek at the day trip destinations in this video to see what they look like in action!

Day Trips from London by Train

Planning your day trip from London? We love using Omio for finding the best deals when it comes to train travel around the UK. They work with over 1000 major travel companies to bring you the best deals (including many major airlines if you’re looking to travel a little bit further). 

Better yet, download the Omio App and you can store all of your travel tickets in one place. This means that you can spend less time organising your tickets and more time planning an adventure. Yes, please!

Oxford, the city of the dreaming spires is an easy day out from London. It’s only an hour on the train and trains run frequently until the early hours.

We might be biased, but we really think that it’s one of the best places to visit in the UK – a gorgeous city that’s brimming with history and cool things to do.

While there’s a lot to see in the city, its small size means that a lot of the biggest Oxford attractions are within easy walking distance of each other.

From the iconic Radcliffe Camera to the world-famous Ashmolean Museum, you certainly have your work cut out when it comes to seeing Oxford in a day – but it is possible. Start with this 24 Hours in Oxford guide .

Train departs from: London Paddington and London Marylebone

Average journey duration: 1 hour

Hassle-free option: Book this Oxford day trip from London

Read more: The Best Things to do in Oxford Finding Oxford’s Harry Potter Filming Locations

Canterbury has always been an important place to visit in the UK – it was the destination for many a pilgrimage in times past (hence its role in Chaucer’s famous Canterbury Tales). It still deserves to be at the top of your list of days out from London today.

What’s there to see? How about one of England’s great cathedrals, ye olde English pubs and quaint little streets that look like they’ve been plucked straight from medieval times? Add to that a selection of cool museums and some scenic walks and you’ve got an excellent day trip in the making.

Train departs from: London Victoria and St Pancras International

Average journey duration: 1 hour from St Pancras, 1.5 hours from Victoria

Hassle-free option: Book this day trip to Canterbury and the White Cliffs of Dover

Read more: One Day in Canterbury Itinerary

Cambridge is beautiful. This world-famous university town is another popular day trip outside London – and for good reason.

Visiting impressive colleges such as Trinity College and King’s College (whose chapel you simply must see) would be enough to fill your day alone. But you should also take time to visit some of Cambridge’s other landmarks – The Fitzwilliam Museum and Botanical Gardens among them.

If you’re visiting in the warmer months be sure to hire a punt and indulge in the traditional pastime of gliding down the River Cam. Bonus points to you if you don’t fall in or lose your pole along the way.

Train departs from: Kings Cross and Liverpool Street

Average journey duration: 50 minutes from Kings Cross, 1 hour 20 minutes from Liverpool Street

Hassle-free option: Book this London to Cambridge Day Trip

We think that Brighton is South East England’s coolest beach destination. 

First thing’s first – the beach is pebble – so don’t get your hopes up with dreams of golden sands. It’s still perfectly good for plumping down on your towel and soaking a few rays of the rare British sun.

Away from the beach, Brighton’s history as the seaside escape for the UK’s rich and famous has left its mark.

Long rows of Regency houses, the long-standing Pier, not to mention the out-and-out fabulous Brighton Pavillion stand as testament to Brighton’s colourful past.

There’s a thriving dining and drinking scene – and a number of cool little independent shops clustered in The Lanes area. Just be sure not to have so much fun that you miss the last train home (this has totally happened to me).

Train departs from: St Pancras International (also stops at Farringdon, Blackfriars and London Bridge) and London Victoria

Hassle-free option: Book a bike tour of Brighton (doesn’t include transport to Brighton)

Read Next: 21 Brilliant Beaches Near London

Hampton Court

Hampton Court is one of the easiest day trips from London – easy transport connections and short travel time make it perfect for an impromptu trip.

Hampton is pretty much all about the palace – which was first built by the ill-fated Cardinal Wolsey before being pinched by Henry VIII.

All six of Henry’s wives lived here at some point or another, before it passed through a number of hands and was finally opened to the public during the Victorian times.

Wonderful as Hampton Court’s interiors are, we would recommend visiting during the summer months when the gardens are at their best (avoid the summer holidays if you can though, when it’s always busy). Don’t miss the maze, which is the oldest surviving hedge maze in the world.

Train departs from: London Waterloo

Average journey duration: 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: Buy your Hampton Court tickets in advance

A trip to the Georgian spa town of Bath is like stepping straight into the pages of a Jane Austen novel (not surprising, seeing as she set so many of them there).

Jaunt around town, checking out the city’s many historical sites. Start with the immersive experience of the Roman Baths (unfortunately you’re not actually allowed to bathe there any more) and the Pump Room.

You can even “take the water” at the Pump Room – sipping on the supposedly restorative waters in the fashion of the hoi polloi of old.

We should warn you that the water tastes absolutely gross though.

Just across the road, Bath Abbey is one of the UK’s most beautiful cathedrals – make sure that you take a look inside too, it’s just as spectacular.

Small but entertaining, The Fashion Museum walks you through the catwalk of British fashion through the centuries.

Don’t think that Bath’s spa heritage is dead and gone – it’s still home to more than its fair share of spas that are perfect for a spot of pampering.

The reasonably-priced Thermae Bath Spa is a popular option thanks to its rooftop pool and indulgent massages, while the high-end Gainsborough Bath Spa is the place to go when you really want to push the boat out.

Train departs from: London Paddington

Average journey time: 1hr 30 minutes

Hassle-free option: Book this Bath & Stonehenge Day Trip

The fact that it’s the home of the royal residence Windsor Castle means that Windsor’s many other charms often get overlooked.

Windsor is well-known as one of the best day trips from London. Even so, many visitors disembark from the train, make a beeline for Windsor Castle, have a nose around and then head straight back home. It’s a shame as Windsor is a rather charming riverside town that merits your attention.

Sure, you should start your visit with a look at the castle, which just so happens to be the oldest inhabited castle in the world. The State Rooms and beautiful grounds take some time to explore.

However, you shouldn’t make the mistake of dashing home the moment that you are finished. Stick around to visit the Royal Windsor Racecourse and its more famous counterpart Royal Ascot Racecourse next door.

Or why not walk around the expansive Windsor Great Park then test your skills on the water rowing or kayaking along the Thames?

Train departs from: London Waterloo and Paddington Station

Average journey time: 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: Half-Day Windsor Day Trip and Tour

Read More: 15 Must-Visit Castles Near London

The Lake District

The Lake District is a long day trip from London but it’s just about doable and worth the effort if you’re short on time and can’t stay overnight.

With its gorgeous green pastures, towering fells and chocolate-box villages, it’s no surprise that the Lake District tops the list of Britain’s beautiful regions. The fastest train to the Lake District takes around 2.5 hours to Oxenholme, so is easiest to tackle on a day trip from London.

Luckily, the area surrounding Oxenholme is ripe for exploration.

There are frequent buses to Kendal, a pretty Lakeland town with lots of cute shops and tea rooms. You can also catch a local train (or taxi) to Windermere – the most famous of the Lakes – the walks around the lake are superb.

As we have already mentioned – The Lake District is not close to London, so you will need to start early and come back late to make it worth the effort.

Don’t even think about doing it by car either – you can just about do it by train but you’re really much better off staying overnight if you want to drive. Or you can go the full mile and head off on a road trip to a few British national parks .

Train departs from: Euston

Average journey time: 2 hrs 45mins

Hassle-free option: A 10 lake day tour

Read more: Walking in the Lake District

Despite being pretty far from London, York is actually not a difficult day trip.

Trains take just a smidge under two hours and run frequently enough that you can just turn up and go.

The walled city is best-known for the Gothic masterpiece that is York Minster but, with more attractions per square mile than any other UK city, there’s a lot to see here.

It’s tough to cover it all in one day – start with York Minster, the fascinating Yorkshire Museum and York Castle Museum (which comes complete with a restored street of Victorian shops) then add in a few other spots if time allows.

Chocolate-lovers will want to head to Chocolate Story – where you can learn about York’s important role in the history of British chocolate and, more importantly, gorge yourself on your own handmade chocolate bar.

Train departs from: King’s Cross

Average journey time: 1 hour 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: See the best sights on foot

Lewes (pronounced Lewis ) often sits in the shadow of nearby Brighton, but there’s a lot to charm in the county town of East Sussex on a one day trip from London.

The town itself is pretty, with a few spots like Lewes Castle, the remains of Lewes Priory and the timber-framed Anne of Cleves House to lure you in for an hour or two.

A surprising number of Lewes’ medieval buildings have survived the test of time – there’s history around every corner.

Personally, we think the spectacular walks in the area surrounding Lewes are also worth the trip. We recommend the six-mile walk to Glynde – there are a couple of steep hills but each step comes with views out over the South Downs.

You can extend the walk to Southease and back to Lewes if you’re feeling really energetic – then quench your thirst with a locally-brewed pint of Harvey’s when you’re finished.

Train departs from: London Victoria

Average journey time: 1 hour

Hassle-free option: This is a DIY trip – but it’s really easy

Read More: Fantastic Hikes Near London You Shouldn’t Miss

Colchester is Britain’s oldest recorded town. With a long history that dates back beyond the Roman times, it was a Roman city and traces of that heritage can still be found dotted all over Colchester today.

Walking in the footsteps of the Romans, visit the remains of the Roman wall, as well as the Roman Circus – the only verified Roman chariot-racing track still standing.

Move onto Colchester Castle, which while not Roman itself, displays a few Roman mosaics and many Roman artifacts in the large Norman keep.

The castle is actually the largest Norman keep in Europe – testament to the fact that you can pretty much spy architecture from every single period in British history in Colchester.

Away from the past Colchester also happens to be the home of some very good tea shops. It would be rude not to indulge in a cream tea before you hop on the train back home again.

Train departs from: Liverpool Street

Hassle-free option: Book onto one of the frequent tours run by Visit Colchester

There haven’t been nearly enough seaside towns in this guide to day trips around London – time to fix that. Where better to head to than Whitstable with its picturesque, cobbled streets and famous oyster eateries?

There’s not a tonne to do in Whitstable – you can visit Whitstable Castle, but really, most of the appeal is wandering around the gorgeous town, seafront and harbour.

Seafood-lovers will be in their element – there’s no better place to tuck into a pint of fresh prawns or guzzle down half-a-dozen oysters.

If you’re really keen, time your visit for the annual knees up that is the Whitstable Oyster Festival .

Not only can you eat all the oysters you can ever dream of (20 is our personal best), but there’s live music and markets selling local wares and wine.

Train departs from: St Pancras International, London Bridge and London Victoria

Average journey time: 1 hour 25 minutes

Hassle-free option: None – but it’s a really easy trip

Henley on Thames

More than just the annual regatta that sees it burst into life, Henley on Thames is one of England’s traditional market towns.

The best way to explore Henley on Thames is on a self-guided walking tour – be sure to stop by the River & Rowing Museum for a walk through the history of the famous sport.

It contains an immersive Wind in the Willows experience that’s just as fun for adults as it is for kids – you’re led through the eccentric world of Mr Toad, Badger, Ratty and Mole.

Henley also used to hold the dubious title of having more pubs per head than any other town in the south east. While those days are gone, the upshot is that there are still a number of cool little pubs for you to explore.

Train departs from: London Paddington, change at Twyford

Average journey time: 1 hour 10 minutes

Hassle-free option: Just hop on a train and go and explore

Margate’s renaissance has been a marvel to behold. Once the darling of the British seaside, it had a bit of a slump before transforming itself into one of the UK’s coolest seaside spots.

That transformation is complete – these days you’re more likely to hear Margate being compared with Copenhagen than with any shoddy seaside town.

There’s the Turner Contemporary of course, which turned heads when it opened in 2011 and is still doing so several years later.

Add to that an assortment of chic independent shops, contemporary restaurants and even a gorgeous tidal pool for a quick dip and you’ll start to understand why it charms the pants off of so many people.

Average journey time: 1 hour 45 minutes

Hassle-free option: Check out the Thanet Tourist Board’s Page for Inspiration

Manchester is the small city that packs a big punch. With a strong culture and identity (think the Industrial Revolution and Oasis and you’re on the right track) a visit to Manchester is a breath of fresh air.

There’s too much to see in one day – Manchester Art Gallery, Imperial War Museum North, a guided tour of the BBC, the Museum of Science & History among them. If you’re a footie fan, a visit to Old Trafford is a must.

Seeing as you’re short on time, we recommend stopping off at a few museums, visiting Manchester Cathedral and fuelling up from one of the city’s cool eateries. Then, if you’re so inclined, stay for a taste of Manchester’s legendary nightlife before you head back home.

Average journey time: 2 hours 30 minutes

Hassle-free option:  Book a private tour with a local (transport to Manchester not included)

Bristol is one of our favourite cities. The chilled-out, easygoing city (which just so happens to be the largest in the southwest) is a brilliant day trip from London.

Bristol is a city of contrast – on the one hand, there are plenty of big landmarks to see – the Clifton Suspension Bridge, the SS Great Britain being two. On the other hand, a lot of the city’s appeal is the cool and quirky culture it’s fostered over the years.

A hive of street art, indie cafes (where you can guarantee you’ll get a great flat white) and alternative music venues – Bristol is just so damned cool.

It’s perhaps no surprise that one of the city’s biggest claims to fame is that the street artist Banksy hails from there.

Hassle-free option: Book this Self Guided Tour

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Visit Lincoln (@visitlincoln)

Although it was previously a bit far for a day trip, LNER has launched new trains to Lincoln after the success of their Lincoln Experience event, which was part of a Visit Lincoln week celebrating the city. 

This is big news. It means that in just two hours you can escape London and make your way to the city steeped in Roman history.

The day trip alone is worth it for Lincoln castle and the picturesque grounds surrounding it, but you’ve also got plenty of shops, cafes, and pubs to make your way through in the city centre between museum hopping.  

Train departs from: London King’s Cross

Average journey time: 2 hours 19 minutes

Hassle-free option Book a guided walking tour of the city

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Stonehenge (@stonehenge)

As one of the strangest day trips from London, a visit to the mysterious Stonehenge is a must for everyone. This is a rock formation that has puzzled historians for centuries.

How did the stones get there? Nobody is quite sure, but experts reckon that they were carried for over 160 miles, so they must be pretty special. 

We highly recommend booking a guided tour of the site, so you get to hear about all the interesting theories surrounding the mystical Stonehenge – and you can ask any burning questions (trust me, you’ll have a few).

Bear in mind that post-lockdown you need to book your entry time slot for Stonehenge well in advance, and remember to bring your booking confirmation with you.

Train departs from: Waterloo

Average journey time: 2 hours 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: A morning tour of Stonehenge with London transfers

Harry Potter Studios

From the mystical to the pure magical – if you haven’t visited the Harry Potter Studios yet, what are you waiting for? 

This is one of the best family days out near London and whether you’re a Potterhead or not, it’s so fun to go behind the scenes of arguably the most popular franchise to ever exist.

If the idea of heading to a city and wandering aimlessly doesn’t appeal to you, book yourself a ticket to the studios and experience Hogwarts for yourself.

If you want the full lowdown on the studio tour, including how to get there, tickets, and what to expect when you arrive, check out this article.

Train departs from: London Euston

Average journey time: 30 minutes

Hassle-free option: Entry tickets and London transfers all rolled into one

This old spa town is one of the prettiest in Gloucestershire and can be reached in around 2 hours from London. Cheltenham boasts Regency buildings in abundance, including the Pittville pump room which was incredibly important in Cheltenham’s spa town history. 

Famed for hosting both the Cheltenham Horse Racing Festival and the Jazz Festival, this historic town is incredibly lively during the summer months. 

Don’t get us wrong, it’s equally beautiful in winter – but there’s just something so magical about hanging out in Montpellier Gardens in the sunshine.

Make sure to visit The Wilson Museum for fine art and catch a movie at the Everyman Theatre – the ornate Victorian ceiling is divine.

Average journey time: 2 hours

Hassle-free option: Take a self-guided tour

Explore two capitals in one day by taking a day trip to Cardiff. It’s surprisingly easy thanks to the high speed train from London Paddington, and Cardiff Castle is beautiful and well worth the journey alone.

Other things to do in Cardiff include taking a trip to the famous Wales Millenium Centre – an arts centre which hosts plenty of live performances and workshops – and exploring the harbour nearby, as well as trying a famous Welsh Cake. Fabulous Welshcakes (opposite the castle) is our top pick for the best.

Hassle-free option: Take a day trip tour from London

Guildford is a picturesque medieval town with a castle at its heart. It’s a surprisingly quick day trip here from London and one we implore you to make – after all, it’s one of our favourite places to visit outside London.

Nestled in the Surrey countryside, it may be small but this town certainly packs a punch when it comes to things to do. Not to mention it’s filled with plenty of brilliant pubs for a well-deserved pint.

What to do? Our top picks include Guildford House, a 17th-century townhouse gallery with rotating exhibitions, hikes along dapdune walk, and a visit to the hilltop cathedral that boasts views of the town.

Hassle-free option: Take a walking tour

Day Trips from London by Car

Easy as it is to hop out of London on a train, some places are more suited to day trips from London by car.

The Cotswolds

It’s a rare event indeed when the words picture-perfect and Cotswolds aren’t mentioned in the same breath.

The Cotswolds is the kind of England you find on the postcards – twee villages with thatched cottages in golden hues, rolling green hills, steaming piles of scones piled high with jam and clotted cream for your afternoon tea.

If it all sounds perfectly lovely, it is.

There’s a reason that the Cotswolds find themselves on many a travel itinerary. Bibury and Burford are two of the prettiest villages- be sure to visit them during your trip.

If you want to see as many villages as possible, I’d recommend starting in Burford and finishing in Winchcombe, meandering through Northleach, Lower and Upper Slaughter, Moreton-in-Marsh and Chipping Camden along the way.

It’s an easy drive, but it means you don’t get much time any one spot.

Alternatively, you can narrow it down to a couple of villages and add in a long walk and some afternoon tea for a much more relaxed trip.

Average driving time from central London: 2 hours

Hassle-free option: Book this full-day Cotswolds four-village tour

Read Next: Pretty Spots You Have to Visit in the Cotswolds

Stratford Upon Avon

Stratford Upon Avon – the birthplace of Britain’s famous bard, Shakespeare and a twee little Tudor town set around the River Avon.

The Royal Shakespeare Company’s Theatre dominates the town – rightly so. There’s always something fantastic to see on one of its several stages.

Away from the theatre, Stratford Upon Avon’s Tudor architecture offers a glimpse into days of yore. You can visit Shakespeare’s birthplace, as well as the home that he retired to after the bright lights of London proved too much.

His final resting place, Holy Trinity Church is said to be the most visited parish church in the country.

But Stratford isn’t just Shakespeare – hop onto a boat and row along the Avon, go on a river walk out of town, hole up in an old pub for a pint or two and appreciate the sleepy appeal of this quaint little town.

Seven Sisters Country Park

There are few landscapes as striking as the sight of the chalk faces of the Seven Sisters rising up from the coast.

These gorgeous cliffs form the focal point of the larger Seven Sisters Country Park, part of the South Downs National Park.

Strap on your hiking boots and set off on a walk along the Sisters for a refreshing day out from London. Park at the Visitor Centre (where you can also pop in to learn about the history of the country park) and take the path to Seaford Head View Point for the classic view of the cliffs.

Alternatively, why not tackle the part of the South Downs Way that runs through the country park and over the sisters themselves.

Hassle-free option: Seven Sisters and South Downs day trip

The New Forest

The New Forest might be less than 100 miles outside of London but it feels like a world away. It’s the largest stretch of unenclosed pasture land and forest in the country and is famous for the wild ponies that roam across its lands.

In terms of attractions, The New Forest has surprisingly varied arsenal of things to see. Beaulieu, a vintage car museum, stately home and medieval monastery rolled into one is one such destination and worth seeing if you’re not a complete petrolhead.

Still, a lot of the appeal is in getting outdoors and onto the many walking trails that crisscross the region. Be sure to wear some comfortable shoes.

Hassle-free option: Train to Lymington or Brockenhurst and hop onto the New Forest tour bus

Leeds Castle

London has plenty of castles nearby that make for great day trips, and, despite its name, Leeds Castle is actually in Kent.

This castle is no stranger to royalty with 6 medieval queens previously residing here, and Queen Elizabeth I was even imprisoned at the castle before her coronation. If you fancy stretching the day trip into an overnight experience and live the life of a royal yourself (who wouldn’t?) you can even book a place to sleep in the Maiden’s Tower.

Humbly labelling itself as the “loveliest castle in the world”, you’ve got over 900 years of history to uncover at Leeds Castle – if you can make it past the moat!

Tickets cost £28 for adults and £19.50 for kids, but you get a better deal if there’s a group of you, which is definitely worth looking into.

Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: Tour Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral and Dover with transfers from London

Highclere Castle

Yes, this is the Downton Abbey Castle. I can’t guarantee that you’ll run into any of the Crawley family while you’re there, but I can promise you a brilliant day trip from London at Highclere Castle .

Take a walk around the grounds and make sure to snap some all-important insta pics of the Jacobethan facade, before you enter the castle and soak in all the history.

Admission tickets cost £24 for adults and £14 for children but check out the website as they host plenty of special events throughout the year, including Downton Abbey Tours and quaint Afternoon Teas.

Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 30 minutes Hassle-free option: Combine Highclere Castle with Oxford

Cirencester

Looking for the best day trip from London? Technically Cirencester is in the Cotswolds, but we think it’s so nice that it’s worth us raving about it separately. It has, like many other English cities, a distinctive Roman history that you can explore in the Corinium Museum.

Cirencester is also great when it comes to shopping – it boasts plenty of independent boutiques and dreamy bookshops that you could spend an entire day exploring alone. 

Cirencester Park is the perfect place to spend an hour or two if the sun decides to make a much-welcomed appearance. You might just catch a game of Polo here, too.

Average driving time from central London: 2 hours 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: There isn’t one – though this is an easy DIY

So, there we are – 28 day trips outside London. We hope that you have found more than a few things to inspire your next jaunt out of the city.

PS: Looking for a longer trip? You’ll want to scope out our guide to Weekend Getaways from London .

Practical Tips for Planning Day Trips Out of London

• It’s always worth checking your train times but you should be sure to do so if you are planning to do your day trip on a Sunday. Sunday train service is notoriously bad – with rail replacement buses, less frequent services or indirect connections often popping up to mess up your travel plans.
• If you are travelling by train, try and book your tickets as far ahead as possible for the best prices. You should also consider whether it’s worth purchasing one of the many railcards available if there are a few of you travelling or you plan to do several excursions within a short period of time.

Best London Day Trips: Map

Discover More Day Trips From London Guides

• 2 8 Fabulous Beaches Near London
• National Parks Near London for a Weekend Break
• Caves in and Around London That You Have to See

Love this? Save and share on Pinterest.

24 Hours in Oxford – insidersoxford.com

Wednesday 5th of May 2021

[…] looking for a short break or escape in the United Kingdom within easy reach of London, Oxford is a perfect day trip. Even if you aren’t, you should go […]

Wednesday 27th of May 2020

Juliana - thank you for all of your posts. We have one weekend left in London coming up before returning to the US. We've been here 3 months and enjoyed exploring London by foot and the city cycles.

I'd love a recommendation on a day trip knowing we have to take the train and that we are still in lock down (somewhat).

In the last weeks we visited Cambridge, Hastings, Greenwich and Seven Sisters. Prior to lock down we have visited the Cotswalds and the Lake District and Oxford.

I look forward to your reply! Beth

Julianna Barnaby

Thursday 28th of May 2020

A total pleasure Beth - sounds like you've been exploring a lot! If you haven't been to Bath, I'd normally recommend a trip there - it's very pretty but obviously destinations like the Roman Baths and the Pump Rooms will be closed. I would say the city is pretty enough to more than justify a trip to spend some time walking around. That said, I think the official guidance is only to use transport for necessary journeys, so I'd check that before you book anything.

Sunday 3rd of February 2019

What a great assortment of day trips! I've bookmarked this post for when I'm visiting London later this year - so handy. Thanks very much!

Tuesday 5th of February 2019

Thanks Lesley - I hope you get to head on at least a couple of the day trips while you're in London. Have an awesome trip!

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

• Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
• Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
• Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

35 Easy Day Trips from London + 24 to Avoid

If you’re visiting Europe, it makes sense to make the most of your time in England with a day trip from London.

I get a lot of emails asking which day trips from London are feasible, and which ones aren’t. Here I’ve compiled the most common destinations that travelers ask about and analyze whether they’re fit for a day trip or need more time.

Let’s go over the best day trips from London that won’t leave you totally depleted, and explore the day trips from London that just aren’t realistic.

Disclosure: I only recommend products & services I would use myself and all opinions expressed here are our own. This post may contain affiliate links that at no additional cost to you, I may earn a small commission. Read my full privacy policy here .

Day Trips from London that are Absolutely Feasible ✅

Please note that these travel times are approximate and can vary based on specific starting points in London, traffic, specific train schedules, and other factors. Always check current travel times before planning a trip using Google Maps or my favorite app: Citymapper .

This is not an exhaustive list – that would take up the whole of the internet 😉

1. Oxford ✅

• Drive: 1.5 hours
• Train: 1 hour 

Famous for its prestigious university, Oxford offers beautiful architecture, museums, and the Bodleian Library.

Oxford is one of the best day trips from London by train. It’s like stepping into the Harry Potter films, and it’s such a short train ride to be transported a world away.

2. Cambridge ✅

• Train: 50 minutes

Another charming, ancient university town with punting on the River Cam and the stunning King’s College Chapel.

Cambridge is truly magical and makes for one of the easiest day trips from London by train.

3. Brighton ✅

• Drive: 2 hours
• Train: 1 hour  

A vibrant seaside town with a pier, the Royal Pavilion, and quirky shopping lanes.

If you want a day trip from London by train that takes you to the beach, Brighton is the way to go!

• Drive: 4 hours
• Train: 2.5 hours 

A historic city with a rich Viking and Roman heritage. While it’s possible to visit in a day, you may may feel rushed as there’s lots to see here!

5. Windsor ✅

• Drive: 1 hour
• Train: 50 minutes  

Visit Windsor Castle, the oldest and largest inhabited castle in the world. I always encourage London travelers to fit this in if they have time, as it’s much more magical than Buckingham Palace.

6. Canterbury ✅

Home to the magnificent Canterbury Cathedral and a charming medieval town center. This day trip from London by train will take you worlds away in just 1 hour.

• Drive: 2.5 hours
• Train: 1.5 hours  

Known for its Roman-built baths and Georgian architecture, Bath is a picturesque town in the Cotswolds. This is one of the best day trips from London by train because once you arrive in Bath, it’s all walkable straight from the train station.

8. Stonehenge ✅

• Train (to Salisbury, then bus): 1.5 hours 

The iconic prehistoric monument is a super popular day trip from London. Many tour companies offer excellent Stonehenge tours in conjunction with other nearby attractions like Windsor and Bath for a really affordable price.

Personally, I don’t think Stonehenge on its own is worth the trip, but if you book with a company that also takes you to other iconic locations on the way, it’s totally worth it.

9. Stratford-upon-Avon ✅

• Train: 2 hours 

The birthplace of William Shakespeare! So much charming history, and a great day trip for students and history lovers.

10. Cotswolds ✅

• Train (to various towns): 1.5-2.5 hours 

Picturesque villages and rolling hills. Bath is the most visited place in the Cotswolds, but there’s so much more to explore here, especially if you drive or rent a car there .

11. Bristol ✅

A vibrant city with a rich maritime history. Bristol is a great day trip from London if you want a larger city (not a small village) with more things to do.

12. Winchester ✅

The ancient capital of England with a stunning cathedral. This place is charming as heck.

13. Blenheim Palace ✅

• Train (to Oxford, then bus): 1.5 hours 

A monumental country house and UNESCO World Heritage site. Blenheim Palace is truly magical, and well worth the trip from London.

14. Bletchley Park ✅

• Train: 40 minutes 

The historic site where British codebreakers decrypted German codes during WWII. History and science nerds – this one is your best bet. So much world history happened here!

15. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour ✅

• Train: 20 minutes to Watford Junction, then a shuttle bus, though most tour companies include transport from Central London.  

Dive into the magical world with The Making of Harry Potter tour, a must for fans of the series.

This is the most popular day trip from London, and tickets often sell out months ahead. Read all my tips to scoring tickets here.

16. Hampton Court Palace ✅

• Train: 35 minutes  

A historic palace once home to Henry VIII, showcasing Tudor and Baroque architecture. Fans of SIX the Musical and history nerds, you have to go!

• Train: 1.5 hours 

A medieval town with cobbled streets, historic buildings, and a rich smuggling history. A super charming, quaint little village!

18. Leeds Castle ✅

• Train: 1 hour to Maidstone, then a local bus 

A picturesque castle set on two islands in a tranquil lake.

19. Hever Castle ✅

• Train: 40 minutes to Hever, then a short walk 

The childhood home of Anne Boleyn, set within beautiful gardens.

20. Salisbury ✅

A historic city close to Stonehenge, home to the impressive Salisbury Cathedral.

Known for its magnificent cathedral and the historic home of Oliver Cromwell.

22. St Albans ✅

• Train: 20 minutes 

A historic market town boasting Roman ruins and a stunning cathedral.

23. Rochester ✅

A town steeped in history with its Norman castle, cathedral, and Charles Dickens connections.

24. Hatfield House ✅

• Train: 20 minutes

 This is a lesser-known day trip from London to a really incredible spot. Hatfield House is a Jacobean house with sprawling gardens, once the childhood home of Queen Elizabeth I.

25. Sissinghurst Castle Garden ✅

• Train: 1 hour to Staplehurst, then a local bus 

A historic estate renowned for its beautifully designed gardens by Vita Sackville-West.

26. Cardiff, Wales ✅

• Drive: 3 hours

Wales is the closest country to England , so if your goal is to just get to another country cheaply and quickly, go to Cardiff!

The capital of Wales, Cardiff boasts a blend of historic and modern attractions. The Cardiff Castle, located in the city center, showcases 2,000 years of history, while the Cardiff Bay offers a modern waterfront with dining and entertainment options.

27. Dover ✅

• Train: 1.5 hours

Famous for its iconic White Cliffs, Dover also offers the impressive Dover Castle. The port town is a gateway to the continent, with ferries frequently departing for France.

On a clear day, you can actually see France from the cliffs!

28. Birmingham ✅

As the UK’s second-largest city, Birmingham offers a mix of cool experiences. The Birmingham Museum and Art Gallery, Cadbury World, and the historic Jewellery Quarter are among its top attractions.

29. Lille, France ✅

Hop on the Eurostar and be in another country in 1 hour and 22 minutes ! Lille, located in the Hauts-de-France region, is a vibrant city with a rich blend of French and Flemish influences. It’s not nearly as big as Paris, so it’s perfect for a day trip from London.

30. Southend-on-Sea ✅

• Train: 1 hour

A popular seaside resort, Southend offers the longest pleasure pier in the world. With its beaches, arcades, and Adventure Island amusement park, it’s a fun destination for families.

31. Broadstairs ✅

A charming coastal town, Broadstairs boasts sandy beaches and a rich history. It’s known for its association with Charles Dickens, who visited frequently.

32. Portsmouth ✅

A historic port city, Portsmouth is home to the Historic Dockyard, where you can see the HMS Victory and the Mary Rose Museum. The Spinnaker Tower offers panoramic views of the city and the sea.

33. Bournemouth ✅

• Train: 2 hours

A vibrant coastal town, Bournemouth is known for its seven miles of sandy beaches, beautiful gardens, and a bustling town center. The Bournemouth Pier and Oceanarium are popular attractions.

34. Brussels, (Belgium) ✅

• Eurostar: 2 hours 

As Belgium’s capital, Brussels is accessible via Eurostar for a day trip , but you won’t get to explore this huge city for very long. 

35. Bury St. Edmunds ✅

• Drive: 2 Hours
• Train: 2 Hours

Commonly just called “Bury,” this is a charming historic market and cathedral town in Suffolk.

Day Trips from London that Are Just Too Far ❌

While all these destinations are fascinating and offer unique experiences, the travel times and logistics involved make them challenging for day trips from London. If you do decide to visit, consider staying overnight to truly appreciate what each location has to offer.

Keep in mind that although flights to some of these places might be a short time in the air, getting to and from the airport in London will take at least 1 hour, not to mention time going through security and passport control & immigration.

1. Edinburgh ❌

• Drive: 7-8 hours
• Train: 4.5-5 hours 

Scotland’s capital is too far for a comfortable day trip. It deserves an entire trip of its own!

2. Paris & Disneyland Paris ❌

• Eurostar to Paris: 2.5 hours
• Eurostar to Marne-la-Vallée (Disneyland): 3 hours  

Can you do Paris as a day trip from London? Technically yes. But even with the short(ish) Eurostar journey, it’s a stretch to do in one day and truly enjoy. Paris deserves so much time as it’s such an incredible and massive city. 

Disneyland Paris is equally difficult to do in one day, especially with kids – everyone would be absolutely exhausted.

3. Lake District ❌

• Drive: 5-6 hours
• Train: 2.5-3 hours to Windermere  

While beautiful, it’s a long journey from London!

4. Dublin ❌

• Flight: 1.5 hours
• Ferry: 3.5-8 hours (depending on route and ferry type) 

Requires a flight or a long ferry ride.

5. Cornwall (Penzance, St Ives, etc) ❌

• Drive: 4.5-8 hours (depending on destination within Cornwall)
• Train: 3-5 hours 

The stunning coastline is too far for just one day. The trouble with Cornwall is you really need a car once you’re there, but driving from London takes forever with traffic and the narrow twisting lanes of the West coast.

6. Isle of Skye ❌

• Drive: 12-13 hours
• Train (to Mallaig, then ferry): 10-11 hours 

Located in Scotland, it’s too remote for a day trip.

7. Liverpool ❌

• Drive: 4-5 hours
• Train: 2-2.5 hours 

Home to The Beatles and rich maritime history, Liverpool is doable for a day trip but would be very rushed.

8. Loch Ness ❌

• Drive: 9-10 hours
• Train to Inverness: 8 hours, then drive or bus: 30 minutes 

Located in the Scottish Highlands, Loch Ness is famous for its legendary monster and beautiful scenery, but it’s too far for a day trip from London.

9. Amsterdam, Netherlands ❌

• Flight: 1 hour
• Eurostar: 4 hours 

The capital of the Netherlands, Amsterdam is famous for its canals, historic houses, museums like the Van Gogh Museum and Rijksmuseum, and vibrant nightlife.

While technically reachable in a day, Amsterdam really deserves a longer stay of at least 2 days minimum. Here’s all the ways to get there from London.

10. Provence, France ❌

• Drive (including Eurotunnel or ferry): 10-12 hours
• Flight to Marseille or Nice: 2 hours, then drive/train varies 

Known for its lavender fields and picturesque towns, Provence in the south of France is too far for a comfortable day trip.

11. Nice, France ❌

• Drive (including Eurotunnel or ferry): 12-14 hours
• Flight: 2 hours 

Located on the southeastern coast of France, Nice and its surrounding towns are famous for their Mediterranean beaches, but the journey would be too long for just a day trip.

12. Bordeaux, France ❌

• Drive (including Eurotunnel or ferry): 8-10 hours
• Train (Eurostar to Paris, then TGV): 6 hours

 Famous for its wine, Bordeaux in the southwest of France would be a stretch for a day trip.

13. Snowdonia National Park, Wales ❌

• Train: 3-4 hours to Betws-y-Coed

In Wales, it’s a lengthy journey from London. This is an incredible area that deserves more than a day to explore fully! 

14. Giant’s Causeway, Northern Ireland ❌

• Drive (including ferry): 10-12 hours
• Flight to Belfast: 1.5 hours, then drive: 1 hour 

Located in Northern Ireland, the Giant’s Causeway is a unique geological formation and UNESCO World Heritage site, but it’s too far away for a practical day trip from London.

15. Bruges, Belgium (Brugge) ❌

• Eurostar to Brussels, then train: 3.5-4 hours total 

A medieval gem with picturesque canals, Bruges is technically reachable for a day trip from London, but you won’t hardly any time to spend in one of the most beautiful cities in all of Europe.

When booking travel to Bruges, don’t confuse your destination with Bruges, France. Try typing in “Brugge” instead of “Bruges, ” and you’ll be sure to find your correct Belgian destination.

16. Ghent, Belgium ❌

• Eurostar to Brussels, then train: 3-3.5 hours 

Slightly closer than Bruges, Ghent’s blend of historic sites and vibrant culture can be sampled in a day.

17. Antwerp, Belgium ❌

• Eurostar to Brussels, then train: 2.5-3 hours 

Known for its diamonds and port, Antwerp isn’t feasible for a day trip from London.

18. Scottish Highlands ❌

• Drive: 8-12 hours (depending on destination)
• Train: 8-9 hours to Inverness 

While parts of the Highlands might be reachable by a very long train journey or flight, the vast landscapes truly deserve more than a day.

I know this makes some of you Outlander fans sad, but you really can’t do a day trip from London to the Highlands.

19. Pembrokeshire Coast ❌

• Train: 4.5-5 hours to Tenby 

Located in the southwest of Wales, this stunning coastal national park is too far for a day trip from London.

20. Isle of Man ❌

• Ferry: 2.5-4 hours 

Situated in the Irish Sea, the Isle of Man has its own rich history and culture. Getting there would involve a flight or ferry, making it impractical for just a day.

21. Belfast, Northern Ireland ❌

• Drive (including ferry): 8-10 hours 

The capital of Northern Ireland, Belfast is steeped in history and culture. From the Titanic Belfast museum, which commemorates the city’s shipbuilding heritage, to the political murals of the Falls and Shankill roads, Belfast offers a deep dive into the region’s past and present.

22. Guernsey ❌

• Ferry: 3 hours (from Portsmouth. Portsmouth is a 2.5 hour train from London).

Located in the English Channel, Guernsey boasts beautiful beaches, historic forts, and a unique blend of British and French influences. The island’s compact size is perfect for exploring, but its distance from London makes it a challenging day trip.

23. Jersey ❌

• Ferry: 4.5 hours (from Portsmouth. Portsmouth is a 2.5 hour train from London)

The largest of the Channel Islands, Jersey offers a mix of sandy beaches, cliffside walking trails, and historic castles. Its rich history spans from prehistoric times to its occupation during World War II.

Even though the Channel Islands look quite close on the map, it’s not feasible for a day trip from London.

24. Rotterdam, Netherlands ❌

• Flight: 1 hour to Amsterdam, then train: 40 minutes
• Eurostar to Amsterdam, then train: 4.5 hours in total 

A major port city in the Netherlands, Rotterdam is known for its modern architecture, maritime heritage, and cultural attractions like the Kunsthal and the Cube Houses. It’s a bit of a stretch for a day trip from London, especially if you want to explore the city in depth.

Taking a Day Trip from London: Final Tips

The most important tip I can give you is this: if you’re only in London for a short time, don’t do a day trip. London has so much to see and do that you’ll never get bored.

If you’re in London for more than 5 days, I would absolutely recommend a day trip. Just make it something that won’t exhaust you too much – two hours on a train, max.

If you live in London like me, you probably have a list as long as your arm of day trips to take. All you can do it tick them off, one by one!

More on Trips from London

Debating ‘Should I Rent a Car in London?’ Insider Tips

Visiting Greenwich with Kids: 5 Things That Adults Will Love, too! 

The Perfect Day out in Cambridge: 7 Things you Have to See 

Is Solo Travel Boring? 5 Reasons You Should Travel Alone ASAP

Trip from London to Amsterdam: 4 Ways to Get there for Every Budget

How to Get from London to Cornwall: 3 Easy Ways for Every Budget

Kynance Cove in Cornwall: 10 Must-Read Tips before Visiting 

Kennack Sands Beach: Is it the Best Beach for Kids in Cornwall? 

10 Things to Know about Visiting Stunning Poldhu Cove

Day Trips from London by Train FAQ

What is the best day trip out of london.

The best day trip for you depends on your goals and preferences.

Do you want to see a pretty village? Try St Albans, Canterbury, Bath, or Rye. Do you want to go to the seaside? Try Brighton, Dover, or Margate. Are you into history? Definitely check out Blenheim Palace, Bletchley Park, Stratford upon Avon, or Windsor Castle. Are you a student or an academic? Check out Oxford or Cambridge.

The list goes on, and all you can do is pick a place that sounds cool, get your train ticket, and go!

Can you do a day trip from London?

If you have enough time to spend in London and want to explore more of England, you can definitely do a day trip from London!

The best way is to pick a destination (start with this list!) and hop on the train. There’s so much to see in England, you don’t have to go far.

What is 1 hour away from London?

Harry Potter Studios, Oxford, Cambridge, Brighton, Windsor, Canterbury, Winchester, Hampton Court Palace, Hever Castle, St Albans, Rochester, and Hatfield House are all within a 1 hour train ride from London.

What countries are a day trip from London?

Wales is the closest country to London for a day trip. Try Cardiff, which is a charming Welsh city less than 2 hours from London by train.

Other countries like France are possible for a day trip, but you won’t get much time to spend there. Lille is a short 1.5 hour journey from London on the Eurostar, and it’s a much easier and smaller place to explore than Paris.

Belgium is also fast to get to, with only a 2 hour train ride to Brussels. Brussels is a bit easier to explore than Paris, but it’s also a large city.

What towns are 2 hours away from London?

York, Stonehenge, Stratford upon Avon, Cardiff, Dover, Birmingham, Worcester, Bournemouth, Bristol, Brussels, and many more towns are just a 2 hour (or less) train ride from London.

What is the closest beach to London?

Brighton is the closest proper sandy beach to London, and it takes less than 1 hour to get there by train. Margate is also a popular beach destination that takes only 2 hours on the train.

What is the shortest Eurostar journey from London?

The shortest journey on the Eurostar from London is to Lille, France at just 1 hour and 22 minutes.

What is the closest countryside to London?

There is incredible countryside bordering London, but the prettiest and closest natural woodlands are probably Epping Forest , which is just 1 hour from London on the Overground.

Which country is easy to travel from London?

France, Belgium, and Wales are the easiest countries to travel to from London by a short train ride.

Similar Posts

The Best Navigation App for London: A Beginner’s Guide to Citymapper

Wondering what the best navigation app for London is? Here’s how to use Citymapper in London.

37 Weird & Wonderful Things London is Famous For: See or Skip?

London is famous for so many things. But which of these things should you see, and which should you skip?

7 Easy One Day London Itineraries: Choose Your Own Adventure

7 top choices for one day London itineraries for whatever you’re interested in, like history, art, food, shopping, and more.

Help! Harry Potter Studio Tickets are Sold Out for my London Trip Dates! 4 Ways to Buy

One very common question in my London tour groups is: “help! I can’t find Harry Potter…

Is the London Pass Worth it? Analysis & Easy Calculator

Is the London Pass worth it? Use this simple calculator to find out if you’ll save on London attractions.

Is London Safe For Tourists In 2024? What You Need To Know Before Visiting

Is London safe to visit? If you’re worried about security as a tourist, read on to find out exactly how to stay safe.

Nina Near and Far

How to have adventures near and far.

4 Days in London: The Perfect Sightseeing Itinerary & Travel Tips

London is one of those places that is on pretty much  everyone’s  bucket list. What amazes me the most about London is the blend of history and modern-day. One moment you’re looking at a fortress built in 1078, and the next at a sky scraper that went up in 2009. London is one of the most iconic cities in the world, with everything from quaint neighbourhoods and side streets to decadent palaces and fortified castles. 4 days in London isn’t time to see absolutely everything that this city has to offer, but it’s plenty of time to see the highlights and get acquainted.

I’m part British on my Mom’s side, so I was excited to visit London to learn more about a culture that is part of my heritage. I found that 4 days in London was enough for me to feel very connected with the city, in a way that I hadn’t expected. The truth of it is that with 4 days in London, you will have to pick and choose what you see – but this itinerary will help you plan it out, and fit a lot in!

What to Expect in London, England

New cities can always be a little bit overwhelming, and London is no exception. If you’re not from a big city, like me (Ottawa, Canada is home for me!) then it’s actually a lot overwhelming. Here’s a little bit of what you can expect.

London is busy, but it’s well-managed.  Although London is the second most-visited city in the world and very crowded, most places do a great job of handling and addressing large groups. Security check points run smoothly, tour guides are used to addressing large groups, and overall crowds are not an issue. 

It’s good to have a map. it’s super easy to get lost in London. We  actually went in circles on the way to Buckingham Palace one morning. My advice to you is to always have a map with you! 

London is expensive.  London is pricey. Come ready to pay a fair amount for food, accommodations, and most activities. I’ll tell you in advance that almost nothing on this itinerary is free, however it is totally possible to spend a few days in London and only do free things ( here’s a list of free things to do in London by Lonely Planet ). If you’re doing a lot of paid attractions, you will want the London Pass because they’re pretty much all on there. More on that later!

4 Days in London is enough time for the highlights. I think it would take a few weeks (months?) to see everything that I want to see in London. The key to having an amazing short trip is to pick a few of the must-see items for  you , and then build around them to have a great trip! This London itinerary will help you do just that!

Tips for Visiting London

Here are a few other good-to-know things about London!

Get Around in London With the Oyster Card:  the tube is the easiest way to get around in London. Order your Oyster card before you go, and pre-load funds based on where you’ll be going during your visit. Or, pick one up when you arrive in London. I have to say that I did like already having it. 

Grab Lunch at Pret-a-Manger:  I discovered Pret-a-Manger in London. It’s an international chain, and it’s all over the place. If you’re looking for a snack or a quick, affordable lunch, this is the place. Consistently, I was able to get a wrap and a drink for £5.00. 

Book accommodations that are close to a tube station:  central London is an expensive place to stay. Don’t worry about trying to find accommodations right on the Thames River, so long as wherever you book is walking distance from a tube station that will bring you right downtown. We stayed at an Airbnb near Kennington Station, and it was really easy to get around from there. When you only have 4 days in London (or however many days you’re staying) you don’t want to spend too much time commuting!

London is a great place to use Airbnb! There are lots of private rooms in Check out this post if it’s your first time using Airbnb .

Check your luggage for the day:  If you’re exploring London before check-in or after checkout, leave your bags with  LuggageHero.  This is a network of more than 120 storage points in local shops located around traffic hubs and popular districts. Store your bags near  Buckingham Palace , the   London Eye , or  Piccadilly Circus .  Use the map at the LuggageHero reservation platform to find a verified storage site. Each bag receives a safety seal, and the bag and contents are insured for £2,200. If your plans change, there’s no cancellation fee. Storage prices start at £1 per hour, with a daily max of £10 and a one-time £2 handling charge. If your plans change, there’s no cancellation fee. I’ve used this service in Montreal and it was great!

Check the Museums for live events: there’s a lot of special programming and events going on in London. Make sure you check what’s going on while you’re there, for example there might be a party or yoga at the Museum of Nature !

Always bring a rain jacket: I recommend bringing a light rain jacket or an umbrella that fits in your back pack or purse. It rains on and off in London. There can be sunshine one minute, and rain the next.

Last minute shows are cheap: Want to see a live show? If you’re not picky, you can get last minute tickets at low prices. The official TKTS booth   in the centre of Leicester Square sells all remaining tickets for shows on the day, and they’re often heavily discounted. 

The Perfect London Itinerary – 4 Days

Day 1 – river thames.

London is a big city, with lots to see. It’s best to explore things that are close together all in the same day. This itinerary works it’s way along the River Thames so if you go in order, you won’t be doubling back at all!

I highly recommend the London Pass for this itinerary. Most of the things in this 4 days in London itinerary are on there. Everything on Day 1 is on the London Pass, as are a couple activities on Day 2 and 3. The way it adds up, the London Pass will save you at least £60. It’s worth it even if you cut out an activity or two, because it’s easy to use and includes fast-track access, and you will still get your money’s worth.

I purchased a London Pass on my visit and was really, really happy with the decision. There’s an app for the London Pass, too, so you don’t actually have to carry anything extra with you. 

The Tower of London

Start your 4 days in London at the Tower of London. Get there first thing when it opens at 9AM, because it gets very busy as the day goes on. Once you’re in, go straight to the Crown Jewels. This dazzling (granted, elaborate) display is a must-see on your visit.

Guided tours of the Tower of London are available, at no additional cost. The Yeoman Warder Tours  begin every 30 minutes. The first one runs at 10AM Tuesday to Saturday, and 10:30 AM on Sunday and Monday. Tours begin near the main entrance, and last about an hour. This is a great way to get familiar with the Tower of London! This brings you to 11AM so if there areas of the Tower that you want to circle back and see more of, take your time!

Website: Tower of London Admission:  £26.8 / adult (included in London Pass )

The Tower Bridge

The Tower Bridge is easily the most recognizable bridge in London – though it’s sometimes mistakenly called the London Bridge. When you’re finished at the Tower of London, make your way to the Tower Bridge. You can go up, across, and down the other side. Go down below the to check out the engine rooms, and get a view from above through the glass floors. Crossing the Tower Bridge with the occasional stop to read information panels and enjoy the view took just under an hour.

Website: The Tower Bridge Admission:  £9.80 / adult (included in London Pass )

Potters Field Park is on the south side of the Thames River. This is a very popular spot for photos, and there are loads of restaurants here for lunch!

If you only had a day in London, then I suggest this morning (Tower of London and the Tower Bridge) and then a Hop On Hop Off bus tour in the afternoon.

St. Paul’s  Cathedral

Go for a leisurely stroll down the Thames Rivers to the Millennium Footbridge, and make your way across to St. Paul’s Cathedral. This cathedral is recognized world-wide for it’s stunning dome – which has been destroyed 4 times throughout history! On your way you will also have a chance to pass the Globe Theatre (details below) and make a stop in if you’re interested. 

Visitor entry includes entry to the Cathedral floor, crypt, and three galleries in the dome. Guided tours or multimedia tours are also available. The last entry for visitors is at 4PM, and St. Paul’s closes for sightseeing at 4:30PM.

Website: St. Paul’s Cathedral Admission:  £20.00 / adult (included in London Pass )

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

The reconstructed Globe Theatre stands a few hundred meters from it’s original site. The Globe Theatre was originally built by Shakespeare’s playing company. Many of his plays were performed there.

The Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre Tour and Exhibition takes you through the Globe’s history and modern day – including some amazing historical artifacts! It’s a 20 minute walk from the Tower Bridge. 

P.S. if you want to go to St. Paul’s you will not make it for visitor hours if you stop at the Globe… but you can go to a service instead! This way you still get to see inside, and you actually get to experience St. Paul’s as a place of worship (whatever you believe, it is a great experience).

Website: The Globe Theatre Admission:  £17.00 / adult (included in London Pass )

If you still have some energy left after a big day of history and site seeing, take in a great view from the Shard! 4 days in London isn’t complete without a great view. It’s open until 6PM Sunday – Wednesday, and until 10PM Thursday – Saturday. You have more time to visit the Shard than most other attractions because it’s open late. It’s near the Tower Bridge!

Admission:  £32.00/adult (included in London Pass )

The Sky Garden is a free alternative for a great view of London. It’s nearby, just make sure you book your tickets in advance!

Day 2 – Westminster and Kensington

The theme of Day 2 is royalty! Pick a palace and a couple of other attractions, and enjoy. If you have an extra day in London beyond this itinerary (or if you want to skip the day trip on this 4 days in London itinerary) then there are enough suggestions in here to split in to 2 days.

If you only have 2 days in London, then I recommend Day 1 + Day 2 of this London itinerary.

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the residence and headquarters of the monarch of the UK. It’s open to visitors for just 10 weeks every summer! Whether you decide to go inside or not, you will at the very least have to see Buckingham while you’re in London. If possible, time your visit with the Changing of the Guards . With 4 days in London, seeing one of the palaces is a must.

The only problem is it’s not always open to the public, so if that doesn’t line up with your trip, Kensington Palace is a great alternative.

Website: Buckingham Palace Admission:  £25.00 / adult for State Rooms only, £45.00 / adult for the Royal Day Out.

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace is another royal residence, located in Kensington Gardens. It’s been a residence of the British Royal Family since the 17th century. The State Rooms and the gardens are open to the public, and many painting and objects from the royal collection are on display.

The best part – it’s always open! If Buckingham Palace is closed during your 4 days in London, this is another chance to see a royal residence that has been standing for centuries. Kensington Palace opens at 10AM. Expect your visit to end around lunch if you visit first thing!

Website: Kensington Palace   Admission:  £19.50 /adult (included in London Pass )

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is a Gothic abbey church in the City of Westminster, in the centre of London. The abbey is the traditional place for coronations and a burial site. It’s probably one of the most iconic and most visited places in London, and essential to a 4 days in London itinerary.

On your visit, see the coronation chair, the royal tombs (there are over 3,000 people buried at Westminster Abbey), and the cloisters. The Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries is a new museum within the medieval triforium that recently opened to the public. 

Getting there from Buckingham Palace:  15 minute walk along St James park.  Getting there from Kensington Palace: Notting Hill Gate Station to St James Park Station. The tube only takes a few minutes, or you can enjoy a nice one-hour walk there!

Website: Westminster Abbey Admission:   £20.00 / adult (included in London Pass )

The Victoria and Albert Museum – Afternoon Tea

The Victoria and Albert Museum host’s one of the world’s best art and design collections. The museum opened in 1952, and it’s a must visit if you love art. Permanent exhibits include an extension photography collection, theatre performance, and art pieces from around the world.

Entry is  free,  but there are fees to visit some temporary exhibits. On the London Pass you have free access to even the paid exhibits.

Best of all, the Victoria and Albert Museum is the perfect place for afternoon tea. Afternoon tea is an English tradition going back to the 19th century. There are lovely cafés in the Victoria and Albert Museum for a tea break, or you can have the full afternoon tea experience for £30 in the Morris Room . 3 tiers of scones, sandwiches, and treats, and your choice of tea. Afternoon tea is one of my favourite experiences!

The Churchill War Rooms

The Churchill War Rooms are the perfect addition to your 4 days in London itinerary if you love history. The war rooms consist of two, connected museums – the Cabinet War Rooms, and the Churchill Museums. Experience a secret, underground bunker in the Cabinet War Rooms with an audio guide to hear all about it’s role during WWII.

The Churchill Museum is focused more on Winston Churchill, on his life and hist story. Entry to the Churchill War Rooms is £22 or included with the London Pass .

Day 3 – Covent Gardens and Sightseeing

There are a lot of places and sights in London that are worth seeing that are squares, alleys, and areas. On Day 3 of your 4 days in London, take some time to wander around the Covent Gardens area and see a few of the sights! In the afternoon rest your legs on a Hop on Hop Off bus, and pop in to some free museums.

With 3 days in London, stick to Days 1 to 3 of this London itinerary. Note that these first 3 days  basically  serve as a 3 Day London Pass itinerary, because nearly everything on here is on the London Pass .

Covent Gardens

Covent Gardens in a shopping, food, and entertainment area in London. There is plenty to see and lots of exploring to do in this area. Come for a morning and walk around, browse shops, find beautiful alleys, and try some food! Check out Cecil Court, part of J.K. Rowling’s inspiration for Diagon Alley. Marvel at Picadilly Circus, home to what is quite possibly the busiest and most confusing intersection that I have ever seen. Visit Covent Garden (the mall) for hand-made goods and delicious food, and walk through Trafalgar Square to see the lion statues!

Here’s a map to what’s in the area:

• Going along the top row, left to right: Picadilly Cirus (left side of the map), Leicester Square, Cecil Court (by Leicester Square tube station), Covent Garden (top right corner)
• Trafalgar Square is right by Charging Cross Station on the map.  The National Gallery is also located here.

The National Gallery

The National Gallery is an art museum in Trafalgar Square. It’s free to visit, and it’s holds over 2,000 paintings going back to the 13th century. This art gallery is truly home to the history of European art.

There are audio tours available and free guided tours of the museum so that you can get the most out of your visit.

The British Museum

The British Museum is only a 12 minute walk from Covent Gardens. It’s free, and a great way to spend an afternoon. The building itself is beautiful and impressive, and it’s home to thousands of art pieces and artefacts.

I suggest choosing only one of these museums for today, or taking another day to come back and do both if you have more time in London. Much as these museums are amazing, there are a lot of sights to see with your 4 days in London!

Hop on and Off Bus

Rest your legs in the afternoon with a Hop On Hop Off bus ride. 4 days in London isn’t a lot of time to see everything in this amazing city, so a bus ride is a great way to fit in a little more sight seeing! 

There are two major Hop On Hop Off bus companies in London: The Big Bus  ( £33.00 for one day) and Golden Tours   (£25.00 for one day) . The longest, most scenic route available is the Gran Tour on the Golden Tours Bus. It goes  everywhere.  The Red route on the Big Bus tour, similarly, goes  almost  everywhere. If you’re looking to relax on the bus for a couple hours, choose one of these. Both are included on the London Pass . Pick one and go!

This 4 days in London itinerary includes a lot, but you just can’t see everything. A Hop on Hop off tour is a great way to see more of London with limited time!

King’s Cross & The British Library

Here’s a suggestion if you’re looking to hop off the bus. King’s Cross Station (home to Platform 9 3/4) is fun for any Harry Potter lover to see. Harry Potter was a fairly high priority for my 4 days in London… more to come! Psssst: Platform 4 was actually used for the filming of Harry Potter.

Fans of literature, the British Library is right across the street. Find medieval manuscripts and British classics here. On our visit we saw original excerpts from James Bond, Lord of the Rings, and Alice in Wonderland!

Get here by taking the Green Route from Covent Gardens on the Big Bus Route. King’s Cross is also on the Grand Tour on Golden Tours, but it’ll take a long time to get there.

Day 4 – Day Trip from London

Now, I know you’ve only got 4 days in London, but if it’s 4 days in  England altogether, then it’s good to get out of the city for a day! London is just one part of England, and it’s a big, busy city that is very different from the surrounding areas. This far in, you’ve seen a lot of London itself with this 4 days in London itinerary.

It was really hard to choose! The common theme in all of them is an opportunity to enjoy a small town. My favourite place to book day trips is Viator. There are lots of options, and I’ve always had great experiences!

Check out all day trips from London.

Warner Brothers & Oxford

Oxford is known as home to University of Oxford, and on a visit you will have a chance to see some of the beautiful buildings that make up the campus. There are lots of adorable cafés and shops here. It’s a really nice to place to spend a day, and a very different experience than London!

On my trip, I took a combined day trip that included the Warner Brothers Studio (Harry Potter! ) and an afternoon in Oxford. I loved every minute of it, this was an awesome combination. There was a brief guided tour, a great way to get the lay of the town, and then we had a couple of hours to explore ourselves. Here’s the tour that I booked . This tour sells out!  Book in advance. If you’re not a big Harry Potter fan, you can go straight to Oxford or find a tour that combines Oxford and another place like Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, or Stratford-upon-Avon.

Stonehenge and Bath

Stonehenge and Bath are a standard day trip combination. Stonehenge was constructed between 3000 and 2000 BC, and archaeologists are always learning more about it!

The city of Bath (a relatively small city, with less than 100,000 people) was built as a spa when the Romans built baths and a temple. There’s lots to explore here, and it’s absolutely beautiful!   Book a day trip like this one   that combines Stonehenge and Bath, and that gives you lots of free time to explore. Resist the urge to do a day trip that has you hoping on and off without any time to the places!

The Cotswolds

The Cotswolds are adorable. Little cottages covered in ivy and flowers, fluffy white sheep roaming the fields, tiny canals running alongside the streets, and people peddling around on bicycles. It looks like a postcard!

This is the tour that we very, very seriously considered. It’s a day trip, lunch included, to the Cotswolds. The moment that I return to London, I’ll be booking this!

One Reply to “4 Days in London: The Perfect Sightseeing Itinerary & Travel Tips”

Great ideas! You’re saving me lots of research. I’m hoping to make it to London in September to meet my friends from australia! Will definitely reference this list.

Comments are closed.

• Car Rentals
• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Bundle & Save
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

London & Cambridge in 4 Days: A Cultured Journey

April 22, 2024 · 3 min read

Embark on a 4-day cultural odyssey through the heart of England with our meticulously crafted London and Cambridge itinerary. Begin your journey at the world-renowned British Museum in London, where a full day is barely enough to admire its vast collection of global treasures. Just a short walk away, indulge in the artistic masterpieces of The National Gallery for a couple of hours. Day two is an adventure in itself, starting with breathtaking views from the London Eye, followed by a scenic Thames River Sightseeing boat trip. The historic grandeur of Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, and Buckingham Palace will leave you in awe, each with an hour to soak in their majesty. Day three invites you to the spiritual serenity of St. Paul's Cathedral, the modern marvel of The Shard, and the iconic Tower Bridge, with a grand finale at the historic Tower of London, a castle with a rich tapestry of British history. Your final day takes you to the prestigious University of Cambridge, where the day is spent wandering through the hallowed halls and picturesque courtyards. A brief visit to the Bridge of Sighs in Cambridge concludes your tour, leaving you with memories of a lifetime from these iconic English destinations.

• Day 1: Diving into History and Art in London

The British Museum

Begin your London adventure with a visit to the iconic British Museum, a treasure trove of world history and culture. Nestled on Great Russell Street, this museum is a must-see for anyone with a thirst for knowledge. Spend your day wandering through the vast collection of artifacts, from the Rosetta Stone to the Elgin Marbles. The British Museum offers a unique journey through time, making it an unforgettable start to your itinerary.

Attraction Info

• Great Russell St, London WC1B 3DG, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 0.5-1 day
• Open from 01/01-12/23,Mon-Thu, Sat-Sun,10:00am-5:00pm;Open from 01/01-12/23,Fri,10:00am-8:30pm;Closed from 12/24-12/26;Open 10:00am-8:30pm on 12/27,Fri;Open from 12/28-12/31,10:00am-5:00pm;Closed during Christmas Eve,Christmas

Recommended Nearby Restaurants

The National Gallery

After immersing yourself in history, continue your cultural exploration at The National Gallery. Located in the vibrant Trafalgar Square, this art gallery houses a rich collection of paintings from the 13th to the 19th centuries. Allocate around two hours to marvel at the works of masters like Van Gogh, da Vinci, and Turner. The National Gallery is not just an art repository; it's a gateway to the visual stories of the past.

• Trafalgar Square, London WC2N 5DN, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 2-3 hour
• Open from 01/01-12/31,Mon-Thu, Sat-Sun,10:00am-6:00pm;Open from 01/01-12/31,Fri,10:00am-9:00pm，Closed 24–26 December and 1 January。

Where to Stay Tonight

Cityspace leicester square, page8, page hotels.

• Day 2: Iconic London - From the Heights to the Historic Heart

Kicking off the second day with a sky-high adventure, the London Eye offers breathtaking views of the city's skyline. This giant Ferris wheel on the South Bank of the River Thames invites visitors to step into one of its glass capsules for a 30-minute rotation, providing a unique perspective of London's majestic sprawl. It's an ideal starting point to get your bearings and snap some panoramic shots before delving into the city's rich history and culture.

• Riverside Building, County Hall, London SE1 7PB
• Suggested tour duration: 0.5-1 hour
• Closed all day on 12/25;Open from 12/26-12/30,10:00am-8:30pm;Open 10:00am-3:00pm on 12/31;Open from 01/01-01/07,Mon-Tue, Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 01/01-01/07,Wed-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Closed from 01/08-02/04;Open from 02/05-02/09,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 02/10-02/18,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 02/19-02/28,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 02/24-02/25,Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 03/01-03/22,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 03/01-03/24,Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 03/25-03/28,Mon-Thu,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 03/29-04/14,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 04/15-04/28,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 04/15-04/28,Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 04/29-05/26,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 05/01-05/26,Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 05/27-09/01,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 09/02-10/27,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 09/02-10/27,Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 10/28-11/03,10:00am-8:45pm;Open from 11/04-12/19,Mon-Fri,11:00am-6:00pm;Open from 11/04-12/19,Sat-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open from 12/20-12/23,Mon, Fri-Sun,10:00am-8:30pm;Open 10:00am-5:30pm on 12/24

Thames River Sightseeing

After descending from the heights of the London Eye, a Thames River Sightseeing cruise awaits to whisk you away on a serene journey along the historic waterway. Glide past London's iconic landmarks while enjoying insightful commentary. The 90-minute boat trip offers a tranquil contrast to the bustling city streets and provides a picturesque vantage point for viewing the capital's riverside attractions.

• Westminster Pier, Victoria Embankment, London SW1A 2JH, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 1.5-3 hour
• Open from 10:00am-6:00pm

Stepping off the boat, you'll find yourself in the shadow of the iconic Big Ben, the emblematic clock tower that stands at the north end of the Palace of Westminster. Although visits inside are restricted, spending an hour in the vicinity allows you to admire the intricate details of this historic edifice and its surroundings, including the impressive Houses of Parliament.

• London SW1A 0AA, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 1-1.5 hour
• Open on Mon;Open on Tue-Sun,8:00am-8:00pm，Outside viewing is admitted for whole day.

Westminster Abbey

A short stroll from Big Ben, Westminster Abbey beckons with its Gothic spires and storied halls. This church, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, has been the coronation church since 1066 and is the final resting place of seventeen monarchs. Spend an hour exploring its awe-inspiring interior, rich with centuries of British history, and marvel at the stunning architecture and memorials that tell tales of the nation's past.

• Dean's Yard, London SW1P 3PA, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 1-2 hour
• Open from 01/01-04/24,Mon-Fri,9:30am-3:30pm;Open from 01/01-04/24,Sat,9:00am-3:00pm;Closed from 01/01-04/24,Sun;Closed all day on 04/25;Open 1:00pm-3:30pm on 05/08;Open 9:30am-12:00pm on 05/15;Open 9:30am-1:00pm on 06/18;Closed from 04/26-05/07,Sun;Open from 04/26-05/07,Mon-Fri,9:30am-3:30pm;Open from 04/26-05/07,Sat,9:00am-3:00pm;Closed from 05/09-05/14,Sun;Open from 05/09-05/14,Sat,9:00am-3:00pm;Open from 05/09-05/14,Mon-Fri,9:30am-3:30pm;Closed from 05/16-06/17,Sun;Open from 05/16-06/17,Sat,9:00am-3:00pm;Open from 05/16-06/17,Mon-Fri,9:30am-3:30pm;Closed from 06/19-12/31,Sun;Open from 06/19-12/31,Sat,9:00am-3:00pm;Open from 06/19-12/31,Mon-Fri,9:30am-3:30pm，As Westminster Abbey is a working church, it may sometimes be necessary to close certain areas to the public and reduce opening hours.

Buckingham Palace

The final crown jewel of the day is Buckingham Palace, the official London residence of the UK's sovereigns since 1837. An hour's visit allows you to witness the grandeur of the palace's façade and, if timed right, the famous Changing of the Guard ceremony. The palace stands as a symbol of the British monarchy, its history, and its continuing connection to the people.

• London SW1A 1AA, United Kingdom
• Open from 07/11-08/31,9:30am-7:30pm;Open from 09/01-09/29,9:30am-6:30pm;Closed from 09/30-07/10，Opening hours may be subject to change, please refer to the official website: https://www.rct.uk/visit/buckingham-palace#book_tickets

Altido Elegant 2-Bed Mews Flat Near Buckingham Palace

The resident victoria.

• Day 3: Historic Heights and Modern Sights in London

St. Paul's Cathedral

Begin your third day with a spiritual uplift at St. Paul's Cathedral, an iconic feature of the London skyline. Spend an hour under the magnificent dome, where whispers echo and history resonates. This architectural masterpiece, sitting proudly on Ludgate Hill, has been a site of significant events and offers an awe-inspiring experience for visitors. Don't miss the chance to climb up to the Whispering Gallery and test its unique acoustics.

• St. Paul's Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 1-3 hour
• Open on Mon-Tue, Thu-Sat,8:30am-4:30pm;Open on Wed,10:00am-4:30pm;Closed on Sun，Opening and closing times are subject to change, so it is recommended to visit the official website to check the dates you will be attending.

Next, ascend to contemporary heights at The Shard, a crystalline spire that pierces the London sky. Just an hour here provides a stark contrast to the morning's historical visit. The Shard, a marvel of modern architecture, offers breathtaking panoramic views of the city. Its 95 stories of shimmering glass stand as a testament to London's futuristic vision, and a visit to its observation deck is a must for skyline enthusiasts.

• 32 London Bridge St, London SE1 9SG, United Kingdom
• Open from 01/01-03/28,Mon-Thu, Sun,11:00am-7:00pm;Open from 01/01-05/25,Fri-Sat,10:00am-10:00pm;Open 12:00pm-8:00pm on 03/31;Open from 04/01-04/15,Mon-Thu, Sun,1:00pm-9:00pm;Open 9:00am-4:30pm on 04/16;Open from 04/17-04/23,Mon-Thu, Sun,1:00pm-9:00pm;Open 9:00am-5:00pm on 04/24;Open from 04/25-05/26,Mon-Thu, Sun,1:00pm-9:00pm;Open from 05/27-05/29,10:00am-10:00pm;Open 1:00pm-9:00pm on 05/30;Open from 05/31-07/10,10:00am-10:00pm;Open 9:00am-4:30pm on 07/11;Open from 07/12-08/31,10:00am-10:00pm;Open 12:00pm-8:00pm on 09/01;Open 9:00am-2:00pm on 09/02;Open from 09/03-09/30,Mon-Thu, Sun,12:00pm-8:00pm;Open from 09/06-12/14,Fri-Sat,10:00am-10:00pm;Open from 10/01-11/11,Mon-Thu, Sun,11:00am-7:00pm;Open 9:00am-4:30pm on 11/12;Open from 11/13-12/19,Mon-Thu, Sun,11:00am-7:00pm;Open from 12/20-12/23,11:00am-7:00pm;Closed from 12/24-12/26;Open from 12/27-12/28,10:00am-10:00pm;Open from 12/29-12/31,11:00am-7:00pm

Tower Bridge

Continue your journey through London's architectural wonders with a visit to the iconic Tower Bridge. An hour spent here allows you to witness the bridge's grandeur and its advanced engineering. This Victorian masterpiece is not only a functional river crossing but also an emblem of London's enduring charm. Be sure to capture the moment with a photo of the bridge's majestic towers and the River Thames flowing beneath.

• Tower Bridge Rd, London SE1 2UP, United Kingdom
• Open from 9:30am-6:00pm，The scenic area is closed during Christmas from December 24 to 26 each year.

Tower of London

Conclude your day steeped in history at the Tower of London, a historic castle on the north bank of the River Thames. With three hours to explore, you'll have ample time to uncover the stories of royalty, armor, and even the Crown Jewels. This UNESCO World Heritage Site has served as a royal palace, prison, and fortress, and its tales of intrigue and treachery are bound to captivate any visitor.

• St Katharine's & Wapping, London EC3N 4AB
• Suggested tour duration: 3-5 hour
• Open from 01/06-02/09,Mon, Sun,10:00am-4:30pm;Open from 01/06-02/09,Tue-Sat,9:00am-4:30pm;Open from 02/10-02/18,9:00am-4:30pm;Open from 02/19-02/29,Mon, Sun,10:00am-4:30pm;Open from 02/19-02/29,Tue-Sat,9:00am-4:30pm;Open from 03/01-03/28,Mon, Sun,10:00am-5:30pm;Open from 03/01-03/28,Tue-Sat,9:00am-5:30pm;Open from 03/29-04/14,9:00am-5:30pm;Open from 04/15-05/05,Mon, Sun,10:00am-5:30pm;Open from 04/15-05/05,Tue-Sat,9:00am-5:30pm;Open 9:00am-5:30pm on 05/06;Open from 05/07-05/24,Mon, Sun,10:00am-5:30pm;Open from 05/07-05/24,Tue-Sat,9:00am-5:30pm;Open from 05/25-06/02,9:00am-5:30pm;Open from 06/03-07/19,Mon, Sun,10:00am-5:30pm;Open from 06/03-07/19,Tue-Sat,9:00am-5:30pm;Open from 07/20-09/01,9:00am-5:30pm;Open from 09/02-09/30,Mon, Sun,10:00am-5:30pm;Open from 09/02-09/30,Tue-Sat,9:00am-5:30pm

The Tower Hotel

Citizenm tower of london.

• Day 4: Academic Ambiance and Iconic Architecture

University of Cambridge

Begin your final day with a visit to the prestigious University of Cambridge, a historic institution that has shaped the minds of many brilliant scholars. Nestled in the heart of the city, the university offers a day's worth of exploration through its ancient colleges, manicured gardens, and impressive architecture. As you wander through the grounds, take in the atmosphere of academic excellence and historical significance that permeates the air. The University of Cambridge isn't just a place of study; it's a living museum where every corner tells a story.

• The Old Schools, Trinity Ln, Cambridge CB2 1TN, United Kingdom

Bridge of Sighs

Just a short stroll from the hallowed halls of academia, find yourself at the picturesque Bridge of Sighs. Named after its Venetian counterpart, this covered bridge is a charming spot for a brief interlude. Spend about 15 minutes admiring the structure that arches gracefully over the River Cam, connecting two parts of St John's College. The Bridge of Sighs is not only a testament to the architectural beauty of Cambridge but also a tranquil place to reflect on the city's serene surroundings and the rich history you've encountered during your visit.

• St John's College, St John's St, Cambridge CB2 1TP, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 15-30 minutes
• Open from 10:00am-5:00pm

The Varsity Hotel & Spa

West court - cambridge - campus accommodation.

* All user reviews in this article have been translated by machine.

* The information above is subject to change at any time. For the latest information, please check the websites of hotels and attractions.

<h3>Trending Searches</h3>

Popular Content

• Zhangye 3 Days Itinerary
• Beijing 3 Days Itinerary
• Huludao 2 Days Itinerary
• Savusavu 1 Day Itinerary
• Caylloma Province 1 Day Itinerary
• Manukau 1 Day Itinerary
• Metropolitan City of Genoa Rome 3 Days Itinerary
• Xiapu 1 Day Itinerary
• Hyderabad 3 Days Itinerary
• Sevier County 1 Day Itinerary
• Merida 1 Day Itinerary
• Pingtan 1 Day Itinerary
• Polonnaruwa 1 Day Itinerary
• Washington D.C. New York 2 Days Itinerary
• Chun'an 3 Days Itinerary
• Fukuoka 3 Days Itinerary
• Changsha 3 Days Itinerary
• Kunming Yuxi 5 Days Itinerary
• Daocheng 1 Day Itinerary
• Baoshan 1 Day Itinerary
• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy Statement
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier

• CITY BREAK , LONDON

The Best 4 Days in London Itinerary (by a local)

• November 2, 2023

4 days in London is a good amount of time to appreciate what this pulsating city has to offe r.  In this guide, I’ll be sharing a recommended four day London Itinerary, including the best places to visit, where to eat, sleep, & party, as well as all of my top tips for visiting.

London is one of the most happening and exciting cities in all of Europe.  Maybe it’s because I’m a Londoner that I love London town , but it’s true.

With its rich history, vibrant culture, magnificent architecture, eccentric fashion, wild nightlife, and unrivalled culinary scene, London ignites your senses in every possible way.

I’d like to think I know London city pretty well. After all, I lived and worked here most of my life. That’s how I know that my 4 day London itinerary is the best on the internet.

I’m here to advise you on all of the top London hotspots, as well as some cool hidden gems that not many tourists get to hear about. I will also share my insider tips and knowledge to ensure you have the best possible time exploring the city.

Sound good? Let’s get to it then. Here is a perfect Itinerary for 4 Days in London.  

Disclosure:  Some of the links in this post are affiliate links. If you purchase a product through these links, we will earn a small commission  at no extra cost to you.  And we can continue bringing you free tips and advice. If you found the content helpful and are kind enough to use our affiliates –  you are awesome, and we thank you! 

Is 4 Days in London Enough?

London is a massive city, i t boasts an abundance of things to see and do.

It would be impossible to experience it all of London in 4 days, so I encourage you to plan your time wisely prioritising what you want from your trip.  

In my opinion, the perfect London 4 day itinerary combines a balance of significant landmarks.  But you’ll also have some time to wander off the beaten path and discover some of the more  unusual things to do in London .

That’s why when people ask me how to long to stay in London, 4 days is the minimum. With four days in London, you can cover most of the city’s main attractions, including parks and museums.

With this in mind, I’m confident that if you follow my suggested London itinerary, you’ll feel like you’ve experienced the very  best of what the city has to offer .

• Follow us on Instagram

Where to Stay in London

There are several factors to consider when  choosing where to stay in London . Budget usually being the most prevalent one.

It’s no secret that London is an expensive city. So while staying in central London is ideal for sightseeing, it’s not going to be your most budget-friendly option.

Thankfully, London’s public transport network is one of the best in the world. This means you can stay on the outskirts of London, and be able to reach the city centre quickly and easily.

With 4 days in London or more, I’d say this is a valid option. 

Best London Neighbourhoods

If you want to be at the very  heart of all the action , you may wish to consider staying in  Victoria  or  Covent Garden . You can expect to pay high-end prices for accommodation, but with many key attractions within walking distance of your hotel, this area is very convenient indeed.

For the  night owls and fashionistas ,  Soho  is a chic central neighbourhood boasting a realm of nightlife, restaurants, and shopping. Also famed for being the epicentre of  LGBTQ+ culture in London , it’s one of the most vibrant and happening districts in the city.

For those looking for somewhere a little  offbeat and quirky , I would look into staying in  Shoreditch  (East London) or  Camden  (North London). Both areas are eccentric and unconventional in their own right, highlighting an amalgamation of street art, markets, nightlife and underground edge.  

If you’re  travelling as a family  or you’d prefer a more  ‘local’ neighbourhood vibe , I suggest staying in  Notting Hill  or  Kensington . Located in West London, both areas are peaceful and close to some of the city’s best attractions, while the city centre is easily accessible via public transport.

Alternatively, you may look at staying nearby, in which case you can compare hotels in here . Or use the Map below to see all your options​:

The Best of London in 4 Days

I go into quite a lot of detail in this comprehensive London Itinerary; so, for those who are short on time, here’s an overview of the best places to visit.

• See some of  Britain’s most famous landmarks  such as Big Ben & St Pauls’s Cathedral.
• Take in some of the  best views of the city  from the London Eye or the Shard.
• Meander the various  free museums in London , including the National History Museum and the National Gallery.
• Shop ’til you drop on  Oxford Street .
• Immerse in  London’s history  at the Tower of London.
• Escape the hustle and bustle at the picturesque  Hyde Park .
• Get lost in one of London’s  plentiful markets .
• Hunt for street art  and other quirky pleasures in Shoreditch or Camden.
• Enjoy some of the best Chinese food outside of China in  China Town . 
• Experience the fabulous atmosphere of a  London West End show .

Suggested 4 Days in London Itinerary

Okay, so this is an action-packed London itinerary. It means getting out early in the morning and arriving back late at night. The idea is that you experience as much of the city as you can during your stay.

Of course, this is only a guide. If this 4 days in London itinerary seems a bit much for you, you can cut out anything that you don’t mind missing. I’ll detail it all below, and then you can refine the list to suit your needs.

Here’s a quick run down of what to expect.

• Day 1 : Iconic London Landmarks & Sights
• Day 2 : London History & Culture
• Day 3 : London Museums, Parks, and Shopping
• Day 4 : Offbeat London and Hidden Gems

Related Read

Day 1 of 4 Days in London

Iconic London Landmarks & Sights…

• Big Ben & The Houses of Parliament

St James Park

Westminster abbey, buckingham palace.

• Picadilly Circus & Trafalgar Square
• Covent Garden & China Town

Waterloo is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station following the signs for South Bank. Use this Transport for London journey planner to map out your journey. 

Okay, time to get acquainted with the city you’ll be seeing alot of London in 4 days. There aren’t many better ways to do that than to view it all from above.

The iconic London Eye is a 135-metre Observation Wheel – one of the largest of its kind in the world. Located on the South Bank of the Thames, it’s one of the most recognisable structures amid the London cityscape.

It’s also quite pricy to ride the London Eye. Nonetheless, it’s still the most popular paid attraction in the UK, so it’s worth  buying your ticket in advance  so you can skip the queue.

Big Ben & The Houses of Parliament

Next, we will take a gentle stroll along the Thames and  cross over at Westminster Bridge . The bridge itself is a landmark in its own right, providing an iconic view of Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.   

The bridge will be bustling with tourists, locals and street performers as well.  Be wary of scammers  in these parts though, which often involve some kind of game. If it seems too good to be true, it probably is.

Big Ben (which is the name of the bell, not the tower) and the Houses of Parliament are considered  national treasures of London .

Most will be happy to admire from the outside. But if you’re at all interested in politics, it is possible to  witness a debate at the Houses of Parliament .  

You will need to book in advance, but it is one of the few  free things to do in London .

A short 5-minute walk from Big Ben is Westminster Abbey – One of the UK’s most notable churches .

Remarkably, it was Benedictine monks that founded Westminster Abbey in 960AD. It’s the final resting place of some of the country’s key historical figures, such as Charles D!ckens, Sir Isaac Newton, and Anne of Cleves.

Alongside a striking facade, the Abbey is a treasure house of paintings, stained glass, and artefacts documenting over 1000 years of British history.

It has also served as a coronation church, bearing witness to several royal weddings. And home to the coronation chair, whereby every King and Queen of England is crowned.

It’s much cheaper to book in advance , than on the day. If you’re interested in British history, architecture, or the Royal family, it’s worth the money.

You’ll find various coffee shops and restaurants nearby the Abbey. But if it’s a nice day, I suggest picking something up to go and having a picnic in nearby St James Park.

One of  8 royal parks in London , this area is incredibly picturesque and an ideal spot to take a break from the hustle & bustle.

On route to the park, you can walk past Downing Street, the home of the British Prime Minister. You can’t walk down the street itself, but you can give Boris a wave (or the finger) through the gate.

To fool your friends, you’ll find a replica of 10 Downing Street 800 metres away.  10 Adam Street  is now a hotspot for tourists wanting a souvenir photo!

A gentle stroll through St James Park will lead you to Buckingham Palace – the official London  residence of the Royal Family .

While it is possible to go inside the Royal Palace, it is only open to the public between July and October. It’s also a rather expensive attraction.

In any case, the highlight for most visitors is to witness the  changing of the guard . This is when the Queen’s guard hands over responsibility for protecting the palace to the new guard.

The guards in their traditional red tunics and bearskin hats are national icons. Many consider the ceremony a quintessential London experience.  It’s free to attend.

Tip – Please note, the days and times of the changing of the guard ceremony, differ from week to week. Always check the changing guard website  on the date you plan to visit.

Piccadilly Circus & Trafalgar Square

From Buckingham Palace, make your way to Piccadilly. Stroll the famous street lined with luxury hotels and designer stores. Eventually, you’ll end up at Piccadilly Circus –  London’s answer to Times Square .

Here you’ll find all things iconic to London. London underground signs, red phone boxes, and red double-decker buses, all make for  the perfect Instagram photo .

8 minutes walk from Piccadilly Circus will land you in Trafalgar Square. You’ll always find something to keep you entertained. Whether it be local street performers and artists, or something on a much larger scale.

Otherwise, admire the monuments and fountains that adorn the square. Or visit the grand  National Gallery  which is free to enter.

Covent Garden & China Town

It’s been a busy day, and I don’t know about you, but I’m parched. To round off your day, I suggest making your way to Covent Garden.

Here you can enjoy a pre-dinner beverage or two at one of its  plentiful bars and pubs . You can expect a great vibe regardless of the day, time, month, or season.  

When I worked in London, after-work drinks in Covent Garden were a religion. All I will say is that  nights in Covent Garden  have the potential to escalate very quickly.

You’ll also find several  excellent restaurants  in the area if you wanted to stick around for dinner. Otherwise, I recommend taking a stroll to China Town, where you will find the best Chinese food outside of China.

Day 2 of 4 Days in London

London History & Culture…

• The Tower of London
• London’s Bridges

Borough Market

Saint dunstan in the east, st pauls cathedral, the british museum.

Tower Hill is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station following the signs for the Tower of London. Use this  Transport for London journey planner  to map out your journey.

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  is one of the  most important historical buildings  in all of the UK. And with that, an essential addition to any London itinerary.

There’s so much compelling history wrapped up in the tower that it’s hard to know where to begin. Today the fortress is most famous for protecting the Crown Jewels.

There have also been many famous executions at the Towers. Guy Fawkes, Anne Boleyn, and Thomas Cromwell to name but a few. It’s this darker history which has earned the castle  a spooky reputation .

The famous  Yeoman Warder Tour  is the perfect way to learn all about the towers grizzly past. Worth noting that areas of the tour that may be frightening for young children.

There are other tours you can do, such as  See the Crown Jewels  or  Meet the Ravens . Either way, it’s a guaranteed fun-filled experience for all the family at this famous world heritage site.  

Next up, cross over the legendary Tower Bridge to The Shard. One of the newest additions to London’s skyline, The Shard is one of the  most recognisable skyscrapers  in the city.

Designed to resemble a shard of glass, the whopping 95-storey structure is home to some of the most high-end offices, restaurants and hotels in London. It’s also London’s highest viewpoint.

Natalie and I went to the  View from the Shard  not long after its opening in 2013. We enjoyed a glass of champagne from the viewing deck. Expensive but worth it for unrivalled views over the city.

There are tons of  food markets in London , especially during the Summer. But Borough Market will always be my favourite.

I don’t know if it’s because it’s one of the oldest in London. Or whether its because of its industrial location beneath the railway arches. Either way, it is  a total vibe !

The only downside to Borough Market is that it gets extremely busy. Not only that, the multitude of stalls selling an amalgamation of cuisines can be overwhelming.

With this in mind, I’ve listed some of my favourites below.

Vegan?  Check out this  Vegan Guide to Borough Market .

• Lebanese : Nana Fanny’s
• Indian : Horn Ok Please
• Meat Lovers : Hobbs Roast Meat
• Bakery Good s: Bread Ahead

Our next stop is somewhat of a hidden gem in London. It’s always been one of my favourite places to escape the hustle and bustle.

What was once a Church of England Parish Church, now lays in ruins following an att@ck during WWII.

The ruins are now a  secluded public garden . The range of plants wending their way around the remains makes for an enchanting scene.

You won’t need long here, but I would certainly stop by en route to St Paul’s Cathedral.

Save Money with a London Pass

Are you going to be visiting all of the cities top attractions and taking full advantage of the public transport network? If yes, you should consider purchasing a  London Pass in advance. The Pass allows free access to many attractions and unlocks tons of discounts around the city.

St Pauls Cathedral is another of London’s leading sightseeing attractions. A  building steeped in history , it should be a priority over your 4 days in London.

The cathedral has played an integral role in British culture for over 1400 years. It was largely destroyed in the great fire of London. It’s gone on to host a number of high-profile weddings and funerals.

If you  purchase a ticket to go inside, you can take a guided tour of the cathedral floor and crypt, climb its three galleries, and enjoy panoramic views from the top of the dome. 

It’s no secret that London is a treasure trove of museums. And our final stop of the day is one of the most well-regarded of them all.

Like most London museums, I’ve visited the British Museum countless times. It’s honestly my favourite London activity.

Not only are most museums  completely free to enter . But I always end up learning or discovering something new.  

There are over 60 mesmerising galleries to explore at the British Museum. My personal favourites are the ancient Egyptian exhibits. Others feature artefacts from ancient Greece, Mexico and Japan.

For the real historians out there, this is an  unmissable addition  to your London itinerary.

Wow, it’s been another busy day. Now is the time to kick back and relax with a cocktail in hand. Tonight, I recommend heading to Soho – one of the  most vibrant districts  in all of Central London.

This area is renowned for being the epicentre of  London’s LGBTQ+ culture , but it’s also home to an abundance of trendy bars and chic restaurants.  

Naturally, we’ve spent a lot of time in Soho, and I could be here all day recommending the best places to go. So, for now, I’ll keep it simple.

Start your evening with a craft beer or two at BrewDog Soho, followed by dinner at Bocca Di Lupo (Italian) or Mildreds (Vegetarian).

Then if you still have the energy, party the night away at one of  Soho’s bars and nightclubs .

Day 3 of 4 Days in London

London Museums, Parks, and Shopping…

• The National History Museum
• The Science Museum
• Afternoon Tea @ Harrods
• Oxford Street & Covent Garden

West End Show

South Kensington is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station following the signs for the National History Museum. Use this  Transport for London journey planner  to map out your journey.

National History Museum

Okay, day 3 in London and we will be spending the morning at some of my favourite London museums. Remember the majority of  museums are free in London , so it’s set to be a cheap morning!

If museums aren’t your thing, I’ve listed some alternative things to do further down the article. If you’re sticking with me, the first museum of the day is the National History Museum.

Often considered the  best of its kind in the world , London’s National History Museum never fails to blow my mind.

I’ve been visiting ever since I was a little kid. I’ll always remember how small I’d feel walking amidst the giant remains of dinosaurs and other prehistoric species.  

One thing I continue to love about the National History Museum is how immersive and theatrical it is. Not to mention, it’s one of the most impressive buildings in the entire city. 

Science Museum

I’ll be honest; you could easily spend the entire morning at the National History Museum. But if time allows, I also suggest checking out the Science Museum, which is just around the corner.

As the name suggests, this museum documents the accounts of groundbreaking scientific achievements throughout the years.

Young children especially, but adults too, are sure to enjoy the interactive displays, designed to both educate and entertain. 

Afternoon Tea at Harrods

Nearby the museums you’ll find several great restaurants. Or, if a Traditional Afternoon Tea is on your London bucket list (which it should be)  Harrods  is just a 15-minute walk away.  

I’m sure Harrods needs little introduction. It’s the most  famous department store in London  and despite its luxurious reputation, has a diverse customer base.

In fact, Harrod’s motto is ‘ Omnia Omnibus Ubique’ , which is Latin for  ‘all things for all people, everywhere’ .

While a little on the pricey side, you’re guaranteed the real deal when it comes to  Afternoon Tea at Harrods .

If afternoon tea at Harrod’s sounds a bit fancy, you could grab something to go and head to nearby Hyde Park.

Hyde Park to London is like what Central Park is to New York. A sprawling open space of meadows, lakes, flower gardens, and beautiful old trees. If it’s a nice day, this is arguably a better option.

Hyde Park is that  idyllic and pretty , it’s easy to forget that you’re in a city at all. I suggest taking some time to wander around.

Enjoy famous landmarks such as the Princess Diana Memorial, The Serpentine Lake, and Speakers Corner. Eventually, you’ll come out at Marble Arch, which is where our shopping endeavours can begin.

Oxford Street & Covent Garden

Everybody knows that London is one of the  fashion capitals of the world . So if you’re looking to glam up your wardrobe, this is the place to do it.

Upon leaving Hyde Park at Marble Arch, your eyes will bulge at the sight of  hundreds of designer stores  that line Oxford Street.

You don’t need to be flash for cash either. Some of the UK’s most affordable high street brands such as River Island, Zara, and even Primark have flagship stores here.  

Continue your spree into Covent Garden, where the large fashion houses are replaced with quaint boutique stores.

Meander down Neal’s Yard – one of London’s most colourful and photogenic streets, pick up some  London-themed   gifts , and find somewhere that appeals for your  pre-theatre show meal .

Listen up; you absolutely cannot spend 4 days in London without experiencing the magic of a West End Show.

I was lucky enough to have family who would take me to shows regularly as a kid, and my love for the theatre continues to thrive.

Some of my favourite shows to date include  The Lion King ,  Wicked ,  Mama Mia ,  Chicago , and  Les Miserables .  

Unfortunately, ticket prices have increased substantially in recent years. So if you’re travelling as a family, it’s going to burn a hole in your wallet.

But honestly, it’s worth it. Unless you’re from New York, where theatre productions are equally impressive, this is a  once-in-a-lifetime experience .

Plus, there are often ways of getting  cheap theatre tickets . My only advice, however, is to check the seats. Often, discounted tickets have heavily restricted views.

Day 4 of 4 Days in London

Offbeat London..

Leake Street at Waterloo Vaults

Leadenhall market.

• Columbia Road Flowers
• Camden Town

Okay, it’s the final day of our London Itinerary, and today is all about offbeat London. We will be exploring some of London’s quirkier neighbourhoods, hidden gems, and alternative cultures.

London’s landmarks may be world-famous and for a good reason. But it’s the unconventional side that gives my beloved city character.

But again, if you wanted to switch up the day with a day trip or another activity, you’ll find some options further down the article.

Waterloo is the closest tube station to our first stop of the day. When you have arrived, exit the station at Exit 2 towards Waterloo Road. Use this  Transport for London journey planner  to map out your journey.

Our first stop is Leake Street at the Waterloo Vaults. A labyrinth of old railway arches beneath Waterloo Station, The Vaults is home to  all things weird and wonderful .

During the evening, is when this venue really comes to life. At night the tunnels are bustling with theatre, comedy, music and other immersive events. But for now, we will be visiting the Leake Stret Tunnel.

Otherwise known as the ‘ Banksy Tunnel’ , it is one of the only places in London where graffiti is not only permitted, but encouraged. The result is a plethora of artwork from various artists.

Next, hop on the tube to Monument or Bank station, and make your way to Leadenhall Market.

Any  Harry Potter fan needs to include this spot on their London itinerary. It is one of many Harry Potter locations in London and inspired Diagon Alley in the films.

Every time I walk through Leadenhall, I pray that a wand store will magically appear, and I’ll finally be the witch I’ve always wanted to be. But so far, no such luck.  

Harry Potter fan or not, you’re sure to be impressed by the ornate Victorian marketplace. It’s home to several designer stores, restaurants, and London pubs.  

* Consider yourself a Harry Potter fanatic ? Check out this best-selling  Harry Potter-guided walking tour  and trace the footsteps of your favourite witches and wizards around Muggle London.

Our next stop is just a short 15-minute walk away. Look out for the infamous Gherkin skyscraper along the way. End up in Shoreditch – one of London’s  most trendy and happening neighbourhoods .

Famed for its impressive street art, diverse culinary & nightlife scenes, antique markets and infectious hipster vibe, it’s one of my favourite spots in the city. It is  offbeat London at its finest . 

You could spend a couple of days exploring all that there is to  see and do in Shoreditch , but Brick Lane is a great place to start.

While meandering around Shoreditch, don’t miss  Box Park  – a unique place to hang out and grab food. Also stop by  Beigel Bake  for the best bagel outside of New York.

If you like Indian food, you’ll find some of London’s best curry houses on Brick Lane. Finally, check out a hip rooftop bar such as  The Curtain  or  Queen of Hoxton . 

If you can find the strength to tear yourself away from vibey Shoreditch, I suggest hopping on the Northern Line and making your way to Camden Town.

As much as I love Shoreditch, if I had to choose my favourite place in London, it would have to be Camden. The vibe feels somewhat less pretentious to me and I’ve had some of the  best times of my life there .

If you’ve heard of Camden, it’s likely because of its legendary music scene. A  cool London fact  for you: Camden has paved the way to success for many iconic British artists, including The Beatles, Madness, Amy Winehouse, and Madonna.

In fact, if you do make it to Camden, checking out a live music venue such as The Roundhouse, Koko, or Electric Ballroom is the perfect way to round off your London Itinerary.  

Ideally, however, you’ll spend more than just the evening in Camden. That way, you can meander the eclectic Camden market, grab some street food at West Yard food hall, and enjoy a pint at one of Camden’s esteemed pubs. 

4 Day London Itinerary Alternatives

While I believe my London Itinerary to be the best way to spend your time, I’m well aware that our interests may vary. With this in mind, here are some of the other top things to do in and around London.

Up at the O2

Thrill-seekers might want to try their hand at some ‘ urban mountaineering ‘ at the UK’s beloved entertainment venue, The O2.

Historically, the iconic white dome was built to celebrate the turn of the Millenium; however, it proved to be such a hit that it’s now a permanent addition to the city skyline. 

While most visit the O2 to eat, drink, dance and sing along to their favourite artists,  Up At The O2  allows you to view the city in a whole new way.

Accompanied by a guide, you’ll embark on an exhilarating 90-minute climb onto the 52-metre-high rooftop.

Notting Hill

With its  ‘Insta-Famous’  multi-coloured houses, a vibrant annual street festival, and the classic Hollywood movie by the same name, Notting Hill needs little introduction.

Beyond the flock of influencers and movie-famous landmarks, its charm is timeless. I love to stroll down Portobello Road hunting for wears at one of London’s oldest markets, before finding a beautiful spot for brunch.  

By all means, do wander around the neighbourhood and admire the pastel-coloured houses. They are gorgeous and well worth a photo or 2. However, I must ask that you remain respectful of people’s privacy.

Try to avoid standing on the steps or sitting on walls outside the property, or you could experience the wrath of a true Londoner. Check out this list of the most  Instagrammable spots in Notting Hill .

Thames River Cruise

Arguably one of the best ways to experience this fast-paced city is on the water. Ditch the crowds and take in the sights without a care in the world.  

Depending on your budget, there are several Thames Cruise packages you can choose from. Some include 1-hour of sightseeing, others you can hop on & hop off. There are even romantic dinner or afternoon tea cruises. 

Get your Guide  has a wide selection of tours to choose from at a competitive rate, so it’s worth checking them out before your trip.

Take a Day Trip

Any longer than 4 Days in London, and I would suggest taking a day trip outside of the city. With our beautiful coastal towns and quaint countryside villages, there’s a lot to see.

Brighton is one of the UK’s favourite seaside destinations and an  epicentre of LGBT+ culture . Located just 1.5 hours by car or 1-hour by train from London it’s the ideal day trip. If you have more time, I recomend checking out Durdle Door on the Jurassic Coast.

Or if you consider yourself history buff, you won’t want to miss out on Stonehenge. A prehistoric monument and world heritage site, Stonehenge remains one of the biggest historical mysteries of all time. 

Consider yourself a die hard Potter fan? Don’t out on miss a wizardly adventure to the   Harry Potter and Warner Brothers Studio .

London Itinerary Essential Info

With London being such a vibrant and exciting city, you’ll find it difficult not to have an incredible time. However, the tips and tricks below can help you make the very best of your trip.

• Save money on public transport, attractions, and restaurants with a  London Pass .
• Book a  hotel or hostel here  or check out these best  air bnbs in London .
• Stay connected in London with a  portable wifi hotspot  or a  local sim card .
• Get to know the city on a  best-selling London tour .
• Don’t forget  travel insurance !

Getting Around in London

You will be covering several neighbourhoods on this London itinerary, so you’ll need to know how to get around.

Thankfully, London’s public transport network is one of the best in the world. OK, it could do with some upgrades here and there (erm, air conditioning on the Central Line), but it’s super reliable and easy to understand.  

First and foremost, I strongly encourage you to get an Oyster Card. The  Oyster Card  will ensure you get the cheapest rates when travelling around London.

It also caps your spends once it reaches a certain amount, which is great if you’re moving around a lot through the day. You get the same deal if you use a contactless payment card.

If you’re travelling with children, order them an Oyster Card 4 weeks in advance. That way, children under 10 travel for free, and under 18s at a discounted rate.

Many transport networks are operating in London, from buses and trams to trains and riverboats. You can plan out your journeys using the  Transport for London journey planner .

The Best Time to Visit London

There isn’t any right or wrong time to visit London, as there is a great atmosphere all your round.

If you are relying on warm and dry days for sightseeing, between May and September will be your safest bet. Though this is London, so you should always prepare for some rain. 

July and August tend to be the warmest months, but it’s also peak season, so expect inflated rates for flights and hotels. A lot is going on in the Summer, however, such as festivals and outdoor food markets. Londoners love to celebrate when the sun is shining, so you can expect a great vibe in the city.

London is also very festive throughout December. The Christmas lights in the city are stunning, and there are a few  Christmas markets . It’s also the season for  Winter Wonderland  which is not to be missed if you find yourself in the city during this time.

Budget for 4 Days in London

It’s no secret that London is an expensive city. I cringe when I think about all the money I’ve spent living there over the years, but  c’est la vie.  

If you plan to see London the budget way, you could comfortably live on £60/$75 a day. But that means eating cheap, staying at hostels, and being selective about the attractions you spend your cash on.

Thankfully, there are plenty of  free things to do in London  if you’re travelling on a tight budget.

On the other hand, if you insist on paying for all the main attractions, eating at trendy restaurants, and staying in fancy hotels, you can expect to double or even triple that budget.

If you hope to visit most of the prime attractions in London, it pays to invest in a  London Pass . The Pass allows free access to many attractions and unlocks tons of discounts around the city.

Is London Safe to Visit?

As somebody who has lived in London for most of my life, I would confidently class London as a safe place to visit. That said, I’ve grown up there. I know the do’s and don’t, and I have the privilege of being a local.

The actual answer is far more complex, and I strongly recommend you educate yourself on  how to stay safe in London  before you travel.

Like many places, theft and pickpocketing pose the most significant risk to tourists. There’s also a trend of gangs on motorbikes who snatch bags, phones, or whatever they can get their hands on as they drive past.

We suggest  keeping your belongings close to you at all times  and using a small padlock or compartmental bag to keep your valuables safe. 

Common scams pose another risk to tourists, and we advise being vigilant at all times. If something doesn’t feel right, trust your gut and walk away from the situation.

Check out this article for examples of  common scams in London .  And don’t forget  travel insurance !

Get the best deals on travel insurance!

If you become sick or injured, those medical bills can really add up. Or perhaps you have your bag stolen, or a flight cancelled.  Although these events are unlikely, they do happen, and having travel insurance gives you that extra piece of mind that you are protected. 5% Discount for our readers using the button below! (discount applicable for non-American citizens).

London City Tours

Some might say that taking a guided tour is the best way to experience London.

We always use  Get Your Guide  when we book tours. They have an endless selection of tours in locations worldwide, including London. Check them out!

Save Time and Book a Tour

For a more local experience, we recommend checking out the guided tours on  Get Your Guide :

Enjoy Your 4 Days in London!

Well, that concludes our recommendations for spending four days in London. What are you looking forward to seeing most? Is there anything else that you think deserves to be on this list?

Let us know! We love hearing from you. You can reach out to us in the comment section below.

Stay adventurous and happy travels.

Planning a trip to England? Check out our UK series  to help with inspiration.

PIN IT FOR LATER

Sharing is caring ♥

Related Posts

5 Responses

• Pingback: Gay London – the best gay hotels, bars, clubs & more Two Bad Tourists
• Pingback: Quirky Things to do in London - My Life from a Bag

Really informative, has been really helpful. Please keep on writing blog like this.

Hi Elena, we’re glad you found it helpful. Thank you

What a fantastic guide to London! You covered so much in four days. I especially liked your suggestions for the alternative and quirky things to do in London. You have a great taste for life!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

We’re Charlotte & Natalie, a British lesbian couple with a passion for travel and adventure.

Here you will find everything from lgbtq+ travel & lifestyle advice, to comprehensive guides and itineraries designed to make your travel planning easier., we want to inspire you to live the life of your dreams..

💌 Get discounts & updates in our monthly newsletter

Find Hotels Via Booking.com

Book Tours & Activities Via GetYourGuide

Get Travel Insurance Via Heymondo

Get discounts & updates in our monthly newsletter

Destinations

LGBTQ+ Lifestyle

Start A Blog

Teach English

Digital Nomad

Privacy Policy

Guest Posts

Work With Us

© 2022 Our Taste For Life Blog – All Rights Reserved. Website Designed by us via Fresh Creatives

I've been to more than 30 countries, but I'll always think this European city is the best destination for children of any age

• Of all the countries I've been to, I think London is the best place for kids of any age.
• My husband and I took our son to the city when he was a baby, a preteen, and a teenager.
• The city has many museums, parks, and other activities to entertain kids of all ages.

As a travel writer, one of my greatest loves is experiencing a new country , region, or city with my son. But one place has always been our favorite: London.

The city, which is projected to be the top summer travel destination in 2024 , is popular among tourists due to its iconic sites, gardens, and history. But if you ask me, London is also the best spot to bring your kids, especially if they range in age.

I've been to over 30 countries, and out of all of them, London is the place we chose to bring our child when he was a baby, a preteen, and a teenager.

From the city's amazing architecture to its bustling museums , there are plenty of activities to catch any kid's attention. Here's why I'll always believe London is a terrific destination for children of any age.

Transportation in London is usually a breeze

In my experience, arriving in and getting around London is pretty easy. The Heathrow Express, an airport rail link operating from London Heathrow Airport, can transport passengers to Paddington Station in 15 minutes or less.

Once in the city, we take the Tube, a rapid underground transit system, to get to the big sights. Children under 11 travel for free when accompanied by an adult, and discounts are available for older kids.

When my son was 11, he loved the Hop-On, Hop-Off bus, a touristy but fun experience that takes passengers to major city sights like Big Ben and the Tower of London. Passengers can get off the open-top double-decker vehicle anytime, take a tour, grab a bite to eat, and then continue their journey when the next bus comes.

I recommend getting a 48-hour pass because you can get a great city overview on the first day and then dig deeper into certain spots on the second.

Finally, in an emergency like an infant meltdown or a toddler tantrum, Ubers are almost always accessible.

The city is full of parks for children to play in

London has incredible green space for such a large city. Many of the city's parks are free to the public and are wonderful spots for kids to picnic, sightsee, and burn off energy.

Regent's Park has gorgeous gardens, a playground, and a lake. At Hyde Park, families with two adults and up to four children can swim in the Serpentine Lido for only £15, or about $19.

Related stories

Greenwich Park is another one of our favorites because it offers beautiful views of the River Thames and an expansive lawn surrounding the Royal Observatory and Prime Meridian.

There's no need to worry about a language barrier

I'm a seasoned traveler, but language barriers can still throw me for a loop. I always try to learn a few simple phrases, but not understanding a language and juggling a kid can cause a lot of stress.

In London, there's no need to worry about a language barrier. Though over 300 languages are spoken in the city, most people know English.

There might be different words for various objects — like "nappy" or "diaper" — but I've easily communicated with the people around us in London.

London is full of kid-friendly eateries

Each time we've traveled to London, I've seen terrific restaurant options for palates of all ages. For example, Gordon Ramsay's Bread Street Kitchen offers a deal so children 8 and under dine for free when ordering off the kids' menu.

Delicious international foods , such as Italian, Indian, Thai, and Ethiopian cuisine, are also available all over London. Fast-food chains like Simit Sarayi and Yo! Sushi are also located throughout the city.

We loved taking our son to sample sweets at Harrods' Food Halls and enjoy sandwiches and scones at St. Martin-in-the-Fields' Café in the Crypt in Trafalgar Square.

There are tons of entertaining museums that offer free admission

London offers nearly 200 museums for patrons to soak up the city's culture and history. They're the perfect places to seek shelter from rain or serve as quiet, interesting respites for a napping baby.

On our first family trip, we strolled our then 8-month-old son through several wings of The British Museum as he peacefully slept. When he was 11, we hit The British Library to marvel at the Magna Carta and checked out the artwork at the National Portrait Gallery.

On our most recent excursion, we watched as our 16-year-old perused the masterpieces at Tate Modern. Most of these museums offer free admission, great kids' activities, hands-on exhibitions, and terrific gift shops.

London is close to tons of easy day-trip options

If you're a traveler who needs a change of pace or scenery every few days, London is a gateway to several day-trip destinations. Places like Oxford, Cambridge, Bath, Birmingham, and Brighton are only a bus ride away.

Visiting cities like Paris , Brussels, and even Amsterdam in a single day is doable thanks to the Eurostar train, which runs through several Western European countries.

The bottom line: London's fun, full of great transportation options, and offers endless activities to entertain the entire family. It's truly a winner for kids of all ages.

• Main content

• International edition
• Australia edition
• Europe edition

My four-day rail and ferry adventure from the UK to Albania

From London to Tirana, via Chambéry’s medieval streets, bustling Bari and Albania’s dynamic capital, this trip across Europe has treats at every turn

M y overriding memories of crossing countries by train, on a trip from London to Albania, are of half-empty carriages and countryside sweeping past windows bathed in the soft orange glow of sunset. I remember cypress trees, red-roofed villages with square churches, farmland in neat strips and row upon row of vineyards.

On my London-Paris-Chambéry-Turin-Bari-Tirana journey over land and sea, there was, for long stretches, little to do. The wifi was patchy. It took a while to adapt to having so much time to simply watch the world go by, travelling through landscapes without having to navigate them.

The biggest stress happened long before I set off, when a landslide not far from the French border with Italy blocked the rail line between Chambéry and Turin, forcing a closure that continues today. Byway, the no-fly operator I had booked with, offered to reroute me through Nice and on to Turin via the Vermenagna valley (with changes in Tende and Cuneo), or book me on the FlixBus service over part of the Mont Blanc massif. I was keen to see Chambéry and the Alps, so I chose the bus.

People seemed surprised when I told them I was travelling overland to Albania. As I gushed about the romance of slow travel by train and sleeper ferry, and my excitement about Tirana, I got comments about being “brave”. I didn’t feel especially brave: all the planning, tickets and hotel bookings were done for me, and friendly help was a WhatsApp call away if needed.

I just had to download the Rail Planner app for my Interrail pass and make sure I was at the right station at the right time (Turin was the biggest challenge: it has four main railway stations and taxis scream between them bearing anxious-looking passengers).

The entire journey took four days. If I did it all again, I’d stay longer in Puglia, the heel of Italy’s boot – and remember to buy my Paris Métro ticket from the cafe on the Eurostar.

Day one: London to Chamb éry

First to Paris’s Gare du Nord, then the metro to Gare de Lyon, where I make a beeline for a cafe opposite the station. Noise pervades the pavement tables of Café Terminus, but the cacophony is delightful – an atmospheric place for a citron pressé .

I’m in plenty of time for the train to Chambéry and, excitingly, am on the upper deck. Soon, we break free from the suburbs to trace huge stands of forest. Beyond Lyon begins a ripple of hills, lazy rivers and thickly forested slopes. As evening approaches, it’s all Alpine scenery. I arrive at an almost-empty station and walk to the boutique Hotel des Princes in Chambéry’s old town.

Chambéry has an Italian feel – it was the seat of the House of Savoy before the dynasty moved on to Turin – and its medieval alleys, cathedral and pastel-coloured townhouses are quietly impressive. The 1838 Fontaine des Éléphants sits in the middle of the closest square to the old town, and peeking from the end of every street are the Bauges and Chartreuse mountain ranges. My stay is peaceful and easy.

Day two: Chamb éry to Turin

From Chambéry, the train to Turin would take about 2½ hours, but the bus takes double this. I’m on the top deck again, which is worth it for the sight of misty fingers of early morning light breaking across the mountain ridge. Snoozing backpackers rouse themselves to snap pictures of remote Mont Blanc peaks, before slumbering once more through the tunnel to Italy. In Turin there’s perfume in the air from the blossom-covered trees.

Turin’s grid of long, straight boulevards is testament to its development by the Romans – the redbrick Palatine Gate is another Roman relic – and its grand piazzas, royal palaces and graffitied colonnades date from the city’s Savoy heyday in the 16th and 17th centuries. Today, the number one attraction is the Museo Egizio (Egyptian Museum).

My favourite moments? Ricotta and fig ice-cream on Piazza San Carlo, an aperitivo on off-the-beaten-path Via Sant’Agostino and the towering neoclassical Mole Antonelliana (national museum of cinema). I eat Turin’s famous doughy pizza al padellino (pan pizza) and spend a comfortable night in the eaves of Hotel Urbani in 19th-century residential streets close to the grand Porta Nuova train station.

after newsletter promotion

Day three: Turin to Bari

The views from my next train are of cinematic Tuscan scenes. Scorched fields, vines and Italian cypress trees. Neat red roofs and shabby-chic farmhouses. Fluffy clouds cling to hills that Google Maps tells me are the Tuscan-Emilian Apennines. After hours of soothing golden landscapes, the opal-blue Adriatic wallops into view just north of Ancona. Beach bars whip by and cypress trees are replaced with palm trees: I’ve arrived in the south of Italy.

Bari is hands down my favourite stop. The noise, heat and energy as we step off the train in the early evening are joyous. After Chambéry and Turin, Bari feels brash, a little rough around the edges even; a proper port city. The labyrinthine alleyways of the whitewashed old town are almost cliched in their cuteness. Despite the troupes of tightly packed headphone-wearing Americans following guided tours, it somehow manages to retain a tranquil atmosphere.

Old ladies yawn from the shade as tourists surreptitiously snap pictures and laundry flutters from balconies. I could stay for ever, but after 24 hours (which includes a lot of pasta, a stroll along the posh promenade to the not-so-posh city beach and a night in an elegant aparthotel, Residence Zodiacus , halfway between the station and the old town), it’s time to board the night ferry to Albania.

Day (and night) four: Bari to Tirana

I arrive at the ferry on foot and am escorted through the car deck to jokes about going in the wrong direction (to Albania, instead of from it). In the early morning I spot a pink sky through the cracked window of my comfy en suite cabin, and head to the top deck to see the sun rise over the distant outline of Albania. Disembarking in the port of Durrës is a bit of a scrum and there’s a bus to the capital waiting, but I opt instead for a five-minute taxi ride to the centre of town and breakfast of pastries and espresso on a dazzling white road lined with boutiques and palm trees. I later regret this though, as the aircon on the grubby public bus I eventually take to Tirana is more tired than I am, and drops me in an urban sprawl miles from the centre.

Tirana itself is a revelation. My hotel, Padam Boutique , is a grand villa with handsome rooms and floor-to-ceiling windows, and there’s striking new skyward architecture on every nearby street. A short stroll away is the landmark Pyramid of Tirana , which stands as a symbol and monument to change (and is fun to climb at sunset). Skanderbeg Square – a jumble of buildings erected on a roundabout at the time of the celebrations to mark the fall of communism in 1992 – is now a pedestrianised, glossy public space. There are nods to Albania’s recent, wretched history behind the iron curtain, of course – the Bunk’Art and Bunk’Art 2 museums, in nuclear bunkers are unmissable – but Tirana and the country are more than just the last century. My journey is done, but it feels like Tirana is just getting into its stride.

The trip was provided by Byway , which offers sustainable travel and accommodation packages across the UK and Europe. Its Alps to Albania trip costs from £679pp

• Slow Travel
• Adventure travel
• Public transport trips
• Rail travel
• France holidays
• Albania holidays
• Italy holidays

Most viewed

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

22 of the best day trips from London

By Condé Nast Traveller and Anna Prendergast

London ’s hustle and bustle can become overwhelming, even for the most dedicated locals – but its handy location means that day trips from London are easy for anyone who needs a quick escape, whether it be for a country walk , a seaside jaunt or a cultural getaway. Most of our selection of the best day trips from London can be reached by train , within less than two hours – and many couldn’t be further from the busy streets and crammed schedules of the capital. Whether you’re looking for fresh air, delicious eateries or a new selection of shops, these easy-to-plan day trips should slot nicely into your schedule.

Below are 21 of our favourite day trips from London, in no particular order. For more seasonal specific inspiration, see our recommendations for winter day trips from London .

1. Canterbury, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a colourful, food-fuelled history lesson in the garden of England How to get there from London: The direct train from London St Pancras to Canterbury West can take as little as 53 minutes

Prehistoric settlements have been uncovered in this corner of Kent, and it was a popular haunt of the Romans, who surrounded the early city by constructing an earth bank and fortified walls around 130 acres of land. The story of Canterbury that schoolchildren learn, however, comes from the medieval period, courtesy of Chaucer.

The city is home to one of the UK’s most spectacular cathedrals. Pilgrims have navigated the route to this ethereal site for many centuries, and it’s here that Thomas Becket was infamously slaughtered at the order of Henry II – although this series of events has been contested by countless historians. From the cathedral, scan the selection of novels through the crooked door of the Catching Lives Charity Bookshop, before soaking up the sun in one of the city’s hidden pub gardens – The Dolphin and The Parrot are some of our favourites.

Stroll along the remnant of the ancient wall that is still accessible, or settle in for a lazy afternoon on the colourful banks of the River Stour after collecting treats from The Goods Shed. Historic river tours of the river are touristy but not overly expensive, so well worth booking ahead of a visit to uncover the secrets of these romantic, cobblestone streets. Connor Sturges

If you decide to stay over: Parts of The Falstaff Hotel date to the 13th century, and original features such as fireplaces and oak beams are a nod to the city’s medieval history. The city’s main attractions are within walking distance, and comfortable beds, craft cocktails, and a signature afternoon tea await once you are back in the cosy setting.

2. Elmley Nature Reserve

The best day trip from London for:  getting fully immersed in nature How to get there from London:  The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 minutes and then it’s a short taxi ride to Elmley Nature Reserve

Think of day trips to  Kent  and you’ll probably skip straight over the  Isle of Sheppey . Just off the northern coast of Kent next to the Thames Estuary, Sheppey is an unglamorous largely industrial island that initially lacks the tourist appeal of some of its Kentish neighbours. But there’s a secret gem here right off the mainland – the bucolic Elmley Nature Reserve, 3,300 acres of wetlands and wilderness. This family-run estate is a true wildlife conservation haven and is the perfect trip for birdwatchers and nature lovers. With over forty varieties of birds raising their young at Elmley each year, there are some beautiful  walking trails  to spot them all, plus the other resident hares, frogs, dragonflies, cows, voles, bees and more. As soon as your taxi turns onto the long entry drive, it’s easy to see elegant birds such as egrets, lapwings and redshank happily frolicking on the flat marshlands and that’s before you’ve even started exploring. Open Wednesday to Sunday, the entry fee is £6 and that gets you access to the beautiful open landscape for a self-guided wander (although you have to stay on the paths!); they also arrange organised tours at dusk and dawn for £29.50 if you want an expert to help you spot marsh harriers, long-eared owls, sparrowhawk and peregrine falcons. It might be only 40 miles from London but it feels like another world. As well as an incredible place for a day out in nature, there’s also a lovely barn restaurant to get cosy in for toasties at lunch and more hearty evening meals, plus an impressive range of smart places to stay dotted across the reserve if you want to extend your visit.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  From decked-out shepherd’s huts with outside baths to four poster beds in the grand 18th-century main house, there’s a wide range of places to stay – all with stunning views over the nature reserve.

3. Stratford-upon-Avon

The best day trip from London for: a Shakespearean adventure How to get there from London: a little over 2 hours by train from London mainline stations; changes are often required

There are few places more charming than the medieval market town of Stratford-upon-Avon. It’s the birthplace and resting place of Shakespeare, and it’s easy to fall in love with the West Midlands spot during a jam-packed day trip from London.

Day trips here, understandably, centre around the Bard. Start where the wordsmith’s journey began with an educational mooch around Shakespeare’s Birthplace, now a museum highlighting how his work continues to shape our lives today. From here, onto Anne Hathaway’s cottage. The family home of Anne Hathaway, William Shakespeare’s wife, is full of fascinating stories and historical finds, and passionate guides are on hand to delve into tales of the famous family that resided here for 13 generations. For the full experience, visit William’s resting place in Holy Trinity Church via Shakespeare's Schoolroom & Guildhall.

Literary associations aside, entertain young minds at the Mechanical Art and Design Museum, get tropical at the stunning Stratford Butterfly Farm, and sample a craft beer before the return journey home at The Garrick Pub Restaurant, which is purportedly the oldest boozer in the town.

In a town dating back almost 1,000 years, you’d expect to stumble across a spectral resident or two in the historical buildings. Check into one of the charming hotels during spooky season and embark on a ghost tour to hear about tales from a haunted tearoom and what some unlucky guests have experienced in one of the town centre’s four-star hotels.

If you decide to stay over: For a fittingly period stay, check into The White Swan . The property’s use as an inn dates back to the sixteenth century, and the walls hold all the charm of a Tudor property with trimmings suited to twenty-first-century travellers. Cosy by the fire after a hearty meal, and sink into four-poster beds before another day exploring Warwickshire’s attractions and natural beauty.

4. Great Garden Escape, The Newt in Somerset

The best day trip from London for: a VIP experience How to get there: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 25 minutes

If you’re not the planning type, The Newt in Somerset’s Great Garden Escape is a fun-filled pre-organised day trip that shows off the best of the British countryside and its charming traditions. With a jam-packed schedule starting at Paddington station, day trippers travel First Class with breakfast served on-board. On arrival, they’ll be given a tour of the gardens at The Newt, which have been landscaped over hundreds of years and are now home to wildlife including deer and newts – of course. There's even an opportunity to explore the grounds with experts, along with a dive into the history and traditions of Somerset. Plus, a stopover at the incredible Roman Villa Experience.

Lunch leads into a cyder tasting, made on-site using apples grown in local orchards, where you’ll undoubtedly be swayed into picking up a bottle or two to take home. When you’ve breathed in just enough country air, the train journey home serves up afternoon tea, depositing you back in the city just in time for sundowners. The whirlwind tour is the ideal tonic for shaking off burnout and reminding yourself of the beauty on your doorstep. Abigail Malbon

If you decide to stay over : Should you choose to forego the train ride home in favour of waking up somewhere new, The Newt is a Jane Austen dream, whether you choose a room in the Georgian house or the converted outbuildings, barns and stables. Bedrooms are simple and beautiful, with a focus on relaxation, but those with a view are truly exceptional. In the morning, wake up early and treat yourself to a swim in the spa pool as the sun comes up – you’ll return to London feeling like a new person.

5. Clifton, Bristol

The best day trip from London for : packing a lot in How to get there from London: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 35 minutes.

After hopping off the train at Bristol Temple Meads, take a stroll to Clifton – the city’s most beautiful leafy suburb. Quiet residential streets are lined with pretty Georgian townhouses , spots of greenery to wander through off the cobbled streets and an eclectic mix of independent cafés, restaurants and shops.

Start with a gander around Clifton Arcade in the heart of Clifton Village, where the 17 boutiques are filled with knick-knacks and intriguing antiques. It’s not a true shopping experience without a pit stop for coffee and cake – try one of Bristol’s top coffee spots, Spicer + Cole, or – for a 100-per-cent plant-based menu – refuel with a slice of rose and vanilla loaf and a superfood latte at East Village Café.

Pick up some fresh fruit and vegetables from the local greengrocers and head to Clifton bridge for fabulous views across the River Avon. It's one of the oldest surviving iron suspension bridges in the world. Learn about its history at the Visitor Centre, stopping off for a pint of traditional Somerset cider at the White Lion by its side. Continue the historical tour by walking up to Clifton Observatory, which has a museum featuring a Victorian-era Camera Obscura and a mythical Giant’s Cave, alongside its own rooftop café serving up breathtaking views. And don’t miss out on a walk down Royal York Crescent – one of the most expensive streets in Bristol, which was also once reputed to be the longest terrace in Europe .

Next, spend time at Bristol Lido, a restored Victorian swimming bath from the 1800s surrounded by a spa and poolside bar for the ultimate in pampering. Round off the day with a cosy pub meal at The Albion, an Indian fine-dining experience at Nutmeg or a hearty pizza at Bosco around the corner on Whiteladies Road. Cordelia Aspinall

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the recently refurbished Number 38 boutique hotel for a peaceful stay overlooking the Clifton Downs, perfect for your morning stroll.

6. Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for: soaking up history How to get there from London: The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 20 minutes.

Bath is known for its history, but among the buttery-hued Georgian architecture and ancient thermal springs there’s a fresh independent spirit. When the weather is good, there are a couple of brilliant walking routes to try: the six-mile Bath Skyline , for example, is a short stroll from the city centre and tramps through woodland, meadows and orchards with views of the buildings below.

The Somerset city’s literary heritage is well documented – Jane Austen is probably the most famous one-time resident – and there’s still a thriving network of bookshops and literature festivals here, including at bookworm magnet Topping and Company, which stocks more than 55,000 titles. Restaurants are driven by excellent local produce and seasonal ingredients. Grab a traditional lunch at The Circus (we recommend the Wiltshire lamb two ways) or order bun cha at Vietnamese spot Noya’s Kitchen. After a bite, shop at clever concept stores such as Nām, which sells antique furniture and homeware curated by owner Sharan Kaur, and Found, where you can buy clothes from niche global brands, or spend an afternoon at wine bar Corkage, where about 70 bottles are available to sample by the glass. Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Small hotel Eight lives up to its name; there are just eight rooms, and the ground-floor restaurant always has eight dishes on the menu.

7. The New Forest, Hampshire

The best day trip from London for : woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo usually takes about 1 hour 45 minutes

With its purple carpets of heather, ancient woodland and England-of-yore villages, the New Forest has long been a release valve for Londoners eager to clear the cobwebs and the cortisol. The apex of its beauty has to be autumn, when its rich hues cut through morning mists and dazzle in the afternoon sun. It's best enjoyed during a long ramble, where you’re likely to meet free-roaming New Forest ponies, cattle and even pigs, followed by a hearty pub lunch with local ale and a warming log fire.

Take the train from Waterloo to Beaulieu Road station and fuel your hike with a pint of real ale at the Drift Inn. If independent shops, cafés and beaches are on the agenda, it’s best to head to Lymington instead, as this one-and-a-half-hour loop around the pub on the edge of the New Forest is blissfully rugged and remote. Having traipsed through a mixed mosaic of woodland and absorbed the silence and sweeping views across the heathland, hunker down at the Drift Inn for a Hampshire beef burger, ale-battered haddock or the pie of the day (invariably something along the lines of mud pie with mash and gravy). Rosalyn Wikeley

If you decide to stay over : Those seeking the quintessential heather-and-wild-ponies New Forest should bed down at The Pig hotel in Brockenhurst or Limewood near Lyndhurst (about five minutes from the Drift Inn). However, the trusted favourite among New Forest devotees, Chewton Glen continues to lure weary urbanites with its coveted position – wedged between woodland and the coast – and commitment to the good, old-fashioned service and comforts of a country club. You’ll find few zeitgeisty design details or next-gen touches here. Instead, antiques, thick carpets and mahogany furniture keep this 18th-century manor house sure of its identity – save a few fun treehouse bedrooms, should privacy or the 21st century fall into your criteria. Don’t miss the fresh salads and fish lunches once you’ve been pummelled in the spa or worked up an appetite in the Grecian-style pool. The gardens are also glorious for afternoon tea after visiting Highcliffe beach.

CNT Editors

CNT Editors , CN Traveller

8. Hertford, Hertfordshire

The best day trip from London for : pub-crawling and country walks How to get there from London: The train from Finsbury Park takes 35 minutes

With its higgledy-piggledy, pastel-coloured buildings and cobbled streets, this county town serves up a slice of English antiquity that’s postcard-pretty enough to satisfy both shiny-eyed visitors from further afield and weary Londoners searching for fresher air, shorter queues and somewhere different to look at for the day. With trains running every half hour, it’s possible to find yourself marching around its 15th-century castle grounds (check ahead for cinema screenings, talks and events), net fishing from a sandy cove in Hartham Common or wandering about its dinky museum within the hour. Alternatively, if you’re feeling ambitious, you can cycle from London along the River Lea towpath.

On arrival, dip into its handful of local shops – The Women's Society Boutique has an imposing exterior but is a real treasure trove – before stopping at one of the many independent cafés and restaurants. Popular deli-bar Giambrone’s serves authentic Italian plates, while Hertford Coffee Lab makes for a cool pit-stop, and Georgian townhouse and B&B Number One Port Hill hosts occasional pop-up suppers. Plus, the artsy Dog and Whistle, once a pop-up café, has blossomed into a hipster foodie pub and music venue with rooms. Indeed, Hertford – quiet market town by day and more bustling nightspot come evening – specialises in pubs, particularly old-world ones. There's The Salisbury Arms Hotel, said to have been the place where Oliver Cromwell stayed during the Civil War and home to a number of ghosts; the 16th-century White Horse; the 17th-century Blackbirds; and the riverside Old Barge (exact age unknown, but 'old' is part of the name…). If you have time, go on the three-mile walk to Ware alongside the River Lea towpath – the neighbouring town also has a plethora of pubs – and catch the train back to London from there. Becky Lucas

If you decide to stay over: Hertford House Hotel took over the former local newspaper’s offices in pretty Parliament Square in 2006 and hasn’t stopped evolving since, with its latest restaurant and bar renovation completed in autumn 2020. Don’t miss out on brunch in the secret garden, a locally sourced roast in the restaurant and a pint in smart sister pub The Quiet Man.

9. Deal, Kent

The best day trip from London for: an under-the-radar getaway How to get there from London: The fast train from St Pancras International takes 1 hour 22 minutes

This hillside scribble of Georgian streets tucked behind the Kent coast really hit our radar in 2018. Nicknamed ‘Margate’s little sister’, it’s a much cosier, countryside version of its arty neighbour. And that’s exactly its appeal. Deal is less shouty than Margate , but there’s still an exciting slew of shops, cafés and galleries that have arrived over the past few years. The Saturday Market stalls are worth a rummage, but it’s the food that brings the locals back each weekend. For more of a sit-down lunch we love Frog and Scot where the chef, previously of The Sportsman in Seasalter, cooks up a daily changing menu based on hyper-local produce. Founder of Smugglers Records Will Greenham (ex singer and guitarist of the band Cocos Lovers, who’ve supported Mumford & Sons on tour) is at the heart of the town’s music scene, and in terms of art, Linden Hall Studio is a contemporary gallery in a converted chapel that wouldn’t look out of place in Mayfair. Tabitha Joyce

If you decide to stay over: The Rose was revamped in 2018 and now there are eight cute bedrooms splashed in bold colours and filled with vintage finds. The restaurant is looked after by Rachel O’Sullivan (previously of East London’s Towpath Café) who dishes up Scandi-inspired breakfast plates of smoked salmon, avocado, soft-boiled egg, dill and whipped cream cheese.

Read more about Deal, Kent

10. Whitstable, Kent

The best day trip from London for: oysters on the beach How to get there from London : The train from from St Pancras takes 1hr 13 minutes

This little town on the north Kent coast isn’t quite the sort-of-secret it was back in the 1990s, when DFLs (local jargon for Londoners) rediscovered it, arriving at weekends for seafood at Wheelers on the high street and pints of Kentish ale at the beach-side Old Neptune pub. But it’s still an atmospheric place to head for a hit of vitamin B12 – via a dozen or so oysters – then a scrunch along the shingle shore, spotting Second World War sea forts across the waves and seals in the harbour. There are plenty of places to eat: avoid the overpriced Royal Native Oyster Stores and head instead to JoJo’s, just down the road in Tankerton, for mackerel fillets and Med-inspired small plates. Or Samphire, a Whitstable bistro with cuttlefish risotto and Romney Marsh lamb on the menu. There’s also a thriving micropub scene here, with The Handsome Sam, The Black Dog, and the larger Twelve Taps for hoppy experimentation. But our favourite pastime is picking up a pot of cockles and whelks from the quayside, or fish and chips and oysters from The Forge shack, and devouring them in the shade of a wooden groyne on the beach, preferably with a bottle of English fizz to hand. Rick Jordan

If you decide to stay over: The Victorian fisherman’s huts on the beach are the best place in which to hole up, the sound of waves and boat masts jangling in the wind outside, and can be booked via Hotel Continental. Along the coast in Seasalter is the Driftwood Beach House B&B .

11. Rye, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : a bracingly fresh seaside getaway How to get there from London: The train from St Pancras International takes about 1 hour 10 minutes with a change at Ashford International.

Rye is home to what might just be Britain ’s prettiest (and most prettily named) street, and a wave of newcomers have moved in alongside the quaint old-timers in Mermaid Street and beyond, opening smart interiors stores and artisan bakeries next to unironically vintage tea rooms and souvenir shops. After breakfast at Whitehouse Rye – order the halloumi hash – pick up a new read at The Tiny Book Store (the clue’s in the name) and window shop for that fantasy mansion at striking antiques shop Strand House Interiors. The blustery dunes and invigorating waters of Camber Sands, one of the best beach near London , are a 15 minute ride away on the local bus, but head back in time for a rustic supper at Tuscan Rye, where fresh pasta (ricotta ravioli with brown-butter sauce, potato and thyme tortellini in a rich ragu) draws loyal locals. Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the lively George in Rye , which welcomes A-list guests (George Clooney and Helena Bonham Carter have both checked in for sleepovers) and smart locals in the same breath.

These are our favourite things to do in Rye

12. Margate, Kent

The best day trip from London for : a cultural day out How to get there from London: the fast train from London St Pancras takes 1 hour 25 minutes.

It’s no secret that this Victorian seaside town has had quite the hipster renaissance in recent years, sparked mostly by the arrival of the Turner Contemporary gallery in 2011 and spurred on by a slew of new openings and a wave of Londoners upping sticks and moving down to the Kent coast. For a cultural outing, the waterside Turner Contemporary is still a must. Entry is free so it’s worth popping in even if you’ve never heard of the artists on show, and the shop has some nice local products. For more contemporary art head to Crate, an artist-led project space in an old printworks. If you’d prefer something older – much older – wander over to the most ancient building in town, the Tudor House, a Grade II-listed 16th-century timber-framed house on King Street. It’s on your route from the seafront to the mysterious Shell Grotto, a spooky set of underground tunnels covered in more than four million shells.

A trip to Margate isn’t complete without a few hours in Dreamland, whether it’s for some spins on the rides or to see one of the amusement park’s impressive line-up of gigs in the evenings. Do take a stroll around town to hit up the vintage shops selling retro clothes, furniture and homewares, where you can still find some decent bargains. And don’t forget to head over to Cliff Terrace to visit the flagship store of cult natural skincare brand Haeckels, which makes divine-smelling beauty products using seaweed gathered on the beach nearby. Speaking of the beach, if you want to go swimming walk along the coast to Walpole Bay Tidal Pool, a man-made sea lagoon where you can find calm waters and steps for easier access. If you arrive early (or stay the night), tuck into cracking breakfast at Storeroom coffee shop or at Cliffs, where there’s also a record shop, a hair salon and a yoga studio. In fact, the whole up-and-coming area of Cliftonville is worth exploring. After all that roaming, great seafood can be found for dinner at either Angela’s or Hantverk & Found – reserve a table in advance though, as both get booked up. Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over: The best beds in town are at The Reading Rooms , a boutique b&b in a restored Georgian townhouse a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Be sure you don’t have to rush off in the morning as they’ll bring breakfast to your room so you can eat it overlooking the leafy square.

Read more about Margate's best things to do

13. Eastbourne, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : fair-weather walkers How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 30 minutes.

Eastbourne is an old-timey British seaside town with a Victorian pier, a pebble beach, and a much-loved bandstand where tribute acts reign: ‘Queen’, ‘ABBA’, ‘Frank Sinatra’ and ‘Lady Gaga’ have all played. You could spend the day taking in the town’s thriving art galleries, with plenty of opportunities for refuelling stops along the way (our favourite is the stripped-back-trendy Nelson Coffee Co opposite the station) but the real draw here is enjoying the great outdoors at Beachy Head, where you’ll find the famous Seven Sisters chalk cliffs. A hike with seriously impressive views out to sea runs across the top. Wander all the way along to neighbouring Seaford or make one of the secret beaches tucked away at the foot of the cliffs your way point. It’s a steep climb down, but Falling Sands Beach is quiet and sandy and well worth the adventure. Eastbourne often makes the list of the sunniest places in the UK, so don’t forget your sunglasses. Olivia Holborow

If you decide to stay over: Book into the Beachy Head holiday cottages – there’s a choice of 8, all set around a rambling walled garden with fruit and vegetables you can help yourself to.

An insider guide to the South Downs

14. Brighton, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 34 minutes.

Brighton is a brilliant mish-mash of retro, seaside fun and progressive culture. Book in advance and you can get return tickets from London for as little as £10. A maze of bunting-lined streets, The Lanes bursts at the seams with vintage shops – don’t miss Beyond Retro and Dirty Harry, and our two favourite independent boutiques, Our Daily Edit and Peggs & Son, as well as retro memorabilia (navigate the turnstile at Snoopers Paradise for collectors’ items, vinyl, and furniture). Time your day trip to include breakfast at Kensingtons – grab a table on the balcony for giant plates piled high with eggs, toast and beans. It’s not the easiest spot to find, so look out for a shop called Artemis on Kensington Gardens, which overflows with sheepskin rugs and pelts – the café is on the left; follow the smell of bacon up the stairs. Later, reserve a table at Food for Friends, a superb veggie restaurant with award-winning flavours and presentation. A short walk away is the huge 8km pebbly beach – the section near the Palace Pier is dotted with stripy deckchairs and usually buzzing from spring to autumn (and often absolutely crammed in summer). There’s something terribly British about layering up and enjoying a windswept walk in the winter months, too. Reward yourself with a bag of hot, sugary donuts from the pier.

If you decide to stay over : Walk along the seafront to The Ginger Pig, a restaurant-with-rooms with pre-mixed cocktails in the minibars and Cowshed bottles by the standalone bathtubs.

The best restaurants in Brighton

15. Lewes, Sussex

The best day trip from London for : history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes just over 1 hour.

Lewes: the market town in the South Downs that sits against a backdrop of chalk hills and green peaks. Cobblestoned 'twittens' (narrow streets), handpainted shop signs and crumbling tiles from the 1960s make it feel like a town time forgot, and its slower rhythm makes for a reinvigorating gear-change. The Needlemakers on West Street is home to a range of small, independent shops that sell local craftsmanship, from jewellery to books – Alexis Dove is a favourite for delicate silverware and Susie Petrou has an eye for vintage blouses and Romanian embroidery. There’s an incongruous well at the bottom by the vintage shops – throw in a penny for good luck before you start hunting through piles of clothes and bags. Lewes Flea Market is an alluring source for antique furniture and quirky homeware, and is open daily (not to be confused with the outdoor Sunday market, which is also worth a visit). At the other end of town, at the bottom of Cliffe High Street, you can find Bill Collison’s very first Bill’s restaurant, a European deli-turned-eatery, where you can get hearty dishes such as pumpkin, fig and chestnut roast, or a beef, bacon and camembert burger. After lunch, ponder the paperbacks at the Fifteenth Century Bookshop, which has been carefully restored in recent years but remains as much of a landmark as Lewes Castle. Finish the day with a pint; Harvey’s Brewery is the only independent brewery in Sussex and provides the John Harvey Tavern over the road with local cask ales (download the self-titled app to find out where you can get it in London).

If you decide to stay over : Head to Firle for a night at The Ram Inn , and enjoy crisp linen and generous breakfasts served by an open fire.

16. Folkestone, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a coastal up-and-comer How to get there from London : The fast train from London St Pancras to Ashford takes 40 minutes, where you can change for Folkestone Central.

The seaside town of Folkestone is mid-makeover, which is the ideal time to visit – before everything gets priced up and the place’s quirks glossed over. The appeal of Sunny Sands beach is self-explanatory – this tiny, windswept slip of sand is one of the best beaches in Kent and the ideal spot to kick off your day (unsurprisingly, it fills up with families wielding buckets and spades, sticky with sunscreen, too). A trio of swashbuckling pubs and restaurants – The Ship Inn, The Mariner and The Captain’s Table – lines the seafront, but the real treasure can be found in the Creative Quarter. At the bottom of The Old High Street is Bounce Vintage, an open space with rails full of retro sportswear, French chore jackets and Aloha shirts. If you exchange smiles and pleasantries with the rosy-cheeked owners, they might just offer you an espresso on the house. Failing that, further up the road, Steep Street sells specialty coffee, homemade cake and books . Floor-to-ceiling, wall-to-wall shelves of hardbacks tower over fat leather armchairs and blackboard tables that you can doodle on in chalk. There are endless places to eat and drink around town: Rocksalt for a smart menu and sea views; Papas for old-fashioned fish’n’chips ; Beano’s for veggies; La Casa Del Bello Gelato for ice cream Follies for pizza and The Pullman for pints. The Harbour Arm, though, is where Folkestone’s own folk go – the Champagne bar hidden in the lighthouse at the end is rustic, romantic, and completely charming.

If you decide to stay over : Book a room at the Linen Shed , a dove-grey, weatherboarded house on the old Roman road to Canterbury.

The best restaurants in Kent

17. Oxford, Oxfordshire

The best day trip from London for : a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London : The Oxford Tube coach service takes 1 hour 30 minutes and runs until 3am; trains also run from Paddington and Marylebone stations and take 1 hour.

In one of the most quintessentially English cities in the UK (and the most expensive to live in outside London), cream tea is not just a rite of passage – it’s a requirement. And there’s only one place to take it – The Vaults & Garden Café, signposted by the presence of an antique bicycle with a flowerbed in its basket, is a gorgeous 14th-century building surrounded by colleges (Oriel, Brasenose, Murton, All Souls), where scones come loaded with clotted cream and seasonal homemade jam (the café has serious sustainability credentials, too). Architecture is a major draw in Oxford ; the libraries, bridges and even cinemas feature Palladian domes, Norman design, ziggurat influences and listed buildings which make this a city to see on foot (Radcliffe Square is a must, and it’s worth paying £4 to climb the tower at the Church of St Mary The Virgin for the best view of Oxford). If you’re taking kids, the Pitt Rivers Museum is packed with bizarre artefacts and stories they’ll tell their friends about, and The Story Museum welcomes you through a wardrobe into Narnia and other fictional worlds of wonder. If you booked a babysitter, however, grab a drink at the brilliant Freud bar in Jericho – a stained-glass church-turned-cool-cocktail-bar that is grown-up enough to feel sophisticated but studenty enough to have plenty of atmosphere and frivolity in the air (or perhaps it’s something in the drinks).

If you decide to stay over : There are plenty of lovely hotels in the Cotswolds , such as The Wild Rabbit – the latest outpost from eco-queen Carole Bamford of Daylesford Organic fame.

18. Cambridge, Cambridgeshire

The best day trip from London for : people-watching and scenery How to get there from London : The train from London King’s Cross takes 45 minutes.

Like cycling in Amsterdam or taking trams in San Francisco , punting really is the most sophisticated way to see the city of Cambridge and the university grounds. Scudamore’s is the oldest ‘chauffeur’ company and offers a more traditional tour, but board a boat from the Garret Hostel Bridge for a younger, more humorous experience (ask your punter why the GHB is also known as Orgasm Bridge). For lunch, foodPark is a top hawker convoy of Sri Lankan curries, wood-fired pizza and open-wide burgers that sets up from 12pm until 2pm in varying locations around Cambridge from Wednesday to Friday. For something more upscale, book one of Galleria’s terrace tables on the south side of the Magdalene Bridge, with British fusion food and views of the River Cam (your gluten- and dairy-free friends will thank you, as there are two separate menus specifically catering to their diets). In the autumn, the leaf-covered colleges are particularly picturesque as they turn red and rust, and in spring, Parker’s Piece is a scenic stretch of greenery from which to navigate (spot the lamppost that supposedly inspired the post in CS Lewis’ Narnia). From here, find eccentric English shop Bowes & Co, Fitzbillies for iced buns, Aromi for Italian nibbles, Kettle’s Yard art gallery and G David for antique books. Finish your day with the choral evensong at King’s College Chapel around 5.30pm: goosebumps guaranteed. For more ideas, see our guide to the best things to do in Cambridge .

If you decide to stay over : It doesn’t get much better than the iconic University Arms hotel , reopened in 2018 after a serious reboot.

19. Ashdown Forest, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for: welly-wielding outdoorsy types How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour to East Grinstead (a 15-minute drive from Forest Row).

AA Milne famously wrote the stories of Winnie the Pooh while living just north of Ashdown Forest. Known as 100 Acre Wood in Pooh’s world, the forest is home to the spellbinding stories and is an enchanting place to stretch your legs for a day, easily accessible via East Grinstead station. Stretches of open heathland give way to leafy walkways and carpets of bluebells in spring, where the woods teem with wildlife (spot fallow deer, badgers and the odd friendly pheasant – no honey-eating bears, though), and the only noise is birdsong. You can even visit Pooh Bridge (for a game of Poohsticks, naturally), but be warned, it’s a prominent tourist spot. Pooh was a big fan of having ‘a little smackerel of something’, and nearby village Forest Row has plenty of places for elevenses. Taffels deli is a family-run café and much-loved lunch spot (there is nothing skinny about the skinny chips; they are double-fried and divine) and caters to all dietary requirements, while Java & Jazz serves huge hot chocolates cakes and crispy-crusted pizza. For proper pub food, the cosy Hatch Inn (one of our favourite country pubs near London ) is known for roasts with all the trimmings and offers plenty of dog-patting opportunities. If you’re not in a hurry to get home, head to Linton’s car park – locally known as ‘the viewpoint’ – for sunset.

If you decide to stay over : Gravetye Manor is a very English Elizabethan country-house classic and one of our favourite weekend breaks in the UK .

20. Dungeness, Kent

The best day trip from London for : nature enthusiasts How to get there from London : The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20 and M20 takes 2 hours.

Arriving in Dungeness from London feels a little like stepping out of a Tardis into a different time zone, where a recent apocalypse has left the landscape barren, the wildlife overrun, the buildings flattened, and the population dramatically compromised (in fact, the Dungeness Power Station appeared in Doctor Who in 1971). Unofficially known as ‘Britain’s only desert’, Dungeness has a unique environment – single-storey buildings appear to have been swallowed by the shingle and plants let loose with little regard for human-imposed order. The beach resembles a mass shipwreck; abandoned fishing boats, crumbling shacks, winches and forgotten tractors coated in decades of rust sit, untouched, unmoved and as mysterious as a Russell T Davies plot. There’s not a whole lot to do here – but there’s so much to see, and so much to pique your curiosity that you’ll spend the journey back Googling the area. Kids will love the sheer strangeness of it all, and it’s impossible to resist the childlike urge to climb and run and play. Few places so close to London feel like such an adventure; the journey can take less than two hours and, if you time it right, you can order the catch of the day for lunch from roadside hut the Snack Shack, which does the freshest fish, lobster rolls and ice-cold cans of San Pellegrino.

If you decide to stay over : You’ll have to venture out of Dungeness – try The Rose in Deal , a grown-up bolthole splashed with bold colours and covetable vintage finds.

The best day trip from London for : switching off How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo to Dorking takes 50 minutes.

Surrey’s proximity to London makes the journey a breeze – and it’s an especially astute pick if you’re likely to be coming with a car full of little ones. At Henry VIII’s home Hampton Court Palace, there are family-friendly events such as beast quests and ghost tours, as well as the famous giant hedge maze, where adventurous kids can lead the troops. In winter, an ice rink is set against the historic backdrop of the palace, a building whose grandiose architecture is shaped by both the Tudor and Baroque periods. If you’re escaping the city (and the kids), however, check in at Grayshott Health Spa, a traditional country home with cutting-edge treatments. Surrounded by 47 acres of flowering gardens, it’s a peaceful place to step back and take stock. Connect with nature at Kew, too, where the Royal Botanic Gardens are open to the public all year round. The winter light show is particularly mesmerising, when the sun starts to sink earlier and earlier. Be sure to take cash for mince pies and mulled wine as you wander through the grounds. Having been awarded a Michelin star , Steve Drake’s restaurant Sorrel in Dorking (a market town with chocolate-box charm) is currently the county’s hottest restaurant with the most exciting ‘discovery menu’.

If you decide to stay over : Surrey is home to some of the best spas near London , such as Grayshott, where the Manor House rooms offer faded charm.

22. Hastings and St Leonards

The best day trip from London for:  old-school seaside charm How to get there from London:  The fast train from London St Pancras International takes 1 hour 32 minutes with a change at Ashford International

There’s almost too much to fit into a one-day visit to Hastings, especially if you want to pop over to the neighbouring town of St Leonards. Over the last few years, these two  East Sussex  enclaves have become a popular bolthole for burnt-out Londoners looking for a bohemian seaside escape. To see what all the fuss is about, head straight to explore Hasting’s quaint Old Town, a picturesque maze of streets sandwiched between two dramatic cliffs. Pedestrianised scenic George Street is where most of the action happens, with a thrum of cafés, shops and pubs, but it’s worth wandering the surrounding streets too. Seek out AG Hendy & Co on the High Street for well-curated vintage homewares and stop into  The Crown  for cosy pub grub made with excellent local produce. If you’re up for a wander, get the funicular up and walk along to the cliff to Fairlight Glen, a beautiful secluded beach where clothing is optional. Or if that sounds a bit much, stay in the Old Town and explore the dramatic black fisherman’s huts on Rock-A-Nore beach where there’s Hastings Contemporary art gallery, a tiny shipwreck museum, fresh seafood stalls and a very cute miniature railway. Next up, take the 40-minute amble along the beach past the pier to St Leonards and stop off for food at the fabulous seafront café, Goat Ledge. It’s worth the trip for their crispy panko fish baps and katsu curry sauce chips alone. Nearby, there are great independent shops selling everything from candles to kimonos on Norman Road and King’s Road where you can easily spend a few hours happily browsing and café hopping before settling into dinner at Michelin-recommended pub The Royal.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  Book into  The Old Rectory , a bijou  b&b  in Hasting’s Old Town with treatment rooms and a walled garden.